Upload
moultrie-technical-college
View
136
Download
4
Tags:
Embed Size (px)
DESCRIPTION
Citation preview
1 Revised June 2012
RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY
PROGRAM
Master Plan of Education
2012 - 2013
This Handbook is intended as a supplement to the general Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook. Issues pertaining to the entire student population are addressed in the campus-wide
Handbook.
2 Revised June 2012
Contents INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................................. 4
MISSION ................................................................................................................................................ 4 Moultrie Technical College Mission ............................................................................................................................. 4
Program Mission Statement .......................................................................................................................................... 4
PROGRAM PHILOSOPHY .................................................................................................................. 4
PROGRAM OBJECTIVES .................................................................................................................... 5
ACCREDITATION ................................................................................................................................ 6 MTC ACCREDITATION ............................................................................................................................................. 6
RADIOLOGY PROGRAM ACCREDITTION ............................................................................................................ 6
ASSESSMENT PLAN ........................................................................................................................... 7 Outcomes Assessment Plan .......................................................................................................................................... 7
Analysis ....................................................................................................................................................................... 11
Program Effectiveness ................................................................................................................................................ 16
BOARDS .............................................................................................................................................. 17 MTC BOARD OF DIRECTORS ................................................................................................................................ 17
STATE BOARD MEMBERS ..................................................................................................................................... 17
STATE-AT-LARGE MEMBERS .............................................................................................................................. 18
Advisory Board ........................................................................................................................................................... 19
Organizational Chart ................................................................................................................................................... 20
ACADEMIC CALENDAR .................................................................................................................. 21
RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY - ...................................................................................................... 24
RT23 CURRICULUM ......................................................................................................................... 24 Program Requirements ................................................................................................................................................ 25
Curriculum Sequence .................................................................................................................................................. 27
Competency Curriculum ............................................................................................................................................. 28
COURSE DESCRIPTION .......................................................................................................................................... 31
General Core Courses .............................................................................................................................................. 31
Occupational Courses .............................................................................................................................................. 32
RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY COURSE SCHEDULE .................................................................. 37
3 Revised June 2012
TEXTBOOKS ...................................................................................................................................... 41 Core Classes ................................................................................................................................................................ 41
PROGRAM CURRICULUM CLASSES ................................................................................................................... 42
SYLLABI ............................................................................................................................................. 44
RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM .................................................................................. 230 Grading System ..................................................................................................................................................... 329
CLINICAL PLAN .............................................................................................................................. 333 Introduction to Clinical Setting ................................................................................................................................. 333
Pre-Clinical Requirements ........................................................................................................................................ 334
Clinical Orientations .............................................................................................................................................. 334
Clinical Instructor ..................................................................................................................................................... 335
Bi-Weekly Evaluation ............................................................................................................................................... 336
Tri-Weekly Evaluation .............................................................................................................................................. 336
Clinical Performance Skills ...................................................................................................................................... 336
Clinical Competencies Requirements ....................................................................................................................... 337
Competency Instruction ........................................................................................................................................ 338
CLINICAL COMPETENCY EVALUATION ..................................................................................................... 340
Competency Grading ............................................................................................................................................. 340
CHALLENGE COMPETENCIES ........................................................................................................................ 341
Competencies Remediation ................................................................................................................................... 341
Competency Evaluator .......................................................................................................................................... 341
CLINICAL GRADING SYSTEM ..................................................................................................... 342
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................. 343 MTC GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS .............................................................................................................. 344
RADIOLOGY PROGRAM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................... 345
THE ARRT CERTIFICATION EXAMINATION ............................................................................ 345
4 Revised June 2012
Introduction
Moultrie Technical College welcomes you to the Radiography Program. We hope that your time spent here
will exceed your expectations. We are interested in your professional growth in your chosen field of study -
Radiologic Technology. You will find your instructors willing and anxious to help you. Your success will be in direct
proportion to the effort you put forth.
This manual has been prepared to inform you of guidelines and procedures affecting you as a radiography
student at Moultrie Technical College. The guidelines and procedures stated in this manual are intended to
supplement those that are stated in the Moultrie Technical College Catalog. Keep this manual and the College Catalog
to refer to as necessary. Any changes in established guidelines and procedures will be given to you as written memos
and you may add them to this manual.
Mission
Moultrie Technical College Mission
Moultrie Technical College is a multiple campus institution of higher learning whose mission as part of the Technical
College System of Georgia is to provide a culture of learning through occupational education, academic education,
distance education, business and industry training, and workforce development supporting the education and
economic advancement of Colquitt, Tift, Turner, and Worth counties.
The college fulfills its mission by providing accessible, quality education leading to associate degrees, diplomas,
technical certificates of credit, and programs to assist adults in literacy education.
Program Mission Statement The mission of the Moultrie Technical College Radiology Program is to provide a comprehensive education, which will prepare graduates with the entry- level skills necessary to seek employment as a radiographer and receive an Associate’s Degree at the end of the program.
Program Philosophy The concept of professional technical education, regardless of the form such education may take, is firmly based in
the belief that the capability of the individual to contribute as a member of the society is related not only to the
distinctive capabilities inherent in each person, but also to learned knowledge and to the development of those
capabilities.
5 Revised June 2012
The entire operation of the Moultrie Technical College Program of Radiologic Technology shall be directed by
a very real concern for the individual student, and recognition that individual advancement, through the acquisition of
knowledge and skills, enhances the ability of the student to meet his or her needs as well as those of the society.
Consistent with the philosophy, the administration and faculty of the school take the position that students are
here to access a means for personal and professional growth and development. The curriculum, objectives and
program policies are intended to promote this position.
Program Objectives Mission:
The mission of the Moultrie Technical College Radiology Program is to provide a comprehensive education, which will prepare graduates with the entry- level skills necessary to seek employment as a radiographer and receive an Associate’s Degree at the end of the program.
Goal: Students of the program will demonstrate clinical competence.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will demonstrate appropriate positioning skills.
Students will evaluate images for diagnostic quality.
Students will utilize appropriate radiation protection procedures
Goal: Students will communicate effectively.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will use effective oral communication skills.
Students will use effective written communication skills.
Goal: Students will employ critical thinking skills
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will manipulate technical factors for non-routine competencies
Students will evaluate the developed radiograph for appropriate image quality
Goal: Students will demonstrate professional growth and development.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will be evaluated for professional growth and development.
6 Revised June 2012
Accreditation
MTC ACCREDITATION
Commission of the Council on Occupational Education
Moultrie Technical College is accredited by the Accrediting Commission of the Council on Occupational Education. Inquiries
regarding accreditation should be addressed to the Council on Occupational Education, 41 Perimeter Center East, NE, Suite 640,
Atlanta, GA 30346 or (770) 396-3898.
RADIOLOGY PROGRAM ACCREDITTION Joint Review Committee on Education in Radiologic Technology
(JRCERT)
The Moultrie Technical College Program of Radiologic Technology is fully accredited by the Joint Review
Committee on Education in Radiologic Technology. Students graduating from accredited programs may be eligible to
apply to sit for the national examination sponsored by the American Registry of Radiologic Technologists. In addition
to JCERT eligibility requirements, all senior students in their final quarter must pass a simulated registry examination
(usually held in the latter part of May as a component of RAD 126), to be permitted to graduate and sit for the
A.R.R.T exam. Minimum passing score is 75%.
Accreditation of an educational program provides students, as graduates, assurance that the program will provide them with the
requisite knowledge, skills, and values to competently perform the range of professional responsibilities expected by potential
employers nationwide. It also assures they will be eligible for licensure in each of the 50 states. By requiring programs to teach
the entire curriculum developed by the national professional organization, the American Society of Radiologic Technology, it
also assures students they will have the foundation knowledge to continue to develop as professionals in the various fields of the
radiation sciences.
Accreditation of educational programs assures patients that students who perform procedures have appropriate supervision
during the educational process. It also assures them that graduates will have met the minimum level of competency as defined
nationally by the profession.
The program complies with requirements to achieve and maintain JRCERT recognition of all clinical education settings. The clinical education settings currently recognized by the JRCERT are Brooks County Hospital, Quitman, GA Colquitt Regional Medical Center in Moultrie, Tallahassee Memorial Regional Medical Center in Tallahassee, Fla. and Tift Regional Medical Center, Tifton, Ga. (Includes West Campus).
JRCERT
20 N. Wacker Drive, Suite 2850 Chicago, IL 60606-3182
(301) 704-5300 www.jrcert.org
7 Revised June 2012
ASSESSMENT PLAN Standard Five: The program develops and implements a system of planning and evaluation of student learning and program effectiveness outcomes in support of its mission. Student Learning
Objective 5.1
Develops an assessment plan that, at a minimum, measures the program’s student learning outcomes in relation to the following goals: clinical competence, critical thinking, professionalism, and communication skills.
Radiologic Technology Program
Summer 2010 – Spring 2011
Mission:
The mission of the Moultrie Technical College Radiology Program is to provide a comprehensive education, which will prepare graduates with the entry- level skills necessary to seek employment as a radiographer and receive an Associate’s Degree at the end of the program.
Goal: Students of the program will demonstrate clinical competence.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will demonstrate appropriate positioning skills
Students will evaluate images for diagnostic quality.
Students will utilize appropriate radiation protection procedures
Goal: Students will communicate effectively.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will use effective oral communication skills.
Students will use effective written communication skills.
Goal: Students will employ critical thinking skills
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will manipulate technical factors for non-routine competencies
Students will evaluate the developed radiograph for appropriate image quality
Goal: Students will demonstrate professional growth and development.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will be evaluated for professional growth and development.
8 Revised June 2012
Outcomes Assessment Plan
Moultrie Technical College
Radiologic Technology
Summer 2010– Spring 2011
Goal #1: Students of the program will demonstrate clinical competence. Outcome Measurement Tool Benchmark Timeframe Responsible Party Students will perform positioning skills.
Bi Weekly Evaluation Performance Skill #2
Average Score of 4 or higher 6-point scale
1st Year Spring Semester
Clinical Coordinator
Clinical Competency Form Positioning Section Question 3
Score 8-10 Points 2nd Year Fall Semester
Clinical Coordinator
Students will evaluate images for diagnostic quality.
Bi Weekly Evaluation Perform Skills Section Question #8
4.0 or Higher 6 points Scale
1st Year Spring Semester
Clinical Coordinator
Clinical Competency Section 2 Image Evaluation
80 Points ≥ 2nd Year Fall Semester
Clinical Coordinator
Students will utilize appropriate radiation protection procedures.
Tool Task Evaluation Sheet Section 3
3.5 ≥ on a 5 point likert scale
1st Year Fall Semester
Clinical Instructor
Tri Weekly General Diagnostic Question #7
4 ≥ on a 6 point likert scale
2nd Year Fall Semester
Clinical Instructor
9 Revised June 2012
Goal #2: Students will communicate effectively.
Outcome Measurement Tool Benchmark Timeframe Responsible Party
Students will use effective oral communication skills.
Task Evaluation sheet
Question 3
Patient Care Management section
3.5≥ on a 1-5 likert Scale
Fall Semester 1st
Year Clinical Instructor
Oral Presentation Winter Semester 1st Year
Rubrics
80% Satisfactory
On a 1-17 point system
Winter Semester 1st Year
Course Instructor
Tri Weekly Fluoroscopy
Question # 7
Average Score of 4 or higher (6-point scale)
Winter Semester 2nd Year
Clinical Coordinator
Students will use effective written communication skills.
Article Review Summary
50 points 1st Year Winter Semester
Clinical Coordinator
10 Revised June 2012
Goal #3: Students will employ critical thinking.
Outcome Measurement Tool Benchmark Timeframe Responsible Party
Students will manipulate technical factors for non-routine competencies
Clinical competency form: Technical factor/marker section
Student will Score 30 points or above
2nd Year
Winter Semester
Clinical Coordinator
Students will evaluate the developed radiograph for appropriate image quality
Bi-Weekly Evaluation Form
Quality of Work Section
Student will Score 5≥ on a Likert Scale 0-6
2nd Year student
5th semester
Clinical Coordinator
Goal #4: Students will demonstrate professional growth and development.
Outcome Measurement Tool Benchmark Timeframe Responsible Party
Students will be evaluated for professional growth and development.
Bi-Weekly Evaluation Form
Progress Section
Student will Score 5≥ on a Likert Scale 0-6
2nd Year student
8th semester
Clinical Coordinator
Bi-Weekly Evaluation Form
Self Image Section
Student will Score 5≥ on a Likert Scale 0-6
2nd Year student
7th semester
Clinical Coordinator
11 Revised 2012
Analysis
Goal #1: Students of the program will demonstrate clinical competence. Expected Outcome Analysis Actual Outcome Action Plan 85 % of students will be able to demonstrate clinical competence.
Students surveyed scored 4 and above on the Bi Weekly Evaluation Performance Skill #2
100% of student surveyed scored either 4 or above
Monitor incoming first year students to follow trend
2nd year students surveyed scored 8 or above on the clinical competence form
During the fall semester 100% of the 2nd year students placed the patient in the correct position for competencies
Periodically evaluate senior students by using a challenge competency
85 % of the students will be able to evaluate images in their first year spring semester for diagnostic quality.
6 out of 8 students scored 4 or higher on a 6 point likert scale.
75% of the students surveyed scored above 4 on the image evaluation section
Continue to review images in the clinical setting.
2nd year students scored above 80 points on the clinical competency section.
85% of the students surveyed scores 80 or above.
During the second year, reinforce the value of image critique in the classroom setting and continue to monitor student progress.
85% of the students will utilize appropriate radiation protection procedures.
First year students surveyed scored 3.5 or above on a 5 point likert scale.
90% of the students scored above 3.5
Continue to monitor radiation protection with the Tri-Weekly evaluation instrument to assure that students gain a thorough understanding of the value of radiation protection.
Students surveyed demonstrated appropriate radiation protection skills
100% of the students surveyed scored 4 or above on a 6 point likert scale
Monitor students with other evaluation instrument to measure radiation safety interest.
12 Revised 2012
Goal #2: Students will communicate effectively.
Expected Outcome Analysis Actual Outcome
Action Plan
85% of students will use effective oral communication skills.
Students surveyed exhibited oral communication skills
90% of the students surveyed scored 3.5 and above on a 5 point likert scale
Monitor students during lab practices. Encourage students to role play as they practice to increase skills and confidence.
Students demonstrated effective oral communication during oral presentation
80% of the students surveyed scored satisfactory on a 1-17 point system
The instructor will present more opportunities in the classroom for oral communication through various assignments.
85% of students will demonstrate effective written communication skills.
Students surveyed demonstrated effective written communication
100 % of the students surveyed scored 50 points on the article review assignment.
Monitor students
13 Revised 2012
Effective communication was demonstrated by students surveyed.
100% of the students surveyed scored satisfactorily on the written assessment,
Continue to monitor students writing skills during the 5-7th semesters.
14 Revised 2012
Goal #3: Students will employ critical thinking.
Expected Outcome Analysis Actual Outcome
Action Plan
85% of the students will manipulate technical factors for non-routine competencies
Students surveyed
Demonstrated appropriate technical factor manipulation skills on non-routine competencies
90% of the students surveyed scored 30 and above.
Students demonstrated technical factor manipulation skills on non routine exams. We will continue to monitor student’s ability to make adjustments on non-routine exams.
85% of the students be able to evaluate the developed radiograph for appropriate image quality
Students demonstrated adequate skills recognizing image quality.
100% of the students surveyed scored 5 or greater on a 6 point likert scale.
The second year students will continue to e monitored during film critique opportunities in the clinical and didactic settings.
15 Revised 2012
Goal #4: Students will demonstrate professional growth and development.
Expected Outcome Analysis Actual Outcome
Action Plan
85% of the students will employ professional growth and development.
Senior students surveyed in the 8th semester demonstrated appropriate skills in professional growth and development.
100 % of the student scored 5 or above on a 6 point likert scale.
The professional growth and development will continue to be monitored in the coming months.
7th semester students surveyed showed good progress in their self-image.
90% of the students scored 5 or greater on a 6 point likert scale
Work ethics will be monitored through bi-weekly evaluations.
16 Revised 2012
Program Effectiveness
2007-2011
Outcomes
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
Results
ARRT Certification Exam
92%
100%
100%
97%
100%
97%
PAS Job Placement
100%
92.3%
100%
100%
83.3%
95.1%
Annual Program Completion Rate
67%
78%
79%
78.9%
88%
78%
Graduate Satisfaction
93%
100%
88%
100%
92%
94.6%
Employer Satisfaction
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
17 Revised 2012
BOARDS
MTC BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Kent Hamilton, Colquitt County
Ellen Eaton, Tift County
Lewis Herndon, Colquitt County
Lynn Lovett, Tift County
Dawn Johns, Colquitt County
Brinson Brock, Turner County
Katrina McIntosh, Colquitt County
Bill Boone, Worth County
Cal McMillan, Worth County
STATE BOARD MEMBERS First Congressional District Second Congressional District
Ben I. Copeland, Sr., Lakeland Sandra B. Reed, MD, Thomasville
Third Congressional District Fourth Congressional District
Frank S. “Chunk” Newman, West Point Vacant
Fifth Congressional District Sixth Congressional District
Don L. Chapman, Atlanta Carl E. Swearingen, Atlanta
Seventh Congressional District Eighth Congressional District
Michael L. “Sully” Sullivan, Duluth L. McGrath Keen, Jr., Dublin
Ninth Congressional District Tenth Congressional District
Dinah C. Wayne, Flowery Branch Cedric J. Johnson, Augusta
Eleventh Congressional District Twelfth Congressional District
Otis Raybon, Jr., Rome Tommy David, Statesboro
Thirteenth Congressional District
John H. “Pepper” Bullock, Palmetto
18 Revised 2012
STATEATLARGE MEMBERS Dean Alford, Conyers Shaw Blackmon, Warner Robins
Lynn Cornett, Sandy Springs, Vice Chair Mary Paige Flanders, Savannah
Paul Holmes, Atlanta, Chair Ronnie Rollins, Macon
Sylvia Russell, Atlanta Earl Smith, Marietta
Ben J. Tarbutton, Jr., Sandersville
COMMISSIONER
Ron Jackson
1800 Century Place NE, Suite 400
Atlanta, GA 30345-4304
19 Revised 2012
ADVISORY COMMITTEES
Advisory Board
Program advisory committees annually evaluate academic instructional programs and make recommendations for changes in the following areas: program purpose and objectives, program admission requirements, program content and length, instructional materials, equipment, skill levels and/or proficiency required for program completion, and methods of program evaluation. The program advisory committees also make recommendations regarding the program structure, curriculum, and elimination and addition of programs. Recommendations recorded in the program advisory minutes are reviewed by the Executive Vice President and may result in improvements as documented by the Administrative Response Report. The permanent members of the Advisory Committee include:
Dr. Jacob Schwartz MD, ............................................................................................. Medical Director
Alfred Jones, .S. Ed., RT (R) ..................................................................................... Program Director
Buffie Spencer, M. S. Ed., RT (R) ……………………………… ............................ Clinical Coordinator.
Ashley Shiver RT (R) ............................................................................................... Clinical Instructor
David Spence RT (R) ................................................................................................ Radiology Manager
Tracie Grace RT (R) ................................................................................................. Radiology Manager
Faye Clark RT (R) .................................................................................................... Clinical Instructor
Mandy Hobby RT (R) ............................................................................................... Clinical Instructor
Brenda Blair RT (R) .................................................................................................. Clinical Instructor
Aubrey O’Neal RT (R) ............................................................................................. Clinical Instructor
In addition, each year, a senior student of Radiologic Technology is named to the Advisory Committee by its members. This student serves until graduation and, due to his or her special awareness of student interests and concerns is a key member of the team.
20 Revis
Org
C
sed 2012
ganization
TMH
Aubry Oneal
Clinical Instructo
nal Chart
r
BrooH
Bre
Clinica
oks County ospital
nda Blair
al Instructor
Dr. Tina K
Pres
Mr. Jim
Executive V
Ms. Tina
Dean for Ac
De
Allied Hea
Mr
Pro
Ms.
InstrC
Main Cam
Ashley Sh
Clinical Inst
K. Anderson
sident
m Glass
Vice President
a Strickland
ademic Affairs
ebra Craft
alth Coordinator
r. Alfred Jones
ogram Director
Buffie Spencer
ructor / Clinical Coordinator
Tift RegionaMedical Cent
mpus
hiver
tructor C
r
al ter
West (Affinity) Kristin Bryan
Clinical Instructoor
Man
Clinica
Colquit Medica
ndy Hobby
al Instructor
Regional al Center
Faye Cl
Clinical Inst
ark
tructor
21 Revised 2012
ACADEMIC CALENDAR
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE 2011 - 2012 ACADEMIC CALENDAR
SPRING SEMESTER 2012
January 4, 2012 Wednesday Teacher Workday
January 5, 2012 Thursday Late Registration
January 6, 2012 Friday Book Day/Teacher Workday
January 9, 2012 Monday SPRING SEMESTER Classes Begin
January 11, 2012 Wednesday Last Day to Drop
January 12, 2012 Friday Last Day to Add
January 16, 2012 Monday Holiday (School Closed)
February 10, 2012 Friday SkillsUSA (no classes)
February 27-March 2, 2012 Monday-Friday Advisement/Pre-Registration Week
March 1, 2012 Thursday Midterm
March 30, 2012 Friday Foundation Kickoff (no classes)
April 2-6, 2012 Monday -Friday Spring Break/Annual Leave Option-Faculty
April 9, 2012 Monday New Student Registration (no classes)
May 3, 2012 Thursday Spring Semester Ends
May 4 & 7, 2012 Friday & Monday EXAM Days
May 8, 2012 Tuesday Teacher Workday/Institutional Meeting
Luncheon
22 Revised 2012
SUMMER SEMESTER 2012
May 9, 2012 Wednesday Teacher Workday
May 10-16, 2012 Thursday-Wednesday Annual Leave Option-Faculty
May 17, 2012 Thursday Late Registration
May 18, 2012 Friday Teacher Workday
May 21, 2012 Monday SUMMER SEMESTER Classes Begin
May 23, 2012 Wednesday Last Day to Drop
May 25, 2012 Friday Last Day to Add
May 28, 2012 Monday Holiday (School Closed)
June 25, 2012 Monday Midterm
June 25-29, 2012 Monday-Friday Advisement/Pre-Registration Week
July 2-3, 2012 Monday-Tuesday Annual Leave Option - Faculty (no classes)
July 4, 2012 Wednesday Holiday (School Closed)
July 5-6, 2012 Thursday-Friday Annual Leave Option - Faculty (no classes)
July 16, 2012 Monday New Student Registration (no classes)
August 7, 2012 Tuesday Summer Semester Ends
August 8-9, 2012 Wednesday-
Thursday EXAM Days
FALL SEMESTER 2012
August 10, 2012 Friday Teacher Workday
August 13-17, 2012 Monday-Friday Annual Leave Option-Faculty
23 Revised 2012
August 20, 2012 Monday Late Registration
August 21, 2012 Tuesday Book Day/Teacher Workday
August 22, 2012 Wednesday FALL SEMESTER Classes Begin
August 24, 2012 Friday Last Day to Drop
August 28, 2012 Tuesday Last Day to Add
24 Revised 2012
Radiologic Technology RT23 Curriculum
The Radiologic Technology Associate of Applied Science Degree program is a sequence of courses that
prepares students for positions in radiology departments and related businesses and industries. Learning
opportunities develop academic, technical, and professional knowledge and skills required for job acquisition,
retention, and advancement. The program emphasizes a combination of didactic and clinical instruction
necessary for successful employment. Program graduates receive a Radiologic Technology Associate of
Applied Science Degree, have the qualifications of a radiographer, and are eligible to sit for a national
certification examination for radiographers.
25 Revised 2012
Program Requirements RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM
Radiologic Technology Associate of Applied Science Degree RT03
Name__________________________________ Student ID Number_____________________________
Advisor________________________________ Date Enrolled __________________________________
Graduation Application Date_____________________________
Admission Criteria:
Required Age: 18
High School Diploma or GED Yes ASSET COMPASS
Minimum Test Scores: Reading: 42 81 Student Score:_____
Writing: 42 62 Student Score:_____
Algebra: 42 37 Student Score:_____
GENERAL CORE COURSE CURRICULUM
COURSE NO.
CREDIT/ CON HRS
COURSE NAME
Semester ENROLLED
CAMPUS
Semester COMPLETED
GRADE
ENGL 1101
3/45 Composition & Rhetoric
_________
_______
_________
______
ENGL 2130 3/ American Literature _________ _______ _________ ______
MATH 1111 3/45 College Algebra _________ _______ _________ ______
PSYC 1101 3/ Introduction to Psychology
_________
_______
_________
______
ALHS 1109 3/75 Medical Terminology
_________
_______
_________
______
COMP 1000 3/75 Introduction to Microcomputers
_________
_______
_________
______
OCCUPATIONAL COURSE CURRICULUM
BIOL 2113 4/45 Anatomy and Physiology I _________ _______ _________ ______
BIOL 2114 4/45 Anatomy and Physiology II _________ _______ _________ ______
RADT 1010 4/75 Introduction to Radiology _________
_______
_________
______
RADT 1030 3/75 Body Trunk and Upper Extremity _________ _______ _________ ______
RADT 1060 3/75 Lower Extremity and Spine _________ _______ _________ ______
26 Revised 2012
RADT 1070 6/105 Principles of Radiographic Exposure I
_________ _______ _________ ______
RADT 2190 2/30 Contrast Procedures _________ _______ _________ ______
RADT 1330 7/315 Cranium Procedures _________ _______ _________ ______
RADT 1160 6/105 Principles of Radiographic Procedures II _________
_______
_________
______
RADT 2190
2/ Radiographic Pathology and
RADT 2090 2/60 Radiographic Procedures III _________ _______ _________ ______
RADT 1200 3/45 Principles of Radiation Biology and Protection
_________ _______ _________ ______
RADT 2260 4/40 Radiologic Technology Review _________ _______ _________ ______
RADT 1320 4/180 Clinical Radiography I _________ _______
_________
______
RADT 1330 7/315 Clinical Radiography II _________ _______ _________ ______
RADT 2340 6/240 Clinical Radiography III _________ _______ _________ ______
RADT 2350 7/315 Clinical Radiography IV _________ _______ _________ ______
RADT 2360 9/405 Clinical Radiography V _________ _______ _________ ______
ELECTIVE
Select one elective from the list below::
ENGL 1105 Technical Communications ---------- ------------ ------------------
ECON 1101 Introduction to Economics ----------- ------------- ---------
SPCH 1101 Public Speech ----------- ------------ ------------ ---------
SOCI 1101 Introduction to Sociology ---------- ----------- ---------
ENGL 1102 Literature and Composition ----------- ----------- ------------------
Program Exit Assessment:
Date Assessed: _______ Passed: ________ Remediation Required*: ______
*Remediation Plan: ______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
27 Revised 2012
Curriculum Sequence
RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM
Radiologic Technology Associate of Applied Science Degree RT03
Semester Course Number
Title Credit Hours
Prerequisite ENGL 1101 Composition and Rhetoric 3 Prerequisite ENGL 2130 American Literature 3 Prerequisite MATH 1111 College Algebra 3 Prerequisite BIOL 2113 Anatomy and Physiology I 4 Prerequisite BIOL 2114 Anatomy and Physiology II 4 Prerequisite PSYC 1101 Introductory Psychology 4 Prerequisite ALHS 1109 Medical Terminology for Allied Health Sciences 2 Prerequisite COMP 1000 Introduction to Computers 3
Elective 3
Fall 1st Year RADT 1010 Introduction to Radiology 4 Fall 1st Year RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 3 Fall 1st Year RADT 1320 Clinical Radiography I 4
Spring 1st Year RADT 1060 Radiographic Procedures II 3 Spring 1st Year RADT 1330 Clinical Radiography II 7 Spring 1st Year RADT 1070 Principles of Imaging I 6
Summer 1st Year RADT 1200 Principles/Rad Bio&Protection 3 Summer 1st Year RADT 2090 Radiographic Procedures III 2 Summer 1st Year RADT 2340 Clinical Radiography III 6
Fall 2nd Year RADT 1160 Principles of Radiographic Imaging II 6 Fall 2nd Year RADT 2190 Radiographic Pathology 2 Fall 2nd Year RADT 2350 Clinical Radiography IV 7
Spring 2nd Year RADT 2260 Radiologic Technology Review 3 Spring 2nd Year RADT 2360 Clinical Radiography V 9
Total 93
28 Revised 2012
Competency Curriculum Imaging Procedure
Mandatoryor Elective
Course Semester Lab Simulated
Chest and Thorax 1. Chest Routine M RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 1st Semester 2. Chest AP (Wheelchair or Stretcher) M RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 1st Semester 3. Ribs M RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 1st Semester 4. Chest Lateral Decubitus E RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 1st Semester 5. Sternum E RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 1st Semester 6. Upper Airway (Soft-Tissue Neck) E RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 1st Semester Upper Extremity 7. Thumb or Finger M RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 1st Semester 8. Hand M RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 1st Semester 9. Wrist M RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 1st Semester 10. Forearm M RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 1st Semester 11. Elbow M RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 1st Semester 12. Humerus M RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 1st Semester 13. Shoulder M RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 1st Semester 14. Trauma: Shoulder (Scapular Y, Transthoracic or Axillary)*
M RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 1st Semester
15. Clavicle E RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 1st Semester 16. Scapula E RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 1st Semester 17. AC Joints E RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 1st Semester 18. Trauma: Upper Extremity (Nonshoulder)*
M RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 1st Semester
Lower Extremity 19. Toes E RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 1st Semester 20. Foot M RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 1st Semester 21. Ankle M RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 1st Semester 22. Knee M RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 1st Semester 23. Tibia-Fibula M RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 1st Semester 24. Femur M RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 1st Semester 25. Trauma: Lower Extremity* M RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 1st Semester 26. Patella E RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 1st Semester 27. Calcaneus (Os Calcis) E RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 1st Semester Head 28. Skull E RADT 2090 Radiographic Procedures III 3rd Semester 29. Paranasal Sinuses M RADT 2090 Radiographic Procedures III 3rd Semester 30. Facial Bones E RADT 2090 Radiographic Procedures III 3rd Semester 31. Orbits E RADT 2090 Radiographic Procedures III 3rd Semester 32. Zygomatic Arches E RADT 2090 Radiographic Procedures III 3rd Semester 33. Nasal Bones E RADT 2090 Radiographic Procedures III 3rd Semester 34. Mandible E RADT 2090 Radiographic Procedures III 3rd Semester
Imaging Procedure
Mandatoryor Elective
Course Title
Semester
Spine and Pelvis
29 Revised 2012
35. Cervical Spine M RADT 1060 Radiographic Procedures II 2nd Semester 36. Trauma: Cervical Spine (Cross Table Lateral)*
E RADT 1060 Radiographic Procedures II 2nd Semester
37. Thoracic Spine M RADT 1060 Radiographic Procedures II 2nd Semester 38. Lumbar Spine M RADT 1060 Radiographic Procedures II 2nd Semester 39. Pelvis M RADT 1060 Radiographic Procedures II 2nd Semester 40. Hip M RADT 1060 Radiographic Procedures II 2nd Semester 41. Cross Table Lateral Hip M RADT 1060 Radiographic Procedures II 2nd Semester 42. Sacrum and/or Coccyx E RADT 1060 Radiographic Procedures II 2nd Semester 43. Scoliosis Series E RADT 1060 Radiographic Procedures II 2nd Semester 44. Sacroiliac Joints E RADT 1060 Radiographic Procedures II 2nd Semester Abdomen 45. Abdomen Supine (KUB) M RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 1st Semester 46. Abdomen Upright M RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 1st Semester 47. Abdomen Decubitus E RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 1st Semester 48. Intravenous Urography E RADT 1060 Radiographic Procedures II 2nd Semester Fluoroscopy Studies 49. Upper GI Series (Single or Double Contrast)
E RADT 1060 Radiographic Procedures II 2nd Semester
50. Barium Enema (Single or Double Contrast)
M RADT 1060 Radiographic Procedures II 2nd Semester
51. Small Bowel Series RADT 1060 Radiographic Procedures II 2nd Semester 52. Esophagus E RADT 1060 Radiographic Procedures II 2nd Semester 53. Cystography/Cystourethrography E RADT 1060 Radiographic Procedures II 2nd Semester 54. ERCP E RADT 1060 Radiographic Procedures II 2nd Semester 55. Myelography E RADT 1060 Radiographic Procedures II 2nd Semester 56. Arthrography E RADT 1060 Radiographic Procedures II 2nd Semester Surgical Studies 57. C-Arm Procedure (Orthopedic) M RADT 1010 Introduction to Radiology 1st Semester 58. C-Arm Procedure (Non-Orthopedic)
E RADT 1010 Introduction to Radiology 1st Semester
Mobile Studies 59. Chest M RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 1st Semester 60. Abdomen M RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 1st Semester 61. Orthopedic M RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 1st Semester Pediatrics (age 6 or younger) 62. Chest Routine M RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 1st Semester 63. Upper Extremity E RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 1st Semester 64. Lower Extremity E RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 1st Semester 65. Abdomen E RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 1st Semester
66. Mobile Study E RADT 1030 Radiographic Procedures I 1st Semester
30 Revised 2012
General Patient Care
Requirement: Candidates must demonstrate competence in all six patient care activities listed below. The activities should be performed on patients; however, simulation is acceptable (see endnote) if state or institutional regulations prohibit candidates from performing the procedures on patients.
General Patient Care Course Semester CPR Prerequisite Prerequisite Vital signs (blood pressure, pulse, respiration)
RADT 1010 Introduction to Radiology 1st Semester
Sterile and aseptic techniques RADT 1010 Introduction to Radiology 1st Semester Venipuncture RADT 1010 Introduction to Radiology 1st Semester Transfer of patient RADT 1010 Introduction to Radiology 1st Semester Care of patient medical equipment (e.g., oxygen tank IV tubing
RADT 1010 Introduction to Radiology 1st Semester
31 Revised 2012
COURSE DESCRIPTION General Core Courses (15 hours) Credit Hours
ENGL1101 Composition and Rhetoric 3
Explores the analysis of literature and articles about issues in the humanities and in society. Students practice various modes of writing, ranging from exposition to argumentation and persuasion. The course includes a review of standard grammatical and stylistic usage in proofreading and editing. An introduction to library resources lays the foundation for research. Topics include writing analysis and practice, revision, and research. Students write a research paper using library resources and using a formatting and documentation style appropriate to the purpose and audience.
ENGL2130 Credit Hours
American Literature 3
Emphasizes American literature as a reflection of culture and ideas. A survey of important works in American literature. Includes a variety of literary genres: short stories, poetry, drama, nonfiction, and novels. Topics include literature and culture, essential themes and ideas, literature and history, and research skills.
MATH1111 Credit Hours
College Algebra 3
Emphasizes techniques of problem solving using algebraic concepts. Topics include fundamental concepts of algebra, equations and inequalities, functions and graphs, and systems of equations; optional topics include sequences, series, and probability or analytic geometry.
PSYC 1101 Credit Hours
Introductory Psychology 3
Introduces the major fields of contemporary psychology. Emphasis is on fundamental principles of psychology as a science. Topics include research design, the organization and operation of the nervous system, sensation and perception, learning and memory, motivation and emotion, thinking and intelligence, lifespan development, personality, psychopathology and interventions, stress and health, and social psychology.
General Core Elective Credit Hours
3
32 Revised 2012
Occupational Courses (78 hours)
COMP 1000 Credit Hours
Introduction to Computers 3
Introduces the fundamental concepts, terminology, and operations necessary to use computers. Emphasis is placed on basic functions and familiarity with computer use. Topics include an introduction to computer terminology, the Windows environment, Internet and email, word processing software, spreadsheet software, database software, and presentation software.
ALHS 1090 Credit Hours
Medical Terminology for Allied Health Sciences 2
Introduces the elements of medical terminology. Emphasis is placed on building familiarity with medical words through knowledge of roots, prefixes, and suffixes. Topics include: origins (roots, prefixes, and suffixes), word building, abbreviations and symbols, and terminology related to the human anatomy.
BIOL 2113 Credit Hours
Anatomy and Physiology I 3
Introduces the anatomy and physiology of the human body. Emphasis is placed on the development of a systemic perspective of anatomical structures and physiological processes. Topics include body organization, cell structure and functions, tissue classifications, integumentary system, skeletal system, muscular system, and nervous and sensory systems.
BIOL 2113L Credit Hours
Anatomy and Physiology Lab I 1
Selected laboratory exercises paralleling the topics in BIOL 2113. The laboratory exercises for this course include body organization, cell structure and functions, tissue classifications, integumentary system, skeletal system, muscular system, and nervous sensory systems.
BIOL 2114 Credit Hours
Anatomy and Physiology II 3
33 Revised 2012
Continues the study of the anatomy and physiology of the human body. Topics include the endocrine system, cardiovascular system, blood and lymphatic system, immune system, respiratory system, digestive system, urinary system, and reproductive system.
BIOL 2114L Credit Hours
Anatomy & Physiology Lab II 1
Selected laboratory exercises paralleling the topics in BIOL 2114. The laboratory exercises for this course include the endocrine system, cardiovascular system, blood and lymphatic system, immune system, respiratory system, digestive system, urinary system, and reproductive system.
RADT 1010 Credit Hours
Introduction to Radiology 4
Introduces a grouping of fundamental principles, practices, and issues common to many specializations in the health care profession. In addition to the essential skills, students explore various delivery systems and related issues. Provides the student with an overview of radiography and patient care. Students will be oriented to the radiographic profession as a whole. Emphasis will be placed on patient care with consideration of both physical and psychological conditions. Introduces a grouping of fundamental principles, practices, and issues common to many specializations in the health care profession. In addition to the essential skills, students explore various delivery systems and related issues. Topics include: ethics, medical and legal considerations, Right to Know Law, professionalism, basic principles of radiation protection, basic principles of exposure, equipment introduction, health care delivery systems, hospital and departmental organization, hospital and technical college affiliation, medical emergencies, pharmacology/contrast agents, media, OR and mobile procedures patient preparation, death and dying, body mechanics/transportation, basic life support/CPR, and patient care in radiologic sciences.
RADT 1030 Credit Hours
Radiographic Procedures I 3
Introduces the knowledge required to perform radiologic procedures applicable to the human anatomy. Emphasis will be placed on the production of quality radiographs, and laboratory experience will demonstrate the application of theoretical principles and concepts. Topics include: introduction to radiographic procedures; positioning terminology; positioning considerations; procedures, anatomy, and topographical anatomy related to body cavities, bony thorax, upper extremities, shoulder girdle; and lower extremities.
RADT 1060 Credit Hours
Radiographic Procedures II 3
34 Revised 2012
Continues to develop the knowledge required to perform radiographic procedures. Topics include: anatomy and routine projections of the pelvic girdle; anatomy and routine projections of the spine, gastrointestinal (GI) procedures; genitourinary (GU) procedures; biliary system procedures; and minor procedures.
RADT 1070 Credit Hours
Principles of Imaging I
6
Content is designed to establish a basic knowledge of atomic structure and terminology. Also presented are the nature and characteristics of radiation, x-ray production and the fundamentals of photon interactions with matter. Factors that govern the image production process, film imaging with related accessories, and a basis for analyzing radiographic images. Included are the importance of minimum imaging standards, discussion of a problem-solving technique for image evaluation and the factors that can affect image quality. Actual images will be included for analysis.
RADT1160 Credit Hours
Principles of Imaging II 6
Content is designed to impart an understanding of the components, principles and operation of digital imaging systems found in diagnostic radiology. Factors that impact image acquisition, display, archiving and retrieval are discussed. Guidelines for selecting exposure factors and evaluating images within a digital system assist students to bridge between film-based and digital imaging systems, with a knowledge base in radiographic, fluoroscopic, mobile and tomographic equipment requirements and design. This content also provides a basic knowledge of quality control, principles of digital system quality assurance and maintenance are presented. Content is designed to provide entry-level radiography students with principles related to computed tomography (CT) imaging, and other imaging modalities (i.e., MRI, US, NM, Mammography) in terms of purpose, principles, equipment/material, and procedure. Topics include: imaging equipment, digital image acquisition and display, and basic principles of CT and other imaging modalities. Topics include: imaging equipment, digital image acquisition and display, and basic principles of CT and other imaging modalities
RADT 1200 Credit Hours
Principles of Radiation Biology & Protection
3
Provides instruction on the principles of cell radiation interaction. Radiation effects on cells and factors affecting cell response are presented. Acute and chronic effects of radiation are discussed. Topics include: radiation detection and measurement; patient protection; personnel protection; absorbed dose equivalencies;
35 Revised 2012
agencies and regulations; introduction to radiation biology; cell anatomy, radiation/cell interaction; and effects of radiation.
RADT 1320 Credit Hours
Clinical Radiography I 4
Introduces students to the hospital clinical setting and provides an opportunity for students to participate in or observe radiographic procedures. Topics include: orientation to hospital areas and procedures; orientation to mobile/surgery; orientation to radiography and fluoroscopy; participation in and/or observation of procedures related to body cavities, the shoulder girdle, and upper extremities. Activities of students are under direct supervision.
RADT 1330 Credit Hours
Clinical Radiography II 7
Continues introductory student learning experiences in the hospital setting. Topics include: equipment utilization; exposure techniques; attend to and/or observation of routine projections of the lower extremities, pelvic girdle, and spine; attend to and/or observation of procedures related to the gastrointestinal (GI), genitourinary (GU), and biliary systems; and attend to and/or observation of procedure related to minor radiologic procedures. Execution of radiographic procedures will be conducted under direct and indirect supervision.
RADT2090 Credit Hours
Radiographic Procedures III 2
Continues to develop the knowledge required to perform radiographic procedures. Topics include: anatomy and routine projections of the cranium; anatomy and routine projections of the facial bones; anatomy and routine projections of the sinuses; sectional anatomy of the head, neck, thorax and abdomen.
RADT 2190 Credit Hours
Radiographic Pathology 2
Content is designed to introduce the student to concepts related to disease and etiological considerations. Pathology and disease as they relate to various radiographic procedures are discussed with emphasis on radiographic appearance of disease and impact on exposure factor selection. Topics include: fundamentals of pathology, trauma/physical injury, and systematic classification of disease.
36 Revised 2012
RADT 2260 Credit Hours
Radiologic Technology Review 3
Provides a review of basic knowledge from previous courses and helps the student prepare for national certification examinations for radiographers. Topics include: image production and evaluation; radiographic procedures; anatomy, physiology, pathology, and terminology; equipment operation and quality control; radiation protection; and patient care and education.
RADT 2340 Credit Hours
Clinical Radiography III 6
Provides students with continued hospital setting work experience. Students continue to develop proficiency in executing procedures introduced in Radiographic Procedures. Topics include: patient care; behavioral and social competencies; performance and/or observation of minor special procedures, special equipment use, and participation in and/or observation of cranial and facial radiography. Execution of radiographic procedures will be conducted under direct and indirect supervision.
RADT 2350 Credit Hours
Clinical Radiography IV 7
Provides students with continued hospital setting work experience. Students continue to develop proficiency in executing procedures introduced in Radiographic Procedures. Topics include: sterile techniques; participation in and/or observation of minor special procedures, special equipment use, and genitourinary system procedures; and participation in and/or observation of cranial and facial radiography; and competency completion evaluation. Execution of radiographic procedures will be conducted under direct and indirect supervision.
RADT 2360 Credit Hours
Clinical Radiography V 9
Provides students with continued hospital setting work experience. Students demonstrate increased proficiency levels in skills introduced in all of the radiographic procedures courses and practiced in previous clinical radiography courses. Topics include: patient care; behavioral and social competency; advanced radiographic anatomy; equipment utilization; exposure techniques; sterile techniques; integration of procedures and/or observation of angiographic, interventional, minor special procedures; integration of procedures and/or observation of special equipment use; integration of procedures and/or observation of routine and special radiographic procedures; and final completion of all required clinical competencies. Execution of radiographic procedures will be conducted under direct and indirect supervision.
Total Credit Hours: 93
37 Revised 2012
RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY COURSE SCHEDULE Occupational Course Curriculum
FALL (1)
(15 WEEK)
RADT 1010
2250.0 1500.0 0.0 3750 4.0 4.2 4.5 5.0 6.3 6.8 7.5 12.5 13.6 15.0
RADT 1030
1500.0 2250.0 0.0 3750 3.0 4.2 4.5 5.0 6.3 6.8 7.5 12.5 13.6 15.0
RADT 1320
0.0 0.0 9000.0 9000 4.0 10.0 10.9 12.0 12 15 18 30.0 32.7 36.0
SPRING (1)
(15 WEEK)
RADT 1060 1500.0 2250.0 0.0 3750.0 3.0 4.2 4.5 5.0 6.3 6.8 7.5 12.5 13.6 15.0 RADT 1070 3750.0 1500.0 0.0 5250.0 6.0 5.8 6.4 7.0 8.8 9.5 10.5 17.5 19.1 21.0
RADT 1330 0.0 0.0 15750 15750. 7.0 17.5 19.1 21.0 26.3 28.6 31.5 52.5 57.3 63.0
SUMMER (1)
(10WEEK)
RADT 1200 2250.0 0.0 0.0 2250.0 3.0 2.5 2.7 3.0 3.8 4.1 4.5 7.5 8.2 9.0
RADT 2090 1500.0 0.0 0.0 1500.0 2.0 1.7 1.8 2.0 2.5 2.7 3.0 5.0 5.5 6.0
RADT 2340 0.0 0.0 13500 13500. 6.0 15.0 16.4 18.0 22.5 24.5 27.0 45.0 49.1 54.0
FALL (2)
(15 WEEK)
RADT 1160 1500.0 2250.0
0.0 3750.0 3.0 4.2 4.5 5.0 6.3 6.8 7.5 12.5 13.6 15.0
RADT 2190 1500.0 0.0 0.0 1500.0 2.0 1.7 1.8 2.0 2.5 2.7 3.0 5.0 5.5 6.0
RADT 2350 0.0 0.0 15750.0 15750. 7.0 17.5 19.1 21.0 26.3 28.6 31.5 52.5 57.3 63.0
SPRING (2)
(15 WEEK)
RADT 2260 2250.0 0.0 0.0 2250.0 3.0 2.5 2.7 3.0 3.8 4.1 4.5 7.5 8.2 9.0
RADT 2360 0.0 0.0 20250 20250. 9.0 22.5 24.5 27.0 33.8 36.8 40.5 67.5 73.6 81.0
RADT COURSE #
LECTURE LAB CLINIC TOT CRED HRS.
CONT HRS. (15 WK)
CONTHRS. (15 WK)
CONTHRS. (15 WK)
CONTHRS. (10 WK)
CONTHRS. (10 WK)
CONT HRS. (10 WK)
CONTHRS. (5 WK)
CONTHRS. (5 WK)
CONT HRS. (5 WK)
Proposed Semester Schedule
WEEK 60 MIN PEROID
WEEK 55 MIN PEROID
WEEK 50 MIN PEROID
WEEK 60 MIN PEROID
WEEK 55 MIN PEROID
WEEK 50 MIN PEROID
WEEK 60 MIN PEROID
WEEK 55 MIN PEROID
WEEK 50 MIN PEROID
38 Revised 2012
Radiologic Technology Fundamental Occupational Courses
RADT COURSE #
LECTURE
LAB CLINICAL
TOTAL
CREDIT HRS.
Total Contact Hrs.
CONTACT HRS. (15 WK)
CONTACT HRS. (15 WK)
CONTACT HRS. (15 WK)
CONTACT HRS. (10 WK)
CONTACT HRS. (10 WK)
CONTACT HRS. (10 WK)
Proposed Semester Schedule
WEEKLY 60 MIN PEROID
WEEKLY 55 MIN PEROID
WEEKLY 50 MIN PEROID
WEEKLY 60 MIN PEROID
WEEKLY 55 MIN PEROID
WEEKLY 50 MIN PEROID
FALL (1) (15 WEEK)
RADT 1010
2250.0 1500.0 0.0 3750.0 4.0 75 4.2 4.5 5.0 6.3 6.8 7.5
RADT 1030
1500.0 2250.0 0.0 3750.0 3.0 75 4.2 4.5 5.0 6.3 6.8 7.5
RADT 1320
0.0 0.0 9000.0 9000.0 4.0 180 10.0 10.9 12.0 12 15 18
SPRING (1) (15 WEEK)
RADT 1060
1500.0 2250.0 0.0 3750.0 3.0 75 4.2 4.5 5.0 6.3 6.8 7.5
RADT 1070
3750.0 1500.0 0.0 5250.0 6.0 105 5.8 6.4 7.0 8.8 9.5 10.5
RADT 1330
0.0 0.0 15750.0 15750.0 7.0 315 17.5 19.1 21.0 26.3 28.6 31.5
SUMMER (1) (10WEEK)
RADT 1200
2250.0 0.0 0.0 2250.0 3.0 45 2.5 2.7 3.0 3.8 4.1 4.5
RADT 2090
750.0 2250.0 0.0 3000.0 2.0 60 3.3 3.7 4.0 5.0 5.45 6.0
RADT 2340
0.0 0.0 13500.0 13500.0 6.0 270 15.0 16.4 18.0 22.5 24.5 27.0
FALL (2) (15 WEEK)
RADT 1160
3750 15000.0 0.0 5250.0 6.0 105 5.8 6.5 7.0 8.8 9.5 10.0
RADT 2190
1500.0 0.0 0.0 1500.0 2.0 30 1.7 1.8 2.0 2.5 2.7 3.0
RADT 2350
0.0 0.0 15750.0 15750.0 7.0 315 17.5 19.1 21.0 26.3 28.6 31.5
SPRING (2) (15 WEEK)
RADT 2260
2250.0 0.0 0.0 2250.0 3.0 45 2.5 2.7 3.0 3.8 4.1 4.5
RADT 2360
0.0 0.0 20250.0 20250.0 9.0 405 22.5 24.5 27.0 33.8 36.8 40.5
39 Revised 2012
Radiologic Technology Program General Core Courses
RADT COURSE #
LECTURE
LAB CLINICAL
TOTAL Min
CREDIT HRS.
Total Contact Hrs.
CONTACT HRS. (15 WK)
CONTACT HRS. (15 WK)
CONTACT HRS. (15 WK)
CONTACT HRS. (10 WK)
CONTACT HRS. (10 WK)
CONTACT HRS. (10 WK)
Proposed Semester Schedule
WEEKLY 60 MIN PEROID
WEEKLY 55 MIN PEROID
WEEKLY 50 MIN PEROID
WEEKLY 60 MIN PEROID
WEEKLY 55 MIN PEROID
WEEKLY 50 MIN PEROID
ENGL 1101
2250.0 2250.0 3.0 45 2.5 2.7 3.0 3.8 4.1 4.5
ENGL 2130
2250.0 2250.0 3.0 45 2.5 2.7 3.0 3.8 4.1 4.5
MATH 1111
2250.0 2250.0 3.0 45 2.5 2.7 3.0 3.8 4.1 4.5
PSYC 1101
2250.0 2250.0 3.0 45 2.5 2.7 3.0 3.8 4.1 4.5
COMP 1000
750.0 3000.0 3750.0 3.0 75 4.2 4.5 5.0 6.3 6.8 7.5
ALHS 1090
1500.0 1500.0 2.0 30 1.7 1.8 2.0 2.5 2.7 3.0
BIOL 2113
2250.0 2250.0 3.0 45 2.5 2.7 3.0 3.8 4.1 4.5
BIOL 2113L
2250.0 2250.0 1.0 45 2.5 2.7 3.0 3.8 4.1 4.5
BIOL 2114
2250.0 2250.0 3.0. 45 2.5 2.7 3.0 3.8 4.1 4.5
BIOL 2114L
2250.0 2250.0 1.0 45 2.5 2.7 3.0 3.8 4.1 4.5
Elective
40 Revised 2012
Radiologic Technology Elective Courses Student Select 1
RADT COURSE #
LECTURE
LAB CLINICAL
TOTAL Min
CREDIT HRS.
Total Contact Hrs.
CONTACT HRS. (15 WK)
CONTACT HRS. (15 WK)
CONTACT HRS. (15 WK)
CONTACT HRS. (10 WK)
CONTACT HRS. (10 WK)
CONTACT HRS. (10 WK)
Proposed Semester Schedule
WEEKLY 60 MIN PEROID
WEEKLY 55 MIN PEROID
WEEKLY 50 MIN PEROID
WEEKLY 60 MIN PEROID
WEEKLY 55 MIN PEROID
WEEKLY 50 MIN PEROID
ECON 1101
2250.0 2250.0 3.0 45 2.5 2.7 3.0 3.8 4.1 4.5
SOCI 1101
2250.0 2250.0 3.0 45 2.5 2.7 3.0 3.8 4.1 4.5
SPCH 1101
2250.0 2250.0 3.0 45 2.5 2.7 3.0 3.8 4.1 4.5
ENGL 1105
2250.0 2250.0 3.0 45 2.5 2.7 3.0 3.8 4.1 4.5
ENGL 1102
2250.0 2250.00 3.0 45 2.5 2.7 3.0 3.8 4.1 4.5
HUMN 1101
2250.0 2250.0 2.0 45 2.5 2.7 3.0 3.8 4.1 4.5
41 Revised 2012
Textbooks
Prior to the start of classes each year the faculty reviews and selects textbooks that meet the needs of the courses they teach. In some cases, textbooks may change from one year to the next, or a given book may be released in a new edition.
It is the responsibility of the student to purchase all assigned books. The required textbooks for the full program costs approximately $500.00. At the present time, the State of Georgia reimburses textbook expenses in the amount of $100.00 per semester; therefore, students who remain in the program will, over time, recover their initial outlay.
Students may choose, at their own option, to purchase other reference books to assist them in their studies. Questions concerning the potential value of any reference should be referred to the Program Director.
Radiologic Technology
Program Book List 2012
Core Classes
ALHS 1090 - Medical Terminology for Allied Health Sciences
Eagle, S.. (2011). Medical Terminology in a Flash: A Multiple Learning Style Approach. (2nd). Philadelphia, PA: F. A. Davis.
BIOL 2113 - Anatomy and Physiology I
Applegate, E.. (2011). The Anatomy and Physiology Learning System. (4th). Philadelphia, PA: Saunders
BIOL 2114 - Anatomy and Physiology II
Applegate, E..(2011). The Anatomy and Physiology Learning System. (4th). Philadelphia, PA: Saunders
COMP 1000 - Introduction to Computers
Custom Program for CIS: Go! with Microsoft Office 2010 Moultrie Technical College
ENGL 1101 - Composition and Rhetoric
Bullock, R.. (2009). The Norton Field Guise to Writing. (2nd). New York, NY: W. W. Norton & Company.
42 Revised 2012
ENGL 2130 - American Literature
Perkins, George and Barbara Perkins. (2009). The American Tradition in Literature. (Shorter 12th). Boston: McGraw Hill.
MATH 1111 - College Algebra
Blitzer, R.. (2009). College Algebra with Student Solutions Manual and MyMathLab.(5th). Upper Saddle, NJ: Prentice Hall.
PSYC 1101 - Introductory Psychology (
Kalat, J.. (2011). Introduction to Psychology. (9th). Belmont, CA: Wadsworth Publishing Co.
PROGRAM CURRICULUM CLASSES Book List
RADT 1010 - Introduction to Radiology
Adler, A. & Carlton, R.. (2007). Introduction to radiography and patient care. (4th). Philadelphia, PA:
Saunders.
RADT 1030 - Radiographic Procedures I
RADT 1060 - Radiographic Procedures II
RADT 2090 - Radiographic Procedures III
Frank, Long & Smith. (2012). Merrill's atlas of radiographic positions and radiographic procedures.
(12th). St. Louis, MO: Mosby.
RADT 1070 - Principles of Imaging I
RADT 1160 - Principles of Imaging II
Adler, A. & Carlton, R. (2013). Principles of Radiographic Imaging: An Art and a Science. (4th). Clifton
RADT 1200 - Principles of Radiation Biology and Protection
Forshier, Steve . (2009). Essentials of Radiation, Biology and Protection. (2nd). Clifton Park: Delmar.
http://www.cengage.com/cengage/productlist.do?disciplinenumber=366&courseid=DRT08&codeid=W17P&sortBy= copyrightYear&sortByShow=all
RADT 2190 - Radiographic Pathology
Eisenberg, R. & Johnson, N.. (2007). Comprehensive radiographic pathology. (4th). St. Louis, MO: Mosby/Elsevier.
RADT 1320 - Clinical Radiography I
RADT 1330 - Clinical Radiography II
RADT 2340 - Clinical Radiography III
RADT 2350 - Clinical Radiography IV
43 Revised 2012
RADT 2360 - Clinical Radiography V
Frank, Long & Smith. (2012). Merrill's atlas of radiographic positions and radiographic procedures. (12th). St. Louis, MO: Mosby.
RADT 2260 - Radiologic Technology Review
Adler, A. & Carlton, R.. (2007). Introduction to radiography and patient care. (4th). Philadelphia, PA: Saunders.
Frank, Long & Smith. (2012). Merrill's atlas of radiographic positions and radiographic procedures.
(12th). St. Louis, MO: Mosby.
Forshier, Steve . (2009). Essentials of Radiation, Biology and Protection. (2nd). Clifton Park: Delmar. Eisenberg, R. & Johnson, N.. (2007). Comprehensive radiographic pathology. (4th). St. Louis, MO: Mosby/Elsevier.
44 Revised 2012
SYLLABI
BIOL 2113 COURSE SYLLABUS
ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY I Instructor: Jorge Houed, M.D.
Office location: B130, Veterans Parkway Campus
Email address: [email protected]
Office phone number: 229-217-4236
Office hours: By appointment
Course Number: BIOL 2113 Course Name: Anatomy & Physiology I
Program of Study: Allied Health Services Credit hours: 3
Textbook: The Anatomy and Physiology Learning System, 4th ed.
Study Guide, The Anatomy and Physiology Learning system, 4th ed. MISSION:
Moultrie Technical College is a multiple campus institution of higher learning whose mission as part of the Technical College System of Georgia is to provide a culture of learning through occupational education, academic education, distance education, business and industry training, and workforce development supporting the education and economic advancement of Colquitt, Tift, Turner, and Worth counties.
The college fulfills its mission by providing accessible, quality education leading to associate degrees, diplomas, technical certificates of credit, and programs to assist adults in literacy education.
BIOL 2113 - Anatomy and Physiology I ( version 201003L )
Standard Institutionally Developed College: N/A EDGE Compatible: Yes
Pre-requisites
Regular Admission
Co-requisites: All Required
BIOL 2113L - Anatomy and Physiology Lab I (201003L)
45 Revised 2012
ENGL 1101 - Composition and Rhetoric (201003L)
Course Description
Introduces the anatomy and physiology of the human body. Emphasis is placed on the development of a systemic perspective of anatomical
structures and physiological processes. Topics include body organization, cell structure and functions, tissue classifications, integumentary system, skeletal system, muscular system, and nervous and sensory systems.
Course Length Minutes Contact Hour Semester Credit Lecture: 2250 45 Lab 2: 0 0 Lab 3: 0 0 Practicum/Internship: 0 0 Clinical: 0 0 Total: 2250 45 3 Semester Credit Hours: 3
Competencies Order
Description
Lecture
Lab2
Lab3
Practicum/ Internship
Clinical
Total Minutes
Semester Credit Hrs
1
Body Organization and Chemical Basis of Life
225
0
0
0
0
225
2 Cell Structure and Functions 170 0 0 0 0 170
3 Tissue Classifications 170 0 0 0 0 170
4 The Integumentary System 170 0 0 0 0 170
5 The Skeletal System 395 0 0 0 0 395
6 The Muscular System 280 0 0 0 0 280
Order
Description
Lecture
Lab2
Lab3
Practicum/ Internship
Clinical
Total Minutes
Semester Credit Hrs
7 The Nervous and Sensory Systems
840 0 0 0 0 840
Totals for Course BIOL 2113 - Anatomy and Physiology I ( version 201003L ):
2250
0
0
0
0
2250
3
46 Revised 2012
Learning Outcomes Body Organization and Chemical Basis of Life
Order
Description
Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Define the terms anatomy and physiology. Cognitive Knowledge
2 Describe the basic biological functions necessary for survival. Cognitive Knowledge
3 Define anatomical position. Cognitive Knowledge
4 Identify descriptive body terms, planes-abdominopelvic regions and quadrants, directional terms as they relate to anatomical position, body membranes and cavities.
Cognitive Knowledge
5 Discuss complementarity between structure and function. Cognitive Comprehension
6 Describe the various organizational levels of the human body. Cognitive Knowledge
7 Define homeostasis and metabolism. Cognitive Knowledge
8 Define positive and negative feedback cycles and provide examples of each. Cognitive Knowledge
9 Describe basic atomic structure. Cognitive Knowledge
10 Define the terms molecule, element, compound, mixture, solution, solvent and solute and give examples of each.
Cognitive Knowledge
11 Describe and give examples of covalent (non-polar and polar), ionic and hydrogen bonding. Cognitive Knowledge
12 Describe water as an inorganic compound and universal solvent. Cognitive Knowledge
13 List the major elements present in the body. Cognitive Knowledge
14 Discuss and give examples of the most important carbohydrates, proteins, lipids and nucleic acids found in the body and relate these substances to specific body structures or functions.
Cognitive Comprehension
15 Describe intermediary metabolism. Cognitive Knowledge
16 Describe pH scale, acids and bases. Cognitive Knowledge
Cell Structure and Functions
Order
Description
Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Describe the structure of a typical cell. Cognitive Knowledge
2 List the organelles and discuss the functions of each. Cognitive Knowledge
3 Describe the types of movement of materials across cell membranes and relate these to functions of the cells within the body.
Cognitive Knowledge
4 Discuss the molecular structure of DNA in relation to hereditary characteristics. Cognitive Comprehension
5 Discuss mitosis and meiosis. Cognitive Comprehension
Order
Description
Learning Domain
Level of Learning
47 Revised 2012
Tissue Classifications The Integumentary System
Order
Description
Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Discuss the functions of the skin as an organ system and its role in the homeostasis of body temperature.
Cognitive Comprehension
2 Describe the layers, structural components, and functions of the epidermis dermis and hypodermis.
Cognitive Knowledge
3 Describe the basic structure and function of epidermal derivatives such as hair, nails, sweat, sebaceous and ceruminous glands.
Cognitive Knowledge
4 Discuss the classification of burns by degree and surface areas involved. Cognitive Comprehension
5 Discuss the three principal types of skin cancer and differentiate among them. Cognitive Comprehension
The Skeletal System
Order
Description
Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Discuss the components and functions of the skeletal system. Cognitive
Comprehension
2 Discuss the basic anatomy of long and flat bones. Cognitive
Comprehension
3 Describe the histological features of compact and spongy bone tissue. Cognitive
Knowledge
4 Compare and Contrast intramembranous ossification and endochondral ossification. Cognitive
Evaluation
5 Define interstitial and appositional bone growth. Cognitive
Knowledge
6 Describe the process of bone remodeling and fracture repair. Cognitive
Knowledge
7 Classify the principal types of bones on the basis of shape and location. Cognitive
Analysis
8 Describe the various markings on the surface of bones. Cognitive
Knowledge
9 Identify the bones and principal markings of the bones of the axial skeleton. Cognitive
Knowledge
10 Identify the bones and principal markings of the bones of the appendicular skeleton. Cognitive
Knowledge
11 Define an articulation and identify the factors that determine the types and degree of movement at a joint.
Cognitive
Knowledge
12 Classify joints based on their structure and function using proper terminology. Cognitive
Analysis
1 Define the term tissue and histology. Cognitive Knowledge
2 Identify the four major types of tissue in the body and their basic functions. Cognitive Knowledge
3 Describe the structure, function, and location of epithelial tissues in the body. Cognitive Knowledge
4 Describe the structure, function, and location of connective tissues in the body and contrast these to epithelial tissues.
Cognitive Knowledge
5 Compare and Contrast the three forms of muscle tissue: skeletal, smooth and cardiac. Cognitive Evaluation
6 Describe the structure, function, and location of nervous tissue in the body. Cognitive Knowledge
7 Classify the membranes of the body and provide examples of each. Cognitive Analysis
8 Describe the basic steps in tissue repair. Cognitive Knowledge
48 Revised 2012
13 Describe the major movements allowed by synovial joints. Cognitive
Knowledge
14 Describe selected articulations of the body with respect to the bones that enter into their formation, structural classification, and anatomical components.
Cognitive
Knowledge
15 Discuss selected bone diseases and common fractures. Cognitive
Comprehension
The Muscular System
Order
Description
Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 List the characteristics and functions of muscle tissue. Cognitive Knowledge
2 Discuss the organization of muscle tissue and its components. Cognitive Comprehension
3 Discuss the anatomy of the muscle (cell) fiber and the microscopic anatomy of the muscle cell including the sarcomere as the basic unit of muscle contraction.
Cognitive Comprehension
4 Discuss the sliding filament theory of muscle contraction. Cognitive Comprehension
5 Discuss the structure and function of the neuromuscular junction. Cognitive Comprehension
6 Describe the movement of the action potential in skeletal muscle. Cognitive Knowledge
Order
Description
Learning Domain
Level of Learning
7 Describe the ATP needs and the energy sources used by skeletal muscle. Cognitive Knowledge
8 Explain concepts in muscle physiology such as twitch, motor unit, tetanus, as well types of muscle fibers and muscle contractions.
Cognitive Comprehension
9 Define origin and insertion. Cognitive Knowledge
10 Describe the relationship between bones and skeletal muscles in producing body movements. Cognitive Knowledge
11 Discuss most body movements as activities of groups of muscles by explaining the roles of the prime movers, synergist, antagonist and fixator.
Cognitive Comprehension
12 Define the criteria employed in naming skeletal muscles. Cognitive Knowledge
49 Revised 2012
The Nervous and Sensory Systems
Order
Description
Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Identify the basic functions of the nervous system in maintaining homeostasis. Cognitive Knowledge
2 Describe the components of the central and peripheral divisions. Cognitive Knowledge
3 Describe the structure of a neuron. Cognitive Knowledge
4 Identify the major supporting cells of neurons in the CNS and PNS. Cognitive Knowledge
5 Compare and Contrast structural and functional classifications of neurons. Cognitive Evaluation
6 Define a synapse and describe all of the events that occur at the snyapse. Cognitive Knowledge
7 Describe the action potential, its generation, and transmission of the action potential in the neuron. Cognitive Knowledge
8 Discuss concepts in neurophysiology such as EPSP, IPSP, summation, all-or-none law, and neuron regeneration.
Cognitive Comprehension
9 Discuss commmon neurotransmitters. Cognitive Comprehension
10 Describe the layers of meninges and logitudinal anatomy of the spinal cord. Cognitive Knowledge
11 Describe cross sectional anatomy of the spinal cord including the location of sensory and motor neurons.
Cognitive Knowledge
12 Identify major sensory and motor tracts in the spinal cord. Cognitive Knowledge
13 Describe the basic components of a reflex arc and discuss the patellar, Goigi tendon, stretch, and withdrawal reflexes.
Cognitive Knowledge
14 Identify the major plexuses in the spinal cord as well as major spinal nerves and their functions. Cognitive Knowledge
Order
Description
Learning Domain
Level of Learning
15 Discuss the immediate and long-range effects of spinal cord injury. Cognitive Comprehension
16 Identify the principal parts of the brain. Cognitive Knowledge
17 Explain the function of the cerebrospinal fluid, its composition, and the pathway of CSF flow. Cognitive Comprehension
18 Describe the blood supply to the brain and the blood-brain barrier. Cognitive Knowledge
19 Identify the major structural and functional areas of the cerebral cortex and cerebrum including the basal nuclei.
Cognitive Knowledge
20 Identify the parts of the diencephalon and explain their roles in homeostasis. Cognitive Knowledge
21 Identify the three major components of the brain stem, their substructures and their functions. Cognitive Knowledge
22 Discuss the structure and function of the cerebellum. Cognitive Comprehension
23 Discuss common disorders of the central nervous system. Cognitive Comprehension
13 Identify the principal skeletal muscles in selected regions of the body and their functions. Cognitive Knowledge
14 Discuss selected muscle disorders. Cognitive Comprehension
50 Revised 2012
24 Identify the twelve pairs of cranial nerves by name, number function and classify as sensory, motor or mixed.
Cognitive Knowledge
25 Identify the major nerves of the brachial plexus. Cognitive Knowledge
26 Identify the major nerves of the lumbosacral plexus. Cognitive Knowledge
27 Describe exteroceptors, interoceptors, and proprioceptors. Cognitive Knowledge
28 Compare the structure and functional differences between the somatic efferent and autonomic portions of the nervous system.
Cognitive Synthesis
29 Compare and Contrast the structure and function of the parasympathetic and sympathetic nervous systems and their specific effects on end organs.
Cognitive Evaluation
30 Discuss acetylcholine (cholinergic) and norepinephrine (adrenergic) as the major neurotransmitters in the ANS.
Cognitive Comprehension
31 Discuss olfactory sensations and receptors. Cognitive Comprehension
32 Discuss gustatory sensations and receptors. Cognitive Comprehension
33 Describe external and internal anatomy of the eye. Cognitive Knowledge
34 Discuss the visual pathway and common errors of refraction. Cognitive Comprehension
35 List the major structures and functions of the external ear, middle ear and internal ear. Cognitive Knowledge
36 Discuss selected disorders of the special senses. Cognitive Comprehension
References
Order Reference Type Description 1 Book with Author(s)
Listed Marieb, E.. (2010). Human anatomy and physiology.. (8th). San Francisco: Benjamin Cummings.
51 Revised 2012
Methods of Instructional Delivery
Traditional and distance learning delivery methods may be utilized in this course.
ONLINE COURSES (ONLINE STUDENTS ONLY)
Online students will access the course site through ANGEL (http://moultrietech.angellearning.com). The student will be enrolled in the online course on the first day of regularly scheduled classes. Online students must access the course site regularly to check for announcements, additional coursework assignments, and other important information.
All online courses require at least one proctored event/exam during the semester. If a student does not complete the proctored event/exam for the course, he/she will receive a final grade of “F.” Extenuating circumstances will be evaluated. If approved by the Online Director, the student will be assigned an “I.” An “I” not satisfactorily removed by the 10th day of the following semester will be changed to an “F.”
Student/Faculty Interaction (ONLINE STUDENTS)
Class interaction may occur via one or more of the following: email, telephone, discussion board forums, and comments on assignments.
The student will participate in this course by following the guidelines of this syllabus and any additional information provided by the instructor or Moultrie Technical College (MTC) Online.
The student is required to communicate with his/her instructor at least three times per week via email or other communication means, by participating in the discussion forums, submitting assignments, and taking exams, all in a timely fashion. Five consecutive days without communicating with the instructor will result in a withdrawal (“W” or “WF”) from the course.
The instructor will respond to students’ email within 24 hours Monday-Thursday, and within 48 hours Friday-Sunday.
Order
Reference Type Description
2 Book with Author(s) Listed
Marieb, E.. (2010). Laboratory manual for anatomy and physiology, Main Version. (2nd). San Francisco: Benjamin Cummings.
3 Book with Author(s) Listed
Martin, T.. (2003). Human anatomy and physiology, laboratory manual. (10th). New York: McGraw- Hill.
4 Book with Author(s) Listed
Martini, F.. (2005). Fundamentals of anatomy and physiology. (7th). San Francisco: Benjamin Cummings.
5 Book with Author(s) Listed
Saladin, K.. (2007). Anatomy and physiology: The unity of form and function. (4th). New York: McGraw-Hill.
6 Book with Author(s) Listed
Seeley, R.; Stephens, T. & Tate, P.. (2007). Anatomy and physiology. (8th). New York: McGraw-Hill.
7 Book with Author(s) Listed
Shier, D. et.al.. (2007). Hole's human anatomy and physiology. (11th). New York: McGraw-Hill.
8 Book with Author(s) Listed
Thibodeau, G. & Patton, K.. (2006). Anatomy and physiology. (6th). Philadelphia: Elsevier: Mosby.
9 Book with Author(s) Listed
Tortora, G. & Dickerson, B.. (2005). Principals of anatomy and physiology. (11th). New Jersey: Wiley and Sons.
52 Revised 2012
The instructor’s primary public communication will be via the ANGEL announcement page. The instructor’s primary private communication will be via ANGEL.
Attendance
Students are expected to be punctual and attend all classes for which they are registered. Each student should recognize at the beginning of his or her postsecondary career that a mature acceptance of his or her responsibilities is a requisite for reasonable accomplishment in postsecondary work: this applies particularly in the area of class attendance. Instructors will keep an accurate record of class attendance. Students anticipating an absence or tardiness should contact the instructor in advance or provide notification as soon as possible. It is the responsibility of the student to account for missed instructional time and to arrange for make-up work at the convenience of the instructor.
Failure to maintain contact with the instructor - either by attending classes, submitting assignments, and/or contacting the instructor (either in person, or by telephone, or email) may result in a failing grade(s).
Some programs and courses at MTC may have more demanding attendance requirements due to the nature of the course or program. These requirements are stated in an approved program handbook, course syllabus, or contract executed with the student.
Class attendance is calculated from the first officially scheduled class meeting to the last scheduled meeting.
A student who has combined absences and tardies greater than 10% of the scheduled class time for which the student is registered may be subject to any or all of the following consequences at any time during the semester:
Suspension from a class or program;
Dismissal from a class or program;
Ineligibility to enroll the following semester.
See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding attendance.
Withdrawal
If a student decides to withdraw from the class, he/she must complete the necessary paperwork before an official withdrawal can occur. It is imperative that the student contact the instructor upon deciding to withdraw. Any student withdrawing before midterm will receive a grade of “W.” If a course is dropped for any reason after midterm, the student will receive a grade of “WF” (Withdraw Failing). “WF” has zero quality points and will be calculated in the grade point average (GPA). “WP” (Withdraw Passing) is considered only as a result to extenuating circumstances and if academic performance is passing.
Academic Integrity
Cheating and plagiarism are unacceptable.
Cheating includes any attempt to defraud, deceive, or mislead an instructor in arriving at an honest grade assessment.
Plagiarism is a form of cheating that involves presenting the ideas of another as your original ideas.
53 Revised 2012
Any student, acting individually or in concert with others, who violates any part of the student conduct code, shall be subject to disciplinary procedures including dismissal from a class session by the instructor and/or suspension or expulsion by the authorized administrator. See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding the student code of conduct.
Quality of Student Work
Use of proper grammar, correct spelling, and writing principles are expected in all work. Full credit will not be granted for work that contains grammar or spelling errors.
Evaluation
The following grading scale will be utilized in the determination of the student’s course grade.
Percentage of Points Earned Corresponding Letter Grade
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
60 – 69 D
0 – 59 F
The student’s knowledge of the material presented in this course will be evaluated based on the satisfactory completion of all assigned work. The student will also be examined on his/her knowledge of the objectives outlined in each lesson, as presented in the Projected Learning Schedule.
Academic Assistance/Remediation
Students who are progressing at an unsatisfactory level and in jeopardy of failing the course must make an appointment with the course instructor to determine the need for remediation. Together, the instructor and student will review the information and determine appropriate steps for remediation. After completion of the remedial assignments, the student may be re-evaluated on the material.
References
The instructor will provide additional resource material as may be necessary. For online courses, this material will be emailed to students and posted on the online course site in the Discussion Board section.
Work Ethics
A portion of the curriculum of all courses is devoted to the development of positive work ethics among students. The work ethics program is designed to encourage good work habits in the areas of quality of work, ability to follow instructions, productivity, dependability, honesty, reliability, attendance and punctuality, attitude, integrity, enthusiasm, interpersonal skills, and initiative.
54 Revised 2012
Work Ethics Evaluation
On-site students will receive a formal report at mid-term and at the end of the semester. The mid-term report is a progress report, but the end-of-semester report constitutes the final grade. The semester work ethics grade will not affect the academic grade. Points are assigned to evaluate each of the ten work ethics traits as follows:
Exceeds Expectations 3 points
Meets Expectations 2 points
Needs Improvement 1 point
Unacceptable 0 points
Safety
Students should become familiar with the program’s emergency procedures in order to maintain a safe learning environment. Emergency procedures such as severe and hazardous weather are addressed in the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook. Evacuation routes for fire and other emergency situations are posted in each classroom and lab. Emergency procedures are discussed at the beginning of each semester. Evacuation charts are posted in each classroom and lab. Students are to review these charts as they enter each room. If a situation were to occur, requiring evacuation, students are to follow the route marked on the chart. If a bad weather warning is sounded, students are to follow the proper evaluation procedures and take all valuables with them.
MTC Alert – Emergency and Announcement Notification System
Moultrie Technical College offers a free emergency and important school announcement service to all students. MTC Alert is a mass notification system comprised of e-mail, voice, and text messaging that is designed to send emergency messages rapidly for the safety and benefit of the students. Messages will be sent by authorized MTC employee(s) via a system provided by High Ground Solutions/SchoolCast.
Upon a student’s admittance into Moultrie Technical College, his/her contact information will be automatically entered into the system. Participation is not optional. However, students will have the opportunity to update their information each semester through the MTC Student Affairs Office. Students should be aware that possible charges may be incurred from their wireless device carriers for text messages received from the MTC Alert System.
TECHNICAL EDUCATION GUARANTEE (WARRANTY STATEMENT)
The Technical College System of Georgia has developed curricula standards with direct involvement of business and industry. These standards will serve as the industry-validated specifications for each occupational program.
These standards allow Georgia’s 25 technical colleges to offer their business partners this guarantee:
“If one of our graduates, who was educated under a standard program, or his/her employer agree that the employee is deficient in one or more competencies as defined in the standards, Moultrie Technical College will retrain that employee at no instructional cost to the employee or employer.”
55 Revised 2012
This guarantee applies to all graduates of MTC who are employed in the field of their training. It is in effect for a period of two years after graduation.
The Technical College System of Georgia and its constituent Technical Colleges do not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national or ethnic origin, gender, religion, disability, age, political affiliation or belief, disabled veteran, veteran of the Vietnam Era, or citizenship status (except in those special circumstances permitted or mandated by law). This nondiscrimination policy encompasses the operation of all educational programs and activities including admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and other Technical College System and Technical College-administered programs, including any Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (WIA) Title I – financed programs. It also encompasses the employment of personnel and contracting for goods and services.
The Department of Technical Colleges shall promote the realization of equal opportunity through a positive continuing program of specific practices designed to ensure the full realization of equal opportunity.
Inquiries concerning application of the above policy may be directed to:
Title IX Equity, Section 504 and ADA Coordinator – Lisa Newton 229.217-4132 Veterans’ Benefits – VA Representative – Cindy Murray 229.386-3164
A student with a disability and who needs assistance, should contact Lisa Newton at 229-217-4132 or [email protected].
56 Revised 2012
BIOL 2113L
COURSE SYLLABUS
ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY LAB I
Instructor: Jorge Houed, M.D. Office location: B130, Veterans Parkway Campus Email address: [email protected] Office phone number: 229-217-4236 Office hours: By appointment Course Number: BIOL 2113L Course Name: Anatomy & Physiology Lab I Program of Study: Allied Health Services Credit hours: 1
Textbook: The Anatomy and Physiology Learning System, 4th ed.
Study Guide, The Anatomy and Physiology Learning system, 4th ed.
MISSION:
Moultrie Technical College is a multiple campus institution of higher learning whose mission as part of the Technical College System of Georgia is to provide a culture of learning through occupational education, academic education, distance education, business and industry training, and workforce development supporting the education and economic advancement of Colquitt, Tift, Turner, and Worth counties.
The college fulfills its mission by providing accessible, quality education leading to associate degrees, diplomas, technical certificates of credit, and programs to assist adults in literacy education.
BIOL 2113L - Anatomy and Physiology Lab I ( version 201003L ) Pre-requisites Regular Admission Co-requisites: All Required BIOL 2113 - Anatomy and Physiology I ( 201003L ) ENGL 1101 - Composition and Rhetoric ( 201003L )
Course Description
Selected laboratory exercises paralleling the topics in BIOL 2113. The laboratory exercises for this course include body organization, cell structure and functions, tissue classifications, integumentary system, skeletal system, muscular system, and nervous sensory systems.
57 Revised 2012
Course Length
Minutes Contact Hour Semester Credit Lecture: 0 0 Lab 2: 0 0 Lab 3: 2250 45 Practicum/Internship: 0 0 Clinical: 0 0 Total: 2250 45 1
Semester Credit Hours: 1
Competencies Order
Description
Lecture Lab
2 Lab 3
Practicum/ Internship
Clinical
Total Minutes
SemesterCredit Hrs
1 Laboratory Safety 0 0 60 0 0 60
2 Body Organization 0 0 225 0 0 225
3 Cell Structure and Functions
0 0 170 0 0 170
4 Tissue Classifications 0 0 170 0 0 170
5 Integumentary System 0 0 170 0 0 170
6 Skeletal System 0 0 375 0 0 375
7 Muscular System 0 0 270 0 0 270
Order Description
Lecture
Lab2
Lab 3
Practicum/ Internship
Clinical
Total Minutes
Semester Credit Hrs
8 Nervous and Sensory Systems
0 0 810 0 0 810
Totals for Course BIOL 2113L -
0
0
2250
0
0
2250
1 Learning Outcomes
Laboratory Safety
Order
Description
Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Discuss and apply laboratory exercises
i th
Cognitive Comprehension
58 Revised 2012
Body Organization
Order
Description Learning
Domain Level of Learning
1 Perform and apply laboratory exercises encompassing body organization.
Cognitive Synthesis
Cell Structure and Functions
Order
Description Learning
Domain Level of Learning
1 Perform and apply laboratory exercises encompassing cell structure and functions.
Cognitive Synthesis
Tissue Classifications
Order
Description Learning
Domain Level of Learning
1 Perform and apply laboratory exercises encompassing tissue classification.
Cognitive Synthesis
Integumentary System Order
Description
Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Perform and apply laboratory exercises encompassing the integumentary system.
Cognitive Synthesis
Skeletal System
Order
Description Learning
Domain Level of Learning
1 Perform and apply laboratory exercises encompassing the skeletal system.
Cognitive Synthesis
Muscular System
Order
Description Learning
Domain Level of Learning
1 Perform and apply laboratory exercises encompassing the muscular system.
Cognitive Synthesis
59 Revised 2012
Nervous and Sensory Systems 56 5
Order
Description Learning
Domain Level of Learning
1 Perform and apply laboratory exercises encompassing the nervous and sensory systems.
Cognitive Synthesis
References
Order Reference Type Description
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES:
Methods of Instructional Delivery
Traditional and distance learning delivery methods may be utilized in this course.
ONLINE COURSES (ONLINE STUDENTS ONLY)
Online students will access the course site through ANGEL (http://moultrietech.angellearning.com). The student will be enrolled in the online course on the first day of regularly scheduled classes. Online students must access the course site regularly to check for announcements, additional coursework assignments, and other important information.
All online courses require at least one proctored event/exam during the semester. If a student does not complete the proctored event/exam for the course, he/she will receive a final grade of “F.” Extenuating circumstances will be evaluated. If approved by the Online Director, the student will be assigned an “I.” An “I” not satisfactorily removed by the 10th day of the following semester will be changed to an “F.”
Student/Faculty Interaction (ONLINE STUDENTS)
Class interaction may occur via one or more of the following: email, telephone, discussion board forums, and comments on assignments.
The student will participate in this course by following the guidelines of this syllabus and any additional information provided by the instructor or Moultrie Technical College (MTC) Online.
The student is required to communicate with his/her instructor at least three times per week via email or other communication means, by participating in the discussion forums, submitting assignments, and taking exams, all in a timely fashion. Five consecutive days without communicating with the instructor will result in a withdrawal (“W” or “WF”) from the course.
The instructor will respond to students’ email within 24 hours Monday-Thursday, and within 48 hours Friday-Sunday.
The instructor’s primary public communication will be via the ANGEL announcement page. The instructor’s primary private communication will be via ANGEL.
60 Revised 2012
Attendance
Students are expected to be punctual and attend all classes for which they are registered. Each student should recognize at the beginning of his or her postsecondary career that a mature acceptance of his or her responsibilities is a requisite for reasonable accomplishment in postsecondary work: this applies particularly in the area of class attendance. Instructors will keep an accurate record of class attendance. Students anticipating an absence or tardiness should contact the instructor in advance or provide notification as soon as possible. It is the responsibility of the student to account for missed instructional time and to arrange for make-up work at the convenience of the instructor.
Failure to maintain contact with the instructor - either by attending classes, submitting assignments, and/or contacting the instructor (either in person, or by telephone, or email) may result in a failing grade(s).
Some programs and courses at MTC may have more demanding attendance requirements due to the nature of the course or program. These requirements are stated in an approved program handbook, course syllabus, or contract executed with the student.
Class attendance is calculated from the first officially scheduled class meeting to the last scheduled meeting.
A student who has combined absences and tardies greater than 10% of the scheduled class time for which the student is registered may be subject to any or all of the following consequences at any time during the semester:
Suspension from a class or program;
Dismissal from a class or program;
Ineligibility to enroll the following semester.
See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding attendance.
Withdrawal
If a student decides to withdraw from the class, he/she must complete the necessary paperwork before an official withdrawal can occur. It is imperative that the student contact the instructor upon deciding to withdraw. Any student withdrawing before midterm will receive a grade of “W.” If a course is dropped for any reason after midterm, the student will receive a grade of “WF” (Withdraw Failing). “WF” has zero quality points and will be calculated in the grade point average (GPA). “WP” (Withdraw Passing) is considered only as a result to extenuating circumstances and if academic performance is passing.
Academic Integrity
Cheating and plagiarism are unacceptable.
Cheating includes any attempt to defraud, deceive, or mislead an instructor in arriving at an honest grade assessment.
Plagiarism is a form of cheating that involves presenting the ideas of another as your original ideas.
Any student, acting individually or in concert with others, who violates any part of the student conduct code, shall be subject to disciplinary procedures including dismissal from a class session by the instructor and/or suspension
61 Revised 2012
or expulsion by the authorized administrator. See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding the student code of conduct.
Quality of Student Work
Use of proper grammar, correct spelling, and writing principles are expected in all work. Full credit will not be granted for work that contains grammar or spelling errors.
Evaluation
The following grading scale will be utilized in the determination of the student’s course grade.
Percentage of Points Earned Corresponding Letter Grade
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
60 – 69 D
0 – 59 F
The student’s knowledge of the material presented in this course will be evaluated based on the satisfactory completion of all assigned work. The student will also be examined on his/her knowledge of the objectives outlined in each lesson, as presented in the Projected Learning Schedule.
Academic Assistance/Remediation
Students who are progressing at an unsatisfactory level and in jeopardy of failing the course must make an appointment with the course instructor to determine the need for remediation. Together, the instructor and student will review the information and determine appropriate steps for remediation. After completion of the remedial assignments, the student may be re-evaluated on the material.
References
The instructor will provide additional resource material as may be necessary. For online courses, this material will be emailed to students and posted on the online course site in the Discussion Board section.
Work Ethics
A portion of the curriculum of all courses is devoted to the development of positive work ethics among students. The work ethics program is designed to encourage good work habits in the areas of quality of work, ability to follow instructions, productivity, dependability, honesty, reliability, attendance and punctuality, attitude, integrity, enthusiasm, interpersonal skills, and initiative.
62 Revised 2012
Work Ethics Evaluation
On-site students will receive a formal report at mid-term and at the end of the semester. The mid-term report is a progress report, but the end-of-semester report constitutes the final grade. The semester work ethics grade will not affect the academic grade. Points are assigned to evaluate each of the ten work ethics traits as follows:
Exceeds Expectations 3 points
Meets Expectations 2 points
Needs Improvement 1 point
Unacceptable 0 points
Safety
Students should become familiar with the program’s emergency procedures in order to maintain a safe learning environment. Emergency procedures such as severe and hazardous weather are addressed in the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook. Evacuation routes for fire and other emergency situations are posted in each classroom and lab. Emergency procedures are discussed at the beginning of each semester. Evacuation charts are posted in each classroom and lab. Students are to review these charts as they enter each room. If a situation were to occur, requiring evacuation, students are to follow the route marked on the chart. If a bad weather warning is sounded, students are to follow the proper evaluation procedures and take all valuables with them.
MTC Alert – Emergency and Announcement Notification System
Moultrie Technical College offers a free emergency and important school announcement service to all students. MTC Alert is a mass notification system comprised of e-mail, voice, and text messaging that is designed to send emergency messages rapidly for the safety and benefit of the students. Messages will be sent by authorized MTC employee(s) via a system provided by High Ground Solutions/SchoolCast.
Upon a student’s admittance into Moultrie Technical College, his/her contact information will be automatically entered into the system. Participation is not optional. However, students will have the opportunity to update their information each semester through the MTC Student Affairs Office. Students should be aware that possible charges may be incurred from their wireless device carriers for text messages received from the MTC Alert System.
TECHNICAL EDUCATION GUARANTEE (WARRANTY STATEMENT)
The Technical College System of Georgia has developed curricula standards with direct involvement of business and industry. These standards will serve as the industry-validated specifications for each occupational program.
These standards allow Georgia’s 25 technical colleges to offer their business partners this guarantee:
“If one of our graduates, who was educated under a standard program, or his/her employer agree that the employee is deficient in one or more competencies as defined in the standards, Moultrie Technical College will retrain that employee at no instructional cost to the employee or employer.”
63 Revised 2012
This guarantee applies to all graduates of MTC who are employed in the field of their training. It is in effect for a period of two years after graduation.
The Technical College System of Georgia and its constituent Technical Colleges do not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national or ethnic origin, gender, religion, disability, age, political affiliation or belief, disabled veteran, veteran of the Vietnam Era, or citizenship status (except in those special circumstances permitted or mandated by law). This nondiscrimination policy encompasses the operation of all educational programs and activities including admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and other Technical College System and Technical College-administered programs, including any Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (WIA) Title I – financed programs. It also encompasses the employment of personnel and contracting for goods and services.
The Department of Technical Colleges shall promote the realization of equal opportunity through a positive continuing program of specific practices designed to ensure the full realization of equal opportunity.
Inquiries concerning application of the above policy may be directed to:
Title IX Equity, Section 504 and ADA Coordinator – Lisa Newton 229.217-4132 Veterans’ Benefits – VA Representative – Cindy Murray 229.386-3164
A student with a disability and who needs assistance, should contact Lisa Newton at 229-217-4132 or [email protected].
64 Revised 2012
COURSE SYLLABUS
BIOL 2114
COURSE SYLLABUS
ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY II
Instructor: Jorge Houed, M.D.
Office location: B130, Veterans Parkway Campus
Email address: [email protected]
Office phone number: 229-217-4236
Office hours: By appointment
Course Number: BIOL 2114 Course Name: Anatomy & Physiology II
Program of Study: Allied Health Services Credit hours: 3
Textbook: The Anatomy and Physiology Learning System, 4th ed.
Study Guide, The Anatomy and Physiology Learning system, 4th ed.
MISSION:
Moultrie Technical College is a multiple campus institution of higher learning whose mission as part of the Technical College System of Georgia is to provide a culture of learning through occupational education, academic education, distance education, business and industry training, and workforce development supporting the education and economic advancement of Colquitt, Tift, Turner, and Worth counties.
The college fulfills its mission by providing accessible, quality education leading to associate degrees, diplomas, technical certificates of credit, and programs to assist adults in literacy education.
BIOL 2114 - Anatomy and Physiology II ( version 201003L ) Standard Institutionally Developed College: N/A EDGE Compatible: Yes Pre-requisites: All Required BIOL 2113 - Anatomy and Physiology I ( 201003L ) BIOL 2113L - Anatomy and Physiology Lab I ( 201003L )
65 Revised 2012
Co-requisites: All Required BIOL 2114L - Anatomy and Physiology Lab II ( 201003L ) Course Description Continues the study of the anatomy and physiology of the human body. Topics include the endocrine system, cardiovascular system, blood and lymphatic system, immune system, respiratory system, digestive system, urinary system,and reproductive system. Course Length
Minutes Contact Hour Semester Credit Lecture: 2250 45 Lab 2: 0 0 Lab 3: 0 0 Practicum/Internship: 0 0 Clinical: 0 0 Total: 2250 45 3
Semester Credit Hours: 3
Competencies
Order
De
Lecture
Lab2
Lab3 Practicum/ Internship
Clinical
Total Minutes
Semester Credit Hrs
1 The Endocrine System 225 0 0 0 0 225
2 The Cardiovascular System 395 0 0 0 0 395
3 The Blood and Lymphatic System 225 0 0 0 0 225
4 The Immune System 170 0 0 0 0 170
5 The Respiratory System 280 0 0 0 0 280
6 The Digestive System 280 0 0 0 0 280
7 The Urinary System 280 0 0 0 0 280
Order
Desc
Lecture
Lab2
Lab3 Practicum/ Internship
Clinical Total
Minutes Semester Credit Hrs
8 The Reproductive System 395 0 0 0 0 395
Totals for Course BIOL 2114 - Anatomy and Physiology II ( version 201003L ):
2250
0
0
0
0
2250
3
Learning Outcomes
The Endocrine System
Order
De
Learning Domain
Level of Learning
66 Revised 2012
1 Discuss the functions of the endocrine system in maintaining homeostasis. Cognitive Comprehension
2 Contrast the endocrine and nervous systems. Cognitive Analysis
3 Explain the general mechanisms by which hormones work. Cognitive Comprehension
4 Discuss the control of endocrine organs. Cognitive Comprehension
5 Describe the role of the hypothalamus in endocrine control. Cognitive Knowledge
6 Describe Describe the location, hormones, and functions of the following endocrine glands: pituitary, thyroid, parathyroid, adrenal, pancreas, ovaries, testes, pineal, and thymus.
Cognitive Knowledge
7 Describe endocrine disorders of hypo- and hypersecretion. Cognitive Knowledge
The Cardiovascular System
Order
De
Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Describe the anatomy of the heart and heart wall. Cognitive Knowledge
2 Describe the flow of blood through the heart including the pulmonary and systemic circuits. Cognitive Knowledge
3 Explain the structural and functional features of the conduction system of the heart and EKG tracings.
Cognitive Comprehension
4 Describe the principal events of the cardiac cycle. Cognitive Knowledge
5 Contrast the sounds of the heart and their clinical significance. Cognitive Analysis
6 Calculate cardiac output and discuss factors that affect it. Cognitive Application
7 List the risk factors involved in heart disease. Cognitive Knowledge
8 Contrast the structure and function of the various types of blood vessels. Cognitive Analysis
Order
De
Learning Domain
Level of Learning
9 Explain how the venous blood is returned to the heart. Cognitive Comprehension
10 Explain blood pressure and pulse. Cognitive Comprehension
11 Discuss the factors that affect blood pressure. Cognitive Comprehension
12 Contrast the clinical significance of systolic, diastolic, and pulse pressure. Cognitive Analysis
13 Discuss the mechanism of capillary exchange. Cognitive Comprehension
14 Describe blood flow through systemic and pulmonary circuits. Identify the principal arteries and veins of the systemic, pulmonary, and hepatic portal circulations.
Cognitive Knowledge
15 Describe unique aspects of fetal circulation. Cognitive Knowledge
16 Explain the effects of exercise on the cardiovascular system. Cognitive Comprehension
17 Describe significant cardiovascular diseases including coronary artery disease and congestive heart failure. Cognitive Knowledge
The Blood and Lymphatic System
Order
De
Learning Domain
Level of Learning
67 Revised 2012
1 Discuss the function and physical characteristics of blood, lymph, and interstitial fluid, and the lymphatic system. Cognitive Comprehension
2 List the components of plasma and their functions. Cognitive Knowledge
3 List the characteristics and functions of formed elements. Cognitive Knowledge
4 List the lymphoid cells including lymphocytes (T and B cells), plasma cells, macrophages and reticular cells. Cognitive Knowledge
5 Discuss lymphoid organs including lymph nodes, bone marrow, spleen, thymus, tonsils and nodule aggregates.
Cognitive Comprehension
6 Identify the stages involved in hemostasis. Cognitive Knowledge
7 Explain the ABO and Rh blood grouping systems. Cognitive Comprehension
8 Discuss causes of anemia. Cognitive Comprehension
9 Describe selected blood disorders and tests. Cognitive Knowledge
The Immune System
Order
De
Learning Domain
Level of Learning
Order
De
Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Discuss the basic properties of immunity. Cognitive Comprehension
2 Discuss innate and adaptive immunity. Cognitive Comprehension
3 Explain the process of cellular immunity and the role to T-cells. Cognitive Comprehension
4 Explain the process of humoral immunity and the role of B-cells and antibodies. Cognitive Comprehension
5 Discuss the difference between primary and secondary responses. Cognitive Comprehension
6 Describe types of active and passive immunity. Cognitive Knowledge
7 Describe selected immune disorders. Cognitive Comprehension
The Respiratory System
Order
De
Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Identify the organs of the respiratory system and describe their functions. Cognitive Knowledge
2 Contrast internal and external respiration and explain the role of the alveolar-capillary membrane. Cognitive Analysis
3 Describe the events involved in pulmonary ventilation and discuss the significance of pleura. Cognitive Knowledge
4 Explain the mechanism of oxygen and carbon dioxide transport in the blood. Cognitive Comprehension
5 Describe the various factors that control the rate of respiration. Cognitive Knowledge
6 Define selected disorders of the respiratory system. Cognitive Knowledge
The Digestive System
68 Revised 2012
Order
De
Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Identify the organs of the gastrointestinal tract and the accessory organs of digestion and their functions in digestion.
Cognitive Knowledge
2 Identify the general histological layers of the digestive organs and explain how the layers are modified to accommodate the function of each organ.
Cognitive Knowledge
3 Describe the mechanical movements of the GI tract. Cognitive Knowledge
4 Identify the major digestive secretions and their functions. Cognitive Knowledge
5 List the enzymes involved in the breakdown of carbohydrates, fats, and proteins. Cognitive Knowledge
6 Describe the process of absorption of fats, carbohydrates, and proteins. Cognitive Knowledge
Order
De
Learning Domain
Level of Learning
7 Define the processes involved in the formation of feces and defecation. Cognitive Knowledge
8 Describe common disorders of the digestive system. Cognitive Knowledge
9 Discuss carbohydrate, fat, and protein metabolism. Cognitive Comprehension
10 Discuss metabolic rate and the role of the liver in metabolism. Cognitive Comprehension
11 Describe the absorptive and post-absorptive states. Cognitive Knowledge
The Urinary System
Order
De
Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Identify the external and internal gross anatomical features of the kidneys. Cognitive Knowledge
2 Discuss the formation of urine explaining the microscopic anatomy of the nephron and its basic functions of filtration, reabsorption, and secretion.
Cognitive Comprehension
3 Discuss the role of the kidney in maintaining blood pressure and the function of the juxtaglomerular apparatus.
Cognitive Comprehension
4 Explain the role of key hormones on the kidney and their role in water and electrolyte balance. Cognitive Comprehension
5 Discuss the role of the kidney in homeostasis of pH. Cognitive Comprehension
6 Discuss the components of urine. Cognitive Comprehension
7 Discuss the structure and physiology of the ureters, urinary bladder, and urethra. Cognitive Comprehension
8 Describe disorders of the urinary system. Cognitive Knowledge
The Reproductive System
Order
Descriptio
Learning Domain
1 Explain the structure and functions of the male reproductive organs and the pathway of sperm. Cognitive o
2 Discuss the processes of spermatogenesis and spermiogenesis in the male. Cognitive o
69 Revised 2012
3 Describe the normal composition of semen and the role of the accessory sex glands in production of semen. Cognitive
o4 Discuss the role of hormones in the male reproductive system. Cognitive
o5 Explain the structure and functions of the female reproductive organs and the pathway of the egg
/zygote. Cognitive
o
6 Discuss the process of oogenesis. Cognitive o
References Order Reference Type D
e1 Book with Author(s)
Listed
Marieb, E.. (2010). Human anatomy and physiology. (8th). San Francisco: Benjamin Cummings.
2 Book with Author(s) Listed
Marieb, E.. (2010). Laboratory manual for anatomy and physiology, Main Version. (2th). San Francisco: Benjamin Cummings.
3 Book with Author(s) Listed
Martin, T.. (2003). Human anatomy and physiology, laboratory manual. (10th). New York: McGraw- Hill.
4 Book with Author(s) Listed
Martini, F.. (2005). Fundamentals of anatomy and physiology. (7th). San Francisco: Benjamin Cummings.
5 Book with Author(s) Listed
Saladin, K.. (2007). Anatomy and physiology: The unity of form and function. (4th). New York: McGraw-Hill.
6 Book with Author(s) Listed
Seeley, R.; Stephens, T. & Tate, P.. (2007). Anatomy and physiology. (8th). New York: McGraw-Hill.
7 Book with Author(s) Listed
Shier, D., et al.. (2007). Hole's human anatomy and physiology. (11th). New York: McGraw-Hill.
8 Book with Author(s) Listed
Thibodeau, G. & Patton, K.. (2006). Anatomy and physiology. (6th). Philadelphia: Elsevier: Mosby.
9 Book with Author(s) Listed
Tortora, G. & Dickerson, B.. (2005). Principals of anatomy and physiology. (11th). New Jersey: Wiley and Sons.
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES:
Methods of Instructional Delivery
Traditional and distance learning delivery methods may be utilized in this course.
ONLINE COURSES (ONLINE STUDENTS ONLY)
Order
De
Learning Domain
Level of Learning
7 Discuss the principal events of the menstrual and ovarian cycles and explain all hormones involved. Cognitive Comprehension
8 Discuss the physiology of sexual intercourse. Cognitive Comprehension
9 Discuss examples of male and female reproductive diseases. Cognitive Comprehension
70 Revised 2012
Online students will access the course site through ANGEL (http://moultrietech.angellearning.com). The student will be enrolled in the online course on the first day of regularly scheduled classes. Online students must access the course site regularly to check for announcements, additional coursework assignments, and other important information.
All online courses require at least one proctored event/exam during the semester. If a student does not complete the proctored event/exam for the course, he/she will receive a final grade of “F.” Extenuating circumstances will be evaluated. If approved by the Online Director, the student will be assigned an “I.” An “I” not satisfactorily removed by the 10th day of the following semester will be changed to an “F.”
Student/Faculty Interaction (ONLINE STUDENTS)
Class interaction may occur via one or more of the following: email, telephone, discussion board forums, and comments on assignments.
The student will participate in this course by following the guidelines of this syllabus and any additional information provided by the instructor or Moultrie Technical College (MTC) Online.
The student is required to communicate with his/her instructor at least three times per week via email or other communication means, by participating in the discussion forums, submitting assignments, and taking exams, all in a timely fashion. Five consecutive days without communicating with the instructor will result in a withdrawal (“W” or “WF”) from the course.
The instructor will respond to students’ email within 24 hours Monday-Thursday, and within 48 hours Friday-Sunday.
The instructor’s primary public communication will be via the ANGEL announcement page. The instructor’s primary private communication will be via ANGEL.
Attendance
Students are expected to be punctual and attend all classes for which they are registered. Each student should recognize at the beginning of his or her postsecondary career that a mature acceptance of his or her responsibilities is a requisite for reasonable accomplishment in postsecondary work: this applies particularly in the area of class attendance. Instructors will keep an accurate record of class attendance. Students anticipating an absence or tardiness should contact the instructor in advance or provide notification as soon as possible. It is the responsibility of the student to account for missed instructional time and to arrange for make-up work at the convenience of the instructor.
Failure to maintain contact with the instructor - either by attending classes, submitting assignments, and/or contacting the instructor (either in person, or by telephone, or email) may result in a failing grade(s).
71 Revised 2012
Some programs and courses at MTC may have more demanding attendance requirements due to the nature of the course or program. These requirements are stated in an approved program handbook, course syllabus, or contract executed with the student.
Class attendance is calculated from the first officially scheduled class meeting to the last scheduled meeting.
A student who has combined absences and tardies greater than 10% of the scheduled class time for which the student is registered may be subject to any or all of the following consequences at any time during the semester:
Suspension from a class or program;
Dismissal from a class or program;
Ineligibility to enroll the following semester. See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding attendance.
Withdrawal
If a student decides to withdraw from the class, he/she must complete the necessary paperwork before an official withdrawal can occur. It is imperative that the student contact the instructor upon deciding to withdraw. Any student withdrawing before midterm will receive a grade of “W.” If a course is dropped for any reason after midterm, the student will receive a grade of “WF” (Withdraw Failing). “WF” has zero quality points and will be calculated in the grade point average (GPA). “WP” (Withdraw Passing) is considered only as a result to extenuating circumstances and if academic performance is passing.
Academic Integrity
Cheating and plagiarism are unacceptable.
Cheating includes any attempt to defraud, deceive, or mislead an instructor in arriving at an honest grade assessment.
Plagiarism is a form of cheating that involves presenting the ideas of another as your original ideas.
Any student, acting individually or in concert with others, who violates any part of the student conduct code, shall be subject to disciplinary procedures including dismissal from a class session by the instructor and/or suspension or expulsion by the authorized administrator. See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding the student code of conduct.
Quality of Student Work
Use of proper grammar, correct spelling, and writing principles are expected in all work. Full credit will not be granted for work that contains grammar or spelling errors.
Evaluation
72 Revised 2012
The following grading scale will be utilized in the determination of the student’s course grade.
Percentage of Points Earned Corresponding Letter Grade
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
60 – 69 D
0 – 59 F
The student’s knowledge of the material presented in this course will be evaluated based on the satisfactory completion of all assigned work. The student will also be examined on his/her knowledge of the objectives outlined in each lesson, as presented in the Projected Learning Schedule.
Academic Assistance/Remediation
Students who are progressing at an unsatisfactory level and in jeopardy of failing the course must make an appointment with the course instructor to determine the need for remediation. Together, the instructor and student will review the information and determine appropriate steps for remediation. After completion of the remedial assignments, the student may be re-evaluated on the material.
References
The instructor will provide additional resource material as may be necessary. For online courses, this material will be emailed to students and posted on the online course site in the Discussion Board section.
Work Ethics
A portion of the curriculum of all courses is devoted to the development of positive work ethics among students. The work ethics program is designed to encourage good work habits in the areas of quality of work, ability to follow instructions, productivity, dependability, honesty, reliability, attendance and punctuality, attitude, integrity, enthusiasm, interpersonal skills, and initiative.
Work Ethics Evaluation
On-site students will receive a formal report at mid-term and at the end of the semester. The mid-term report is a progress report, but the end-of-semester report constitutes the final grade. The semester work ethics grade will not affect the academic grade. Points are assigned to evaluate each of the ten work ethics traits as follows:
Exceeds Expectations 3 points
73 Revised 2012
Meets Expectations 2 points
Needs Improvement 1 point
Unacceptable 0 points
Safety
Students should become familiar with the program’s emergency procedures in order to maintain a safe learning environment. Emergency procedures such as severe and hazardous weather are addressed in the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook. Evacuation routes for fire and other emergency situations are posted in each classroom and lab. Emergency procedures are discussed at the beginning of each semester. Evacuation charts are posted in each classroom and lab. Students are to review these charts as they enter each room. If a situation were to occur, requiring evacuation, students are to follow the route marked on the chart. If a bad weather warning is sounded, students are to follow the proper evaluation procedures and take all valuables with them.
MTC Alert – Emergency and Announcement Notification System
Moultrie Technical College offers a free emergency and important school announcement service to all students. MTC Alert is a mass notification system comprised of e-mail, voice, and text messaging that is designed to send emergency messages rapidly for the safety and benefit of the students. Messages will be sent by authorized MTC employee(s) via a system provided by High Ground Solutions/SchoolCast.
Upon a student’s admittance into Moultrie Technical College, his/her contact information will be automatically entered into the system. Participation is not optional. However, students will have the opportunity to update their information each semester through the MTC Student Affairs Office. Students should be aware that possible charges may be incurred from their wireless device carriers for text messages received from the MTC Alert System.
TECHNICAL EDUCATION GUARANTEE (WARRANTY STATEMENT)
The Technical College System of Georgia has developed curricula standards with direct involvement of business and industry. These standards will serve as the industry-validated specifications for each occupational program.
These standards allow Georgia’s 25 technical colleges to offer their business partners this guarantee:
“If one of our graduates, who was educated under a standard program, or his/her employer agree that the employee is deficient in one or more competencies as defined in the standards, Moultrie Technical College will retrain that employee at no instructional cost to the employee or employer.”
74 Revised 2012
This guarantee applies to all graduates of MTC who are employed in the field of their training. It is in effect for a period of two years after graduation.
The Technical College System of Georgia and its constituent Technical Colleges do not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national or ethnic origin, gender, religion, disability, age, political affiliation or belief, disabled veteran, veteran of the Vietnam Era, or citizenship status (except in those special circumstances permitted or mandated by law). This nondiscrimination policy encompasses the operation of all educational programs and activities including admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and other Technical College System and Technical College-administered programs, including any Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (WIA) Title I – financed programs. It also encompasses the employment of personnel and contracting for goods and services.
The Department of Technical Colleges shall promote the realization of equal opportunity through a positive continuing program of specific practices designed to ensure the full realization of equal opportunity.
Inquiries concerning application of the above policy may be directed to:
Title IX Equity, Section 504 and ADA Coordinator – Lisa Newton 229.217-4132 Veterans’ Benefits – VA Representative – Cindy Murray 229.386-3164
A student with a disability and who needs assistance, should contact Lisa Newton at 229-217-4132 or [email protected].
75 Revised 2012
ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY LAB II
Instructor: Jorge Houed, M.D.
Office location: B130, Veterans Parkway Campus
Email address: [email protected]
Office phone number: 229-217-4236
Office hours: By appointment
Course Number: BIOL 2114L Course Name: Anatomy & Physiology Lab II
Program of Study: Allied Health Services Credit hours: 1
Textbook: The Anatomy and Physiology Learning System, 4th ed.
Study Guide, The Anatomy and Physiology Learning system, 4th ed.
MISSION:
Moultrie Technical College is a multiple campus institution of higher learning whose mission as part of the Technical College System of Georgia is to provide a culture of learning through occupational education, academic education, distance education, business and industry training, and workforce development supporting the education and economic advancement of Colquitt, Tift, Turner, and Worth counties.
The college fulfills its mission by providing accessible, quality education leading to associate degrees, diplomas, technical certificates of credit, and programs to assist adults in literacy education.
BIOL 2114L - Anatomy and Physiology Lab II (version 201003L ) Pre-requisites: All Required BIOL 2113 - Anatomy and Physiology I ( 201003L ) BIOL 2113L - Anatomy and Physiology Lab I ( 201003L ) Co-requisites: All Required BIOL 2114 - Anatomy and Physiology II ( 201003L )
76 Revised 2012
Course Description Selected laboratory exercises paralleling the topics in BIOL 2114. The laboratory exercises for this course include the endocrine system, cardiovascular system, blood and lymphatic system, immune system, respiratory system, digestive system, urinary system, and reproductive system. Course Length
Minutes Contact Hour Semester Credit Lecture: 0 0 Lab 2: 0 0 Lab 3: 2250 45 Practicum/Internship: 0 0 Clinical: 0 0 Total: 2250 45 1
Semester Credit Hours: 1
Competencies
Order Description
Lecture Lab
2 Lab 3
Practicum/
Internship
Clinical
Total Minutes
Semester Credit Hrs
1 Laboratory Safety 0 0 60 0 0 60
2 Endocrine System 0 0 215 0 0 215
3 Cardiovascular System 0 0 385 0 0 385
4 Blood and Lymphatic System 0 0 225 0 0 225
5 Immune System 0 0 170 0 0 170
6 Respiratory System 0 0 270 0 0 270
Order
Description
Lecture
Lab2
Lab3
Practicum/ Internship
Clinical
Total Minutes
Semester Credit Hrs
7 Digestive System 0 0 270 0 0 270
8 Urinary System 0 0 270 0 0 270
9 Reproductive System 0 0 385 0 0 385
Totals for Course BIOL 2114L - Anatomy and Physiology Lab II ( version 201003L ):
0
0
2250
0
0
2250
1
Learning Outcomes
77 Revised 2012
Laboratory Safety
Order
Description
Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Discuss and apply laboratory exercises encompassing the appropriate practice of laboratory precautions and laboratory safety.
Cognitive Comprehension
Endocrine System
Order
Description
Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Perform and apply laboratory exercises encompassing the endocrine system. Cognitive Synthesis
Cardiovascular System
Order
Description
Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Perform and apply laboratory exercises encompassing the cardiovascular system. Cognitive Synthesis
Blood and Lymphatic System
Order
Description
Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Perform and apply laboratory exercises encompassing the blood and lymphatic system.
Cognitive Synthesis
Immune System
Order
Description
Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Perform and apply laboratory exercises encompassing the immune system. Cognitive Synthesis
Respiratory System
Order
Description
Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Perform and apply laboratory exercises encompassing the respiratory system. Cognitive Synthesis
Digestive System
Order
Description
Learning Domain
Level of Learning
78 Revised 2012
1 Perform and apply laboratory exercises encompassing the digestive system. Cognitive Synthesis
Urinary System
Order
Description
Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Perform and apply laboratory exercises encompassing the urinary system. Cognitive Synthesis
Reproductive System
Order
Description
Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Perform and apply laboratory exercises encompassing the reproductive system. Cognitive Synthesis
References Order Reference Type Description
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES:
Methods of Instructional Delivery
Traditional and distance learning delivery methods may be utilized in this course.
ONLINE COURSES (ONLINE STUDENTS ONLY)
Online students will access the course site through ANGEL (http://moultrietech.angellearning.com). The student will be enrolled in the online course on the first day of regularly scheduled classes. Online students must access the course site regularly to check for announcements, additional coursework assignments, and other important information.
All online courses require at least one proctored event/exam during the semester. If a student does not complete the proctored event/exam for the course, he/she will receive a final grade of “F.” Extenuating circumstances will be evaluated. If approved by the Online Director, the student will be assigned an “I.” An “I” not satisfactorily removed by the 10th day of the following semester will be changed to an “F.”
Student/Faculty Interaction (ONLINE STUDENTS)
Class interaction may occur via one or more of the following: email, telephone, discussion board forums, and comments on assignments.
The student will participate in this course by following the guidelines of this syllabus and any additional information provided by the instructor or Moultrie Technical College (MTC) Online.
79 Revised 2012
The student is required to communicate with his/her instructor at least three times per week via email or other communication means, by participating in the discussion forums, submitting assignments, and taking exams, all in a timely fashion. Five consecutive days without communicating with the instructor will result in a withdrawal (“W” or “WF”) from the course.
The instructor will respond to students’ email within 24 hours Monday-Thursday, and within 48 hours Friday-Sunday.The instructor’s primary public communication will be via the ANGEL announcement page. The instructor’s primary private communication will be via ANGEL.
Attendance
Students are expected to be punctual and attend all classes for which they are registered. Each student should recognize at the beginning of his or her postsecondary career that a mature acceptance of his or her responsibilities is a requisite for reasonable accomplishment in postsecondary work: this applies particularly in the area of class attendance. Instructors will keep an accurate record of class attendance. Students anticipating an absence or tardiness should contact the instructor in advance or provide notification as soon as possible. It is the responsibility of the student to account for missed instructional time and to arrange for make-up work at the convenience of the instructor.
Failure to maintain contact with the instructor - either by attending classes, submitting assignments, and/or contacting the instructor (either in person, or by telephone, or email) may result in a failing grade(s).
Some programs and courses at MTC may have more demanding attendance requirements due to the nature of the course or program. These requirements are stated in an approved program handbook, course syllabus, or contract executed with the student.
Class attendance is calculated from the first officially scheduled class meeting to the last scheduled meeting.
A student who has combined absences and tardies greater than 10% of the scheduled class time for which the student is registered may be subject to any or all of the following consequences at any time during the semester:
Suspension from a class or program;
Dismissal from a class or program;
Ineligibility to enroll the following semester. See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding attendance.
Withdrawal
If a student decides to withdraw from the class, he/she must complete the necessary paperwork before an official withdrawal can occur. It is imperative that the student contact the instructor upon deciding to withdraw. Any student withdrawing before midterm will receive a grade of “W.” If a course is dropped for any reason after midterm, the student will receive a grade of “WF”
80 Revised 2012
(Withdraw Failing). “WF” has zero quality points and will be calculated in the grade point average (GPA). “WP” (Withdraw Passing) is considered only as a result to extenuating circumstances and if academic performance is passing.
Academic Integrity
Cheating and plagiarism are unacceptable.
Cheating includes any attempt to defraud, deceive, or mislead an instructor in arriving at an honest grade assessment.
Plagiarism is a form of cheating that involves presenting the ideas of another as your original ideas.
Any student, acting individually or in concert with others, who violates any part of the student conduct code, shall be subject to disciplinary procedures including dismissal from a class session by the instructor and/or suspension or expulsion by the authorized administrator. See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding the student code of conduct.
Quality of Student Work
Use of proper grammar, correct spelling, and writing principles are expected in all work. Full credit will not be granted for work that contains grammar or spelling errors.
Evaluation
The following grading scale will be utilized in the determination of the student’s course grade.
Percentage of Points Earned Corresponding Letter Grade 90 – 100 A 80 – 89 B 70 – 79 C 60 – 69 D 0 – 59 F The student’s knowledge of the material presented in this course will be evaluated based on the satisfactory completion of all assigned work. The student will also be examined on his/her knowledge of the objectives outlined in each lesson, as presented in the Projected Learning Schedule.
Academic Assistance/Remediation
Students who are progressing at an unsatisfactory level and in jeopardy of failing the course must make an appointment with the course instructor to determine the need for remediation. Together, the instructor and student will review the information and determine appropriate steps for remediation. After completion of the remedial assignments, the student may be re-evaluated on the material.
81 Revised 2012
References
The instructor will provide additional resource material as may be necessary. For online courses, this material will be emailed to students and posted on the online course site in the Discussion Board section.
Work Ethics
A portion of the curriculum of all courses is devoted to the development of positive work ethics among students. The work ethics program is designed to encourage good work habits in the areas of quality of work, ability to follow instructions, productivity, dependability, honesty, reliability, attendance and punctuality, attitude, integrity, enthusiasm, interpersonal skills, and initiative.
Work Ethics Evaluation
On-site students will receive a formal report at mid-term and at the end of the semester. The mid-term report is a progress report, but the end-of-semester report constitutes the final grade. The semester work ethics grade will not affect the academic grade. Points are assigned to evaluate each of the ten work ethics traits as follows:
Exceeds Expectations 3 points
Meets Expectations 2 points
Needs Improvement 1 point
Unacceptable 0 points
Safety
Students should become familiar with the program’s emergency procedures in order to maintain a safe learning environment. Emergency procedures such as severe and hazardous weather are addressed in the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook. Evacuation routes for fire and other emergency situations are posted in each classroom and lab. Emergency procedures are discussed at the beginning of each semester. Evacuation charts are posted in each classroom and lab. Students are to review these charts as they enter each room. If a situation were to occur, requiring evacuation, students are to follow the route marked on the chart. If a bad weather warning is sounded, students are to follow the proper evaluation procedures and take all valuables with them.
MTC Alert – Emergency and Announcement Notification System
Moultrie Technical College offers a free emergency and important school announcement service to all students. MTC Alert is a mass notification system comprised of e-mail, voice, and text
82 Revised 2012
messaging that is designed to send emergency messages rapidly for the safety and benefit of the students. Messages will be sent by authorized MTC employee(s) via a system provided by High Ground Solutions/SchoolCast.
Upon a student’s admittance into Moultrie Technical College, his/her contact information will be automatically entered into the system. Participation is not optional. However, students will have the opportunity to update their information each semester through the MTC Student Affairs Office. Students should be aware that possible charges may be incurred from their wireless device carriers for text messages received from the MTC Alert System.
TECHNICAL EDUCATION GUARANTEE (WARRANTY STATEMENT)
The Technical College System of Georgia has developed curricula standards with direct involvement of business and industry. These standards will serve as the industry-validated specifications for each occupational program.
These standards allow Georgia’s 25 technical colleges to offer their business partners this guarantee:
“If one of our graduates, who was educated under a standard program, or his/her employer agree that the employee is deficient in one or more competencies as defined in the standards, Moultrie Technical College will retrain that employee at no instructional cost to the employee or employer.”
This guarantee applies to all graduates of MTC who are employed in the field of their training. It is in effect for a period of two years after graduation.
The Technical College System of Georgia and its constituent Technical Colleges do not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national or ethnic origin, gender, religion, disability, age, political affiliation or belief, disabled veteran, veteran of the Vietnam Era, or citizenship status (except in those special circumstances permitted or mandated by law). This nondiscrimination policy encompasses the operation of all educational programs and activities including admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and other Technical College System and Technical College-administered programs, including any Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (WIA) Title I – financed programs. It also encompasses the employment of personnel and contracting for goods and services.
The Department of Technical Colleges shall promote the realization of equal opportunity through a positive continuing program of specific practices designed to ensure the full realization of equal opportunity.
Inquiries concerning application of the above policy may be directed to:
Title IX Equity, Section 504 and ADA Coordinator – Lisa Newton 229.217-4132 Veterans’ Benefits – VA Representative – Cindy Murray 229.386-3164
83 Revised 2012
A student with a disability and who needs assistance, should contact Lisa Newton at 229-217-4132 or [email protected].
84 Revised 2012
Allied Health Sciences COURSE SYLLABUS
ALHS 1090 – Medical Terminology for Allied Health Sciences
Instructor: Jorge Houed, M.D.
Office location: B130, Veterans Parkway Campus
Email address: [email protected]
Office phone number: 229-217-4236
Office hours: By appointment
Course Number: ALHS 1090 Course Name: Medical Terminology for
Allied Health Sciences
Program of Study: Allied Health Sciences Credit hours: 2
Textbook: Eagle, Medical Terminology in a Flash!, 2nd ed. F.A. Davis Publishers
MISSION:
Moultrie Technical College is a multiple campus institution of higher learning whose mission as part of the Technical College System of Georgia is to provide a culture of learning through occupational education, academic education, distance education, business and industry training, and workforce development supporting the education and economic advancement of Colquitt, Tift, Turner, and Worth counties.
The college fulfills its mission by providing accessible, quality education leading to associate degrees, diplomas, technical certificates of credit, and programs to assist adults in literacy education.
PROGRAM MISSION:
N/A ALHS 1090 - Medical Terminology for Allied Health Sciences ( version 201003L )
85 Revised 2012
Standard Institutionally Developed College: N/A
EDGE Compatible: Yes
Pre-requisites: All Required
Provisional Admission
Co-requisites: None
Course Description Introduces the elements of medical terminology. Emphasis is placed on building familiarity with medical words through knowledge of roots, prefixes, and suffixes. Topics include: origins (roots, prefixes, and suffixes), word building, abbreviations and symbols, and terminology related to the human anatomy.
Course Length
Minutes Contact Hour Semester Credit
Lecture: 1500 30
Lab 2: 0 0
Lab 3: 0 0
Practicum/Internship 0 0
Clinical: 0 0
Total: 1500 30
2
Semester Credit Hours 2
Competencies
Order Description Lecture Lab2 Lab3 Practicum/ Internship Clinical
Total Minutes
Semester Credit
Hrs
1 Word Origins (Roots, Prefixes, and Suffixes) 442 0 0 0 0 442
2 Word Building 264 0 0 0 0 264
3 Abbreviations and Symbols 176 0 0 0 0 176
86 Revised 2012
4 Terminology Related to the Human Anatomy 618 0 0 0 0 618
Totals for Course ALHS 1090 - Medical Terminology for Allied Health Sciences ( version 201003L ): 1500 0 0 0 0 1500 2
Learning Outcomes
Word Origins (Roots, Prefixes, and Suffixes)
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Explain derivation of medical terms. Cognitive Comprehension
2 Define word roots, prefixes, and suffixes. Cognitive Knowledge
3 Explain the conventions for combining morphemes and the formation of plurals.
Cognitive Comprehension
4 Pronounce basic medical terms. Cognitive Knowledge
5 Identify adjective endings. Cognitive Knowledge
6 Identify noun endings. Cognitive Knowledge
7 Identify prefixes of position, color, number and measurement, negation, and direction.
Cognitive Knowledge
Word Building
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Form medical terms utilizing roots. Cognitive Application
2 Form medical terms utilizing suffixes. Cognitive Application
3 Form medical terms utilizing prefixes. Cognitive Application
4 Form medical terms combining roots, prefixes, and suffixes. Cognitive Application
87 Revised 2012
Abbreviations and Symbols
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Interpret basic medical abbreviations. Cognitive Comprehension
2 Interpret basic medical symbols. Cognitive Comprehension
Terminology Related to the Human Anatomy
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Utilize diagnostic, surgical, and procedural terms and abbreviations related to the integumentary system.
Cognitive Application
2 Utilize diagnostic, surgical, and procedural terms and abbreviations related to the musculoskeletal system.
Cognitive Application
3 Utilize diagnostic, surgical, and procedural terms and abbreviations related to the respiratory system.
Cognitive Application
4 Utilize diagnostic, surgical, and procedural terms and abbreviations related to the cardiovascular system.
Cognitive Application
5 Utilize diagnostic, surgical, and procedural terms and abbreviations related to the gastrointestinal system.
Cognitive Application
6 Utilize diagnostic, surgical, and procedural terms and abbreviations related to the urinary system.
Cognitive Application
7 Utilize diagnostic, surgical, and procedural terms and abbreviations related to the male reproductive system.
Cognitive Application
8 Utilize diagnostic, surgical, and procedural terms and abbreviations related to the female reproductive system.
Cognitive Application
9 Utilize diagnostic, surgical, and procedural terms and abbreviations related to the nervous system.
Cognitive Application
10 Utilize diagnostic, surgical, and procedural terms and abbreviations related to the endocrine system.
Cognitive Application
88 Revised 2012
References
Order Reference Type Description
1 Book with Author(s) Listed
Chabner, D. (2008). The language of medicine. (8th). Philadelphia, PA: Saunders.
2 Book with Author(s) Listed
Gylys, B. & Wedding, M.. (2009). Medical terminology systems. (6th). Philadelphia, PA: F.A. Davis.
3 Book with Author(s) Listed
Gylys, B. & Wedding, M.. (2005). Medical terminology: A systems approach. (5th). Philadelphia, PA: F.A. Davis.
4 Book with Author(s) Listed
Ladler, M. (2009). Exploring medical language. (7th). St. Louis, MO: Mosby.
5 Book with Author(s) Listed
Miller-Keane, B. & O'Toole. (2005). Encyclopedia and dictionary of medicine, nursing and allied health. (7th). Philadelphia, PA: Saunders.
6 Book with Author(s) Listed
Mosby. (2010). Mosby's Pocket Dictionary of Medicine, Nursing and Health Professions. (6th). St. Louis, MO: Mosby.
7 Book with Author(s) Listed
Rice, E.. (1985). Phonetic dictionary of medical terminology: A spelling guide. (1st). Owings Mills, MD: National Health.
8 Book with Author(s) Listed
Rice, J.. (2009). Answer key and test bank: Medical terminology with human anatomy. (5th). East Norwalk, CT: Appleton & Lange.
9 Book with Author(s) Listed
Rice, J.. (2009). Medical terminology with human anatomy. (5th). East Norwalk, CT: Appleton & Lange.
10 Book with Author(s) Listed
Thomas, C.. (2010). Taber's cyclopedic medical dictionary. (21th). Philadelphia, PA: F.A. Davis.
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES:
Methods of Instructional Delivery
Traditional and distance learning delivery methods may be utilized in this course.
ONLINE COURSES (ONLINE STUDENTS ONLY)
Online students will access the course site through ANGEL (http://moultrietech.angellearning.com). The student will be enrolled in the online course on the first day of regularly scheduled classes. Online students must access the course site regularly to check for announcements, additional coursework assignments, and other important information.
89 Revised 2012
All online courses require at least one proctored event/exam during the semester. If a student does not complete the proctored event/exam for the course, he/she will receive a final grade of “F.” Extenuating circumstances will be evaluated. If approved by the Online Director, the student will be assigned an “I.” An “I” not satisfactorily removed by the 10th day of the following semester will be changed to an “F.”
Student/Faculty Interaction (ONLINE STUDENTS)
Class interaction may occur via one or more of the following: email, telephone, discussion board forums, and comments on assignments.
The student will participate in this course by following the guidelines of this syllabus and any additional information provided by the instructor or Moultrie Technical College (MTC) Online.
The student is required to communicate with his/her instructor at least three times per week via email or other communication means, by participating in the discussion forums, submitting assignments, and taking exams, all in a timely fashion. Five consecutive days without communicating with the instructor will result in a withdrawal (“W” or “WF”) from the course.
The instructor will respond to students’ email within 24 hours Monday-Thursday, and within 48 hours Friday-Sunday.
The instructor’s primary public communication will be via the ANGEL announcement page. The instructor’s primary private communication will be via ANGEL.
Attendance
Students are expected to be punctual and attend all classes for which they are registered. Each student should recognize at the beginning of his or her postsecondary career that a mature acceptance of his or her responsibilities is a requisite for reasonable accomplishment in postsecondary work: this applies particularly in the area of class attendance. Instructors will keep an accurate record of class attendance. Students anticipating an absence or tardiness should contact the instructor in advance or provide notification as soon as possible. It is the responsibility of the student to account for missed instructional time and to arrange for make-up work at the convenience of the instructor.
Failure to maintain contact with the instructor - either by attending classes, submitting assignments, and/or contacting the instructor (either in person, or by telephone, or email) may result in a failing grade(s).
Some programs and courses at MTC may have more demanding attendance requirements due to the nature of the course or program. These requirements are stated in an approved program handbook, course syllabus, or contract executed with the student.
90 Revised 2012
Class attendance is calculated from the first officially scheduled class meeting to the last scheduled meeting.
A student who has combined absences and tardies greater than 10% of the scheduled class time for which the student is registered may be subject to any or all of the following consequences at any time during the semester:
Suspension from a class or program;
Dismissal from a class or program;
Ineligibility to enroll the following semester. See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding attendance.
Withdrawal
If a student decides to withdraw from the class, he/she must complete the necessary paperwork before an official withdrawal can occur. It is imperative that the student contact the instructor upon deciding to withdraw. Any student withdrawing before midterm will receive a grade of “W.” If a course is dropped for any reason after midterm, the student will receive a grade of “WF” (Withdraw Failing). “WF” has zero quality points and will be calculated in the grade point average (GPA). “WP” (Withdraw Passing) is considered only as a result to extenuating circumstances and if academic performance is passing.
Academic Integrity
Cheating and plagiarism are unacceptable.
Cheating includes any attempt to defraud, deceive, or mislead an instructor in arriving at an honest grade assessment.
Plagiarism is a form of cheating that involves presenting the ideas of another as your original ideas.
Any student, acting individually or in concert with others, who violates any part of the student conduct code, shall be subject to disciplinary procedures including dismissal from a class session by the instructor and/or suspension or expulsion by the authorized administrator. See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding the student code of conduct.
Quality of Student Work
Use of proper grammar, correct spelling, and writing principles are expected in all work. Full credit will not be granted for work that contains grammar or spelling errors.
Evaluation
91 Revised 2012
The following grading scale will be utilized in the determination of the student’s course grade.
Percentage of Points Earned Corresponding Letter Grade
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
60 – 69 D
0 – 59 F
The student’s knowledge of the material presented in this course will be evaluated based on the satisfactory completion of all assigned work. The student will also be examined on his/her knowledge of the objectives outlined in each lesson, as presented in the Projected Learning Schedule.
Academic Assistance/Remediation
Students who are progressing at an unsatisfactory level and in jeopardy of failing the course must make an appointment with the course instructor to determine the need for remediation. Together, the instructor and student will review the information and determine appropriate steps for remediation. After completion of the remedial assignments, the student may be re-evaluated on the material.
References
The instructor will provide additional resource material as may be necessary. For online courses, this material will be emailed to students and posted on the online course site in the Discussion Board section.
Work Ethics
A portion of the curriculum of all courses is devoted to the development of positive work ethics among students. The work ethics program is designed to encourage good work habits in the areas of quality of work, ability to follow instructions, productivity, dependability, honesty, reliability, attendance and punctuality, attitude, integrity, enthusiasm, interpersonal skills, and initiative.
Work Ethics Evaluation
On-site students will receive a formal report at mid-term and at the end of the semester. The mid-term report is a progress report, but the end-of-semester report constitutes the final grade. The semester work ethics grade will not affect the academic grade. Points are assigned to evaluate each of the ten work ethics traits as follows:
Exceeds Expectations 3 points
92 Revised 2012
Meets Expectations 2 points
Needs Improvement 1 point
Unacceptable 0 points
Safety
Students should become familiar with the program’s emergency procedures in order to maintain a safe learning environment. Emergency procedures such as severe and hazardous weather are addressed in the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook. Evacuation routes for fire and other emergency situations are posted in each classroom and lab. Emergency procedures are discussed at the beginning of each semester. Evacuation charts are posted in each classroom and lab. Students are to review these charts as they enter each room. If a situation were to occur, requiring evacuation, students are to follow the route marked on the chart. If a bad weather warning is sounded, students are to follow the proper evaluation procedures and take all valuables with them.
MTC Alert – Emergency and Announcement Notification System
Moultrie Technical College offers a free emergency and important school announcement service to all students. MTC Alert is a mass notification system comprised of e-mail, voice, and text messaging that is designed to send emergency messages rapidly for the safety and benefit of the students. Messages will be sent by authorized MTC employee(s) via a system provided by High Ground Solutions/SchoolCast.
Upon a student’s admittance into Moultrie Technical College, his/her contact information will be automatically entered into the system. Participation is not optional. However, students will have the opportunity to update their information each semester through the MTC Student Affairs Office. Students should be aware that possible charges may be incurred from their wireless device carriers for text messages received from the MTC Alert System.
TECHNICAL EDUCATION GUARANTEE (WARRANTY STATEMENT)
The Technical College System of Georgia has developed curricula standards with direct involvement of business and industry. These standards will serve as the industry-validated specifications for each occupational program.
These standards allow Georgia’s 25 technical colleges to offer their business partners this guarantee:
“If one of our graduates, who was educated under a standard program, or his/her employer agree that the employee is deficient in one or more competencies as defined in the standards, Moultrie Technical College will retrain that employee at no instructional cost to the employee or employer.”
This guarantee applies to all graduates of MTC who are employed in the field of their training. It is in effect for a period of two years after graduation.
93 Revised 2012
The Technical College System of Georgia and its constituent Technical Colleges do not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national or ethnic origin, gender, religion, disability, age, political affiliation or belief, disabled veteran, veteran of the Vietnam Era, or citizenship status (except in those special circumstances permitted or mandated by law). This nondiscrimination policy encompasses the operation of all educational programs and activities including admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and other Technical College System and Technical College-administered programs, including any Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (WIA) Title I – financed programs. It also encompasses the employment of personnel and contracting for goods and services.
The Department of Technical Colleges shall promote the realization of equal opportunity through a positive continuing program of specific practices designed to ensure the full realization of equal opportunity.
Inquiries concerning application of the above policy may be directed to:
Title IX Equity, Section 504 and ADA Coordinator – Lisa Newton 229.217-4132 Veterans’ Benefits – VA Representative – Cindy Murray 229.386-3164
A student with a disability and who needs assistance, should contact Lisa Newton at 229-217-4132 or [email protected].
94 Revised 2012
COURSE SYLLABUS
Psychology 1101
Instructor: Leigh Holston Office location: B238 Email address: [email protected] Office phone number: 229-891-7018 Office hours: M-Friday 8-9am Course Number: Psychology 1101 Course Name: Introduction to Psychology Program of Study: Gen Ed Credit hours: 3 Textbook: Kalat, James. Introduction to Psychology 9th ed. MISSION:
Moultrie Technical College is a multiple campus institution of higher learning whose mission as part of the Technical College System of Georgia is to provide a culture of learning through occupational education, academic education, distance education, business and industry training, and workforce development supporting the education and economic advancement of Colquitt, Tift, Turner, and Worth counties.
The college fulfills its mission by providing accessible, quality education leading to associate degrees, diplomas, technical certificates of credit, and programs to assist adults in literacy education.
PROGRAM MISSION:
Moultrie Technical College provides educational opportunities in all associate degree programs and diploma programs offered that afford students a broader skills set and enable students to demonstrate competency in the following areas:
1. Graduates will speak and write effectively. (Communication) 2. Graduates will read and analyze written materials. (Analytical Skills) 3. Graduates will perform relevant mathematical operations and procedures.
(Computational Skills)
95 Revised 2012
4. Graduates will develop interpersonal and collaborative skills necessary to work effectively in groups with others who hold diverse opinions, beliefs, and attitudes. (Interpersonal Skills)
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Introduces the major fields of contemporary psychology. Emphasis is on fundamental principles of psychology as a science. Topics include research design, the organization and operation of the nervous system, sensation, and perception, learning and memory, motivation and emotion, thinking and intelligence, lifespan development, personality, psychopathology and interventions, stress and health, and social psychology. COMPETENCIES:
See Attached.
LEARNING OUTCOMES:
N/A
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES:
• No food or drinks in classrooms or labs • No cell phones (calls or texting) during class • Please use respectful and socially appropriate language, recognizing cultural
diverse beliefs and customs exist within the classroom. A lack of respect in tone or attitude will not be acceptable.
Methods of Instructional Delivery
Traditional and distance learning delivery methods may be utilized in this course.
ONLINE COURSES (ONLINE STUDENTS ONLY)
Online students will access the course site through ANGEL (http://moultrietech.angellearning.com). The student will be enrolled in the online course on the first day of regularly scheduled classes. Online students must access the course site regularly to check for announcements, additional coursework assignments, and other important information.
All online courses require at least one proctored event/exam during the semester. If a student does not complete the proctored event/exam for the course, he/she will receive a final grade of “F.” Extenuating circumstances will be evaluated. If approved by the Online Director, the student will be assigned an “I.” An “I” not satisfactorily removed by the 10th day of the following semester will be changed to an “F.”
Student/Faculty Interaction (ONLINE STUDENTS)
Class interaction may occur via one or more of the following: email, telephone, discussion board forums, and comments on assignments.
The student will participate in this course by following the guidelines of this syllabus and any additional information provided by the instructor or Moultrie Technical College (MTC) Online.
96 Revised 2012
The student is required to communicate with his/her instructor at least three times per week via email or other communication means, by participating in the discussion forums, submitting assignments, and taking exams, all in a timely fashion. Five consecutive days without communicating with the instructor will result in a withdrawal (“W” or “WF”) from the course.
The instructor will respond to students’ email within 24 hours Monday-Thursday, and within 48 hours Friday-Sunday.
The instructor’s primary public communication will be via the ANGEL announcement page. The instructor’s primary private communication will be via ANGEL.
Attendance
Students are expected to be punctual and attend all classes for which they are registered. Each student should recognize at the beginning of his or her postsecondary career that a mature acceptance of his or her responsibilities is a requisite for reasonable accomplishment in postsecondary work: this applies particularly in the area of class attendance. Instructors will keep an accurate record of class attendance. Students anticipating an absence or tardiness should contact the instructor in advance or provide notification as soon as possible. It is the responsibility of the student to account for missed instructional time and to arrange for make-up work at the convenience of the instructor.
Failure to maintain contact with the instructor - either by attending classes, submitting assignments, and/or contacting the instructor (either in person, or by telephone, or email) may result in a failing grade(s).
Some programs and courses at MTC may have more demanding attendance requirements due to the nature of the course or program. These requirements are stated in an approved program handbook, course syllabus, or contract executed with the student.
Class attendance is calculated from the first officially scheduled class meeting to the last scheduled meeting.
A student who has combined absences and tardies greater than 10% of the scheduled class time for which the student is registered may be subject to any or all of the following consequences at any time during the semester:
Suspension from a class or program;
Dismissal from a class or program;
Ineligibility to enroll the following semester. See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding attendance.
Withdrawal
If a student decides to withdraw from the class, he/she must complete the necessary paperwork before an official withdrawal can occur. It is imperative that the student contact the instructor
97 Revised 2012
upon deciding to withdraw. Any student withdrawing before midterm will receive a grade of “W.” If a course is dropped for any reason after midterm, the student will receive a grade of “WF” (Withdraw Failing). “WF” has zero quality points and will be calculated in the grade point average (GPA). “WP” (Withdraw Passing) is considered only as a result to extenuating circumstances and if academic performance is passing.
Academic Integrity
Cheating and plagiarism are unacceptable.
Cheating includes any attempt to defraud, deceive, or mislead an instructor in arriving at an honest grade assessment.
Plagiarism is a form of cheating that involves presenting the ideas of another as your original ideas.
Any student, acting individually or in concert with others, who violates any part of the student conduct code, shall be subject to disciplinary procedures including dismissal from a class session by the instructor and/or suspension or expulsion by the authorized administrator. See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding the student code of conduct.
Quality of Student Work
Use of proper grammar, correct spelling, and writing principles are expected in all work. Full credit will not be granted for work that contains grammar or spelling errors.
Evaluation
The following grading scale will be utilized in the determination of the student’s course grade.
Percentage of Points Earned Corresponding Letter Grade
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
60 – 69 D
0 – 59 F
The student’s knowledge of the material presented in this course will be evaluated based on the satisfactory completion of all assigned work. The student will also be examined on his/her knowledge of the objectives outlined in each lesson, as presented in the Projected Learning Schedule.
Academic Assistance/Remediation
Students who are progressing at an unsatisfactory level and in jeopardy of failing the course must make an appointment with the course instructor to determine the need for remediation. Together, the instructor and student will review the information and determine appropriate steps for
98 Revised 2012
remediation. After completion of the remedial assignments, the student may be re-evaluated on the material.
References
The instructor will provide additional resource material as may be necessary. For online courses, this material will be emailed to students and posted on the online course site in the Discussion Board section.
Work Ethics
A portion of the curriculum of all courses is devoted to the development of positive work ethics among students. The work ethics program is designed to encourage good work habits in the areas of quality of work, ability to follow instructions, productivity, dependability, honesty, reliability, attendance and punctuality, attitude, integrity, enthusiasm, interpersonal skills, and initiative.
Work Ethics Evaluation
On-site students will receive a formal report at mid-term and at the end of the semester. The mid-term report is a progress report, but the end-of-semester report constitutes the final grade. The semester work ethics grade will not affect the academic grade. Points are assigned to evaluate each of the ten work ethics traits as follows:
Exceeds Expectations 3 points
Meets Expectations 2 points
Needs Improvement 1 point
Unacceptable 0 points
Safety
Students should become familiar with the program’s emergency procedures in order to maintain a safe learning environment. Emergency procedures such as severe and hazardous weather are addressed in the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook. Evacuation routes for fire and other emergency situations are posted in each classroom and lab. Emergency procedures are discussed at the beginning of each semester. Evacuation charts are posted in each classroom and lab. Students are to review these charts as they enter each room. If a situation were to occur, requiring evacuation, students are to follow the route marked on the chart. If a bad weather warning is sounded, students are to follow the proper evaluation procedures and take all valuables with them.
MTC Alert – Emergency and Announcement Notification System
Moultrie Technical College offers a free emergency and important school announcement service to all students. MTC Alert is a mass notification system comprised of e-mail, voice, and text
99 Revised 2012
messaging that is designed to send emergency messages rapidly for the safety and benefit of the students. Messages will be sent by authorized MTC employee(s) via a system provided by High Ground Solutions/SchoolCast.
Upon a student’s admittance into Moultrie Technical College, his/her contact information will be automatically entered into the system. Participation is not optional. However, students will have the opportunity to update their information each semester through the MTC Student Affairs Office. Students should be aware that possible charges may be incurred from their wireless device carriers for text messages received from the MTC Alert System.
TECHNICAL EDUCATION GUARANTEE (WARRANTY STATEMENT)
The Technical College System of Georgia has developed curricula standards with direct involvement of business and industry. These standards will serve as the industry-validated specifications for each occupational program.
These standards allow Georgia’s 25 technical colleges to offer their business partners this guarantee:
“If one of our graduates, who was educated under a standard program, or his/her employer agree that the employee is deficient in one or more competencies as defined in the standards, Moultrie Technical College will retrain that employee at no instructional cost to the employee or employer.”
This guarantee applies to all graduates of MTC who are employed in the field of their training. It is in effect for a period of two years after graduation.
The Technical College System of Georgia and its constituent Technical Colleges do not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national or ethnic origin, gender, religion, disability, age, political affiliation or belief, disabled veteran, veteran of the Vietnam Era, or citizenship status (except in those special circumstances permitted or mandated by law). This nondiscrimination policy encompasses the operation of all educational programs and activities including admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and other Technical College System and Technical College-administered programs, including any Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (WIA) Title I – financed programs. It also encompasses the employment of personnel and contracting for goods and services.
The Department of Technical Colleges shall promote the realization of equal opportunity through a positive continuing program of specific practices designed to ensure the full realization of equal opportunity.
Inquiries concerning application of the above policy may be directed to:
Title IX Equity, Section 504 and ADA Coordinator – Lisa Newton 229.217-4132 Veterans’ Benefits – VA Representative – Cindy Murray 229.386-3164
100 Revised 2012
A student with a disability and who needs assistance, should contact Lisa Newton at 229-217-4132 or [email protected].
101 Revised 2012
General Studies COURSE SYLLABUS
MATH 1111
Instructor: Hamilton Scott
Office location: Moultrie-Veterans Parkway Campus
800 Veterans Parkway North
Moultrie, GA, 31788
Office-B232
Email address: [email protected]
Office phone number: 229-891-7024
Office hours: Mon – Thurs 3:00 – 5:00
Course Number: 10044 Course Name: College Algebra
Program of Study: Core Credit hours: 3
Textbook: Blitzer College 5th Edition Robert F. Blitzer MISSION:
Moultrie Technical College is a multiple campus institution of higher learning whose mission as part of the Technical College System of Georgia is to provide a culture of learning through occupational education, academic education, distance education, business and industry training, and workforce development supporting the education and economic advancement of Colquitt, Tift, Turner, and Worth counties.
The college fulfills its mission by providing accessible, quality education leading to associate degrees, diplomas, technical certificates of credit, and programs to assist adults in literacy education.
PROGRAM MISSION:
Moultrie Technical College provides educational opportunities in all associate degree programs and diploma programs offered that afford students a broader skills set and enable students to demonstrate competency in the following areas:
1. Graduates will speak and write effectively. (Communication)
102 Revised 2012
2. Graduates will read and analyze written materials. (Analytical Skills)
3. Graduates will perform relevant mathematical operations and procedures. (Computational Skills)
4. Graduates will develop interpersonal and collaborative skills necessary to work effectively in groups with others who hold diverse opinions, beliefs, and attitudes. (Interpersonal Skills)
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Emphasizes techniques of problem solving using algebraic concepts. Topics include fundamental concepts of algebra, equations and inequalities, functions and graphs, and systems of equations; optional topics include sequences, series, and probability or analytic geometry.
COMPETENCIES:
Order Description Lecture Lab2 Lab3Practicum/ Intership Clinical
Total Minutes
Semester Credit Hours
1
Fundamental Concepts of Algebra 100 0 0 0 0 100
2 Equations and Inequalities 750 0 0 0 0 750
3 Functions and Graphs 650 0 0 0 0 650
4 Systems of Equations 150 0 0 0 0 150
5 Optional Topics 600 0 0 0 0 600
Total for course 2250 0 0 0 0 2250 3
LEARNING OUTCOMES:
Fundamental Concepts of Algebra
103 Revised 2012
1 Demonstrate the concept of sets and set notation.
2 Locate complements, unions, and intersections of sets.
3 Compute the value of expressions using the laws of exponents.
4 Simplify radicals and use them in arithmetic operations.
5 Perform arithmetic operations on polynomials.
6 Identify all factors of algebraic expressions.
7 Perform arithmetic operations on rational expressions
Equations and Inequalities
1 Solve linear equations.
2 Solve application problems involving linear equations
3 Solve quadratic equations.
4 Solve application problems involving quadratic equations.
5 Solve linear inequalities.
6 Solve quadratic inequalities.
7 Solve rational inequalities.
8 Solve exponential equations.
9 Solve application problems involving exponential equations.
10 Solve logarithmic equations.
11 Solve application problems involving logarithmic equations.
Functions and Graphs
1 Plot ordered pairs.
2 Define relations and functions.
3 Construct a graph of linear functions.
4 Construct a graph of quadratic functions.
104 Revised 2012
5 Construct a graph of exponential functions.
6 Construct a graph of logarithmic functions.
Systems of Equations
1 Solve systems of linear equations with two unknowns.
2 Solve application problems involving linear systems.
Optional Topics
1 Set-up and solve problems with direct, inverse, and joint variations.
2 Define complex numbers.
3 Perform arithmetic operations on complex numbers.
4 Solve absolute value equations and inequalities.
5 Solve systems of linear equations with matrices.
6 Solve simple linear programming problems.
7 Construct conics which might include hyperbolas, parabolas, ellipses, and circles.
8 Identify a pattern in a sequence of numbers and use the pattern to extend an arithmetic sequence.
9 Identify a pattern in a sequence of numbers and use the pattern to extend a geometric sequence.
10 Use mathematical induction to prove statements.
11 Use the Binomial Theorem to expand the binomial.
12 Use the Binomial Theorem to find indicated terms without expanding.
13 Define permutations and combinations.
14 Use permutations and combinations to solve application problems.
15 Define probability.
16 Calculate probability of events in application problems.
105 Revised 2012
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES:
Methods of Instructional Delivery
Traditional and distance learning delivery methods may be utilized in this course.
ONLINE COURSES (ONLINE STUDENTS ONLY)
Online students will access the course site through ANGEL (http://moultrietech.angellearning.com). The student will be enrolled in the online course on the first day of regularly scheduled classes. Online students must access the course site regularly to check for announcements, additional coursework assignments, and other important information.
All online courses require at least one proctored event/exam during the semester. If a student does not complete the proctored event/exam for the course, he/she will receive a final grade of “F.” Extenuating circumstances will be evaluated. If approved by the Online Director, the student will be assigned an “I.” An “I” not satisfactorily removed by the 10th day of the following semester will be changed to an “F.”
Student/Faculty Interaction (ONLINE STUDENTS)
Class interaction may occur via one or more of the following: email, telephone, discussion board forums, and comments on assignments.
The student will participate in this course by following the guidelines of this syllabus and any additional information provided by the instructor or Moultrie Technical College (MTC) Online.
The student is required to communicate with his/her instructor at least three times per week via email or other communication means, by participating in the discussion forums, submitting assignments, and taking exams, all in a timely fashion. Five consecutive days without communicating with the instructor will result in a withdrawal (“W” or “WF”) from the course.
The instructor will respond to students’ email within 24 hours Monday-Thursday, and within 48 hours Friday-Sunday.
The instructor’s primary public communication will be via the ANGEL announcement page. The instructor’s primary private communication will be via ANGEL.
Attendance
Students are expected to be punctual and attend all classes for which they are registered. Each student should recognize at the beginning of his or her postsecondary career that a mature acceptance of his or her responsibilities is a requisite for reasonable accomplishment in postsecondary work: this applies particularly in the area of class attendance. Instructors will keep an accurate record of class attendance. Students anticipating an absence or tardiness should contact the instructor in advance or provide notification as soon as possible. It is the responsibility of the student to account for missed instructional time and to arrange for make-up work at the convenience of the instructor.
106 Revised 2012
Failure to maintain contact with the instructor - either by attending classes, submitting assignments, and/or contacting the instructor (either in person, or by telephone, or email) may result in a failing grade(s).
Some programs and courses at MTC may have more demanding attendance requirements due to the nature of the course or program. These requirements are stated in an approved program handbook, course syllabus, or contract executed with the student.
Class attendance is calculated from the first officially scheduled class meeting to the last scheduled meeting.
A student who has combined absences and tardies greater than 10% of the scheduled class time for which the student is registered may be subject to any or all of the following consequences at any time during the semester:
Suspension from a class or program;
Dismissal from a class or program;
Ineligibility to enroll the following semester. See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding attendance.
Withdrawal
If a student decides to withdraw from the class, he/she must complete the necessary paperwork before an official withdrawal can occur. It is imperative that the student contact the instructor upon deciding to withdraw. Any student withdrawing before midterm will receive a grade of “W.” If a course is dropped for any reason after midterm, the student will receive a grade of “WF” (Withdraw Failing). “WF” has zero quality points and will be calculated in the grade point average (GPA). “WP” (Withdraw Passing) is considered only as a result to extenuating circumstances and if academic performance is passing.
Academic Integrity
Cheating and plagiarism are unacceptable.
Cheating includes any attempt to defraud, deceive, or mislead an instructor in arriving at an honest grade assessment.
Plagiarism is a form of cheating that involves presenting the ideas of another as your original ideas.
Any student, acting individually or in concert with others, who violates any part of the student conduct code, shall be subject to disciplinary procedures including dismissal from a class session by the instructor and/or suspension or expulsion by the authorized administrator. See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding the student code of conduct.
107 Revised 2012
Quality of Student Work
Use of proper grammar, correct spelling, and writing principles are expected in all work. Full credit will not be granted for work that contains grammar or spelling errors.
108 Revised 2012
Evaluation
The following grading scale will be utilized in the determination of the student’s course grade.
Percentage of Points Earned Corresponding Letter Grade
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
60 – 69 D
0 – 59 F
The following categories will be weighed as followed in this course:
Assignments: 30%
• Quizzes
• Miscellaneous assignments
• Projects Tests: 55%
• Midterm
• Final
• Chapter tests Outcome Assessment: 15%
• Competency exam
The student’s knowledge of the material presented in this course will be evaluated based on the satisfactory completion of all assigned work. The student will also be examined on his/her knowledge of the objectives outlined in each lesson, as presented in the Projected Learning Schedule.
Academic Assistance/Remediation
Students who are progressing at an unsatisfactory level and in jeopardy of failing the course must make an appointment with the course instructor to determine the need for remediation. Together, the instructor and student will review the information and determine appropriate steps for remediation. After completion of the remedial assignments, the student may be re-evaluated on the material.
109 Revised 2012
References
The instructor will provide additional resource material as may be necessary. For online courses, this material will be emailed to students and posted on the online course site in the Discussion Board section.
Work Ethics
A portion of the curriculum of all courses is devoted to the development of positive work ethics among students. The work ethics program is designed to encourage good work habits in the areas of quality of work, ability to follow instructions, productivity, dependability, honesty, reliability, attendance and punctuality, attitude, integrity, enthusiasm, interpersonal skills, and initiative.
Work Ethics Evaluation
On-site students will receive a formal report at mid-term and at the end of the semester. The mid-term report is a progress report, but the end-of-semester report constitutes the final grade. The semester work ethics grade will not affect the academic grade. Points are assigned to evaluate each of the ten work ethics traits as follows:
Exceeds Expectations 3 points
Meets Expectations 2 points
Needs Improvement 1 point
Unacceptable 0 points
Safety
Students should become familiar with the program’s emergency procedures in order to maintain a safe learning environment. Emergency procedures such as severe and hazardous weather are addressed in the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook. Evacuation routes for fire and other emergency situations are posted in each classroom and lab. Emergency procedures are discussed at the beginning of each semester. Evacuation charts are posted in each classroom and lab. Students are to review these charts as they enter each room. If a situation were to occur, requiring evacuation, students are to follow the route marked on the chart. If a bad weather warning is sounded, students are to follow the proper evaluation procedures and take all valuables with them.
MTC Alert – Emergency and Announcement Notification System
Moultrie Technical College offers a free emergency and important school announcement service to all students. MTC Alert is a mass notification system comprised of e-mail, voice, and text messaging that is designed to send emergency messages rapidly for the safety and benefit of the students. Messages will be sent by authorized MTC employee(s) via a system provided by High Ground Solutions/SchoolCast.
110 Revised 2012
Upon a student’s admittance into Moultrie Technical College, his/her contact information will be automatically entered into the system. Participation is not optional. However, students will have the opportunity to update their information each semester through the MTC Student Affairs Office. Students should be aware that possible charges may be incurred from their wireless
TECHNICAL EDUCATION GUARANTEE (WARRANTY STATEMENT)
The Technical College System of Georgia has developed curricula standards with direct involvement of business and industry. These standards will serve as the industry-validated specifications for each occupational program.
These standards allow Georgia’s 25 technical colleges to offer their business partners this guarantee:
“If one of our graduates, who was educated under a standard program, or his/her employer agree that the employee is deficient in one or more competencies as defined in the standards, Moultrie Technical College will retrain that employee at no instructional cost to the employee or employer.”
This guarantee applies to all graduates of MTC who are employed in the field of their training. It is in effect for a period of two years after graduation.
The Technical College System of Georgia and its constituent Technical Colleges do not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national or ethnic origin, gender, religion, disability, age, political affiliation or belief, disabled veteran, veteran of the Vietnam Era, or citizenship status (except in those special circumstances permitted or mandated by law). This nondiscrimination policy encompasses the operation of all educational programs and activities including admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and other Technical College System and Technical College-administered programs, including any Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (WIA) Title I – financed programs. It also encompasses the employment of personnel and contracting for goods and services.
The Department of Technical Colleges shall promote the realization of equal opportunity through a positive continuing program of specific practices designed to ensure the full realization of equal opportunity.
Inquiries concerning application of the above policy may be directed to:
Title IX Equity, Section 504 and ADA Coordinator – Lisa Newton 229.217-4132 Veterans’ Benefits – VA Representative – Cindy Murray 229.386-3164
A student with a disability and who needs assistance, should contact Lisa Newton at 229-217-4132 or [email protected].
111 Revised 2012
112 Revised 2012
ENGL 1101 COURSE SYLLABUS
Spring Semester 2012
Instructor: Office location: Email address: Office phone number: Office hours: Course Number: Course Name: Program of Study: Credit hours: Textbook: Title: The Norton Field Guide to Writing Author: Richard Bullock, Maureen Daly Goggin Edition: 2e ISBN: 9780393933819 MISSION:
Moultrie Technical College is a multiple campus institution of higher learning whose mission as part of the Technical College System of Georgia is to provide a culture of learning through occupational education, academic education, distance education, business and industry training, and workforce development supporting the education and economic advancement of Colquitt, Tift, Turner, and Worth counties.
The college fulfills its mission by providing accessible, quality education leading to associate degrees, diplomas, technical certificates of credit, and programs to assist adults in literacy education.
PROGRAM MISSION:
Moultrie Technical College provides educational opportunities in all associate degree programs and diploma programs offered that afford students a broader skills set and enable students to demonstrate competency in the following areas:
5. Graduates will speak and write effectively. (Communication) 6. Graduates will read and analyze written materials. (Analytical Skills)
113 Revised 2012
7. Graduates will perform relevant mathematical operations and procedures. (Computational Skills)
8. Graduates will develop interpersonal and collaborative skills necessary to work effectively in groups with others who hold diverse opinions, beliefs, and attitudes. (Interpersonal Skills)
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES:
Grade Breakdown • Tests: 35%
o Quizzes/Tests o Other assignments
• Essays: 60% o Narrative Essay o Profile Essay o Evaluative Essay
*General Education Outcome Assessment o Argument Essay
• Final: 5% o Final Exam
Essay Rubric Unity · Has clear, logical
thesis
· Supporting ideas are on topic
· Thesis is either unclear or illogical
· Supporting ideas may stray off topic
· No apparent thesis or is completely off-topic
Support · Evidence is specific
· Evidence is sufficient to support claims
· Evidence is vague
· Evidence lacks support
· Evidence is insufficient to support claims
· No apparent evidence
Coherence · Method of organization is appropriate and clear
· Uses appropriate transitions
· Method of organization is unclear and/or inappropriate
· Lack of appropriate transitions
· No apparent method of organization
Sentence Skills
· Essay is free of sentence errors
· Essay has a pattern of sentence errors
· Essay has severe sentence errors that prevent coherence
114 Revised 2012
Textbook
• Title: The Norton Field Guide to Writing • Author: Richard Bullock, Maureen Daly Goggin • Edition: 2e • ISBN: 9780393933819
Course Description and Standards Quoted from TCSG (click for PDF link)
Prerequisites
ENGL 0098 - English IV (201003) READ 0098 - Reading III (201003)
Course Description
Explores the analysis of literature and articles about issues in the humanities and in society. Students practice various modes of writing, ranging from exposition to argumentation and persuasion. The course includes a review of standard grammatical and stylistic usage in proofreading and editing. An introduction to library resources lays the foundation for research. Topics include writing analysis and practice, revision, and research. Students write a research paper using library resources and using a formatting and documentation style appropriate to the purpose and audience. Competencies
Description Minutes
Writing Analysis and Practice 1350
Revision 450
Research 450
Total Minutes 2250
Total Credit Hours 3
Learning Outcomes
115 Revised 2012
Description Learning Domain
Level of Knowledge
Writing Analysis and Practice
Read essays and articles and determine the methods of development.
Cognitive Application
Write essays based on personal experiences, observation, and/or assigned readings.
Cognitive Application
Read the book Cognitive Knowledge
Revision
Demonstrate the ability to edit writing to eliminate jargon, choppiness, dullness, and incoherence to produce a smooth, vivid style appropriate to the subject and the audience.
Cognitive Application
Demonstrate the ability to proofread writing to eliminate sentence structure errors, verb and pronoun errors, punctuation errors, and spelling errors.
Cognitive Application
Research
Locate and use appropriate reference materials for written and oral reports.
Cognitive Comprehension
Produce a research paper while using the appropriate formatting and documentation style.
Cognitive Application
Methods of Instructional Delivery
Traditional and distance learning delivery methods may be utilized in this course.
ONLINE COURSES (ONLINE STUDENTS ONLY)
116 Revised 2012
Online students will access the course site through ANGEL (http://moultrietech.angellearning.com). The student will be enrolled in the online course on the first day of regularly scheduled classes. Online students must access the course site regularly to check for announcements, additional coursework assignments, and other important information.
All online courses require at least one proctored event/exam during the semester. If a student does not complete the proctored event/exam for the course, he/she will receive a final grade of “F.” Extenuating circumstances will be evaluated. If approved by the Online Director, the student will be assigned an “I.” An “I” not satisfactorily removed by the 10th day of the following semester will be changed to an “F.”
Student/Faculty Interaction (ONLINE STUDENTS)
Class interaction may occur via one or more of the following: email, telephone, discussion board forums, and comments on assignments.
The student will participate in this course by following the guidelines of this syllabus and any additional information provided by the instructor or Moultrie Technical College (MTC) Online.
The student is required to communicate with his/her instructor at least three times per week via email or other communication means, by participating in the discussion forums, submitting assignments, and taking exams, all in a timely fashion. Five consecutive days without communicating with the instructor will result in a withdrawal (“W” or “WF”) from the course.
The instructor will respond to students’ email within 24 hours Monday-Thursday, and within 48 hours Friday-Sunday.
The instructor’s primary public communication will be via the ANGEL announcement page. The instructor’s primary private communication will be via ANGEL.
Attendance
Students are expected to be punctual and attend all classes for which they are registered. Each student should recognize at the beginning of his or her postsecondary career that a mature acceptance of his or her responsibilities is a requisite for reasonable accomplishment in postsecondary work: this applies particularly in the area of class attendance. Instructors will keep an accurate record of class attendance. Students anticipating an absence or tardiness should contact the instructor in advance or provide notification as soon as possible. It is the responsibility of the student to account for missed instructional time and to arrange for make-up work at the convenience of the instructor.
Failure to maintain contact with the instructor - either by attending classes, submitting assignments, and/or contacting the instructor (either in person, or by telephone, or email) may result in a failing grade(s).
Some programs and courses at MTC may have more demanding attendance requirements due to the nature of the course or program. These requirements are stated in an approved program handbook, course syllabus, or contract executed with the student.
117 Revised 2012
Class attendance is calculated from the first officially scheduled class meeting to the last scheduled meeting.
A student who has combined absences and tardies greater than 10% of the scheduled class time for which the student is registered may be subject to any or all of the following consequences at any time during the semester:
Suspension from a class or program;
Dismissal from a class or program;
Ineligibility to enroll the following semester.
See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding attendance.
Withdrawal
If a student decides to withdraw from the class, he/she must complete the necessary paperwork before an official withdrawal can occur. It is imperative that the student contact the instructor upon deciding to withdraw. Any student withdrawing before midterm will receive a grade of “W.” If a course is dropped for any reason after midterm, the student will receive a grade of “WF” (Withdraw Failing). “WF” has zero quality points and will be calculated in the grade point average (GPA). “WP” (Withdraw Passing) is considered only as a result to extenuating circumstances and if academic performance is passing.
Academic Integrity
Cheating and plagiarism are unacceptable.
Cheating includes any attempt to defraud, deceive, or mislead an instructor in arriving at an honest grade assessment.
Plagiarism is a form of cheating that involves presenting the ideas of another as your original ideas.
Any student, acting individually or in concert with others, who violates any part of the student conduct code, shall be subject to disciplinary procedures including dismissal from a class session by the instructor and/or suspension or expulsion by the authorized administrator. See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding the student code of conduct.
Quality of Student Work
Use of proper grammar, correct spelling, and writing principles are expected in all work. Full credit will not be granted for work that contains grammar or spelling errors.
118 Revised 2012
Evaluation
The following grading scale will be utilized in the determination of the student’s course grade.
Percentage of Points Earned Corresponding Letter Grade
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
60 – 69 D
0 – 59 F
The student’s knowledge of the material presented in this course will be evaluated based on the satisfactory completion of all assigned work. The student will also be examined on his/her knowledge of the objectives outlined in each lesson, as presented in the Projected Learning Schedule.
Academic Assistance/Remediation
Students who are progressing at an unsatisfactory level and in jeopardy of failing the course must make an appointment with the course instructor to determine the need for remediation. Together, the instructor and student will review the information and determine appropriate steps for remediation. After completion of the remedial assignments, the student may be re-evaluated on the material.
References
The instructor will provide additional resource material as may be necessary. For online courses, this material will be emailed to students and posted on the online course site in the Discussion Board section.
Work Ethics
A portion of the curriculum of all courses is devoted to the development of positive work ethics among students. The work ethics program is designed to encourage good work habits in the areas of quality of work, ability to follow instructions, productivity, dependability, honesty, reliability, attendance and punctuality, attitude, integrity, enthusiasm, interpersonal skills, and initiative.
Work Ethics Evaluation
On-site students will receive a formal report at mid-term and at the end of the semester. The mid-term report is a progress report, but the end-of-semester report constitutes the final grade.
119 Revised 2012
The semester work ethics grade will not affect the academic grade. Points are assigned to evaluate each of the ten work ethics traits as follows:
Exceeds Expectations 3 points
Meets Expectations 2 points
Needs Improvement 1 point
Unacceptable 0 points
Safety
Students should become familiar with the program’s emergency procedures in order to maintain a safe learning environment. Emergency procedures such as severe and hazardous weather are addressed in the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook. Evacuation routes for fire and other emergency situations are posted in each classroom and lab. Emergency procedures are discussed at the beginning of each semester. Evacuation charts are posted in each classroom and lab. Students are to review these charts as they enter each room. If a situation were to occur, requiring evacuation, students are to follow the route marked on the chart. If a bad weather warning is sounded, students are to follow the proper evaluation procedures and take all valuables with them.
MTC Alert – Emergency and Announcement Notification System
Moultrie Technical College offers a free emergency and important school announcement service to all students. MTC Alert is a mass notification system comprised of e-mail, voice, and text messaging that is designed to send emergency messages rapidly for the safety and benefit of the students. Messages will be sent by authorized MTC employee(s) via a system provided by High Ground Solutions/SchoolCast.
Upon a student’s admittance into Moultrie Technical College, his/her contact information will be automatically entered into the system. Participation is not optional. However, students will have the opportunity to update their information each semester through the MTC Student Affairs Office. Students should be aware that possible charges may be incurred from their wireless device carriers for text messages received from the MTC Alert System.
TECHNICAL EDUCATION GUARANTEE (WARRANTY STATEMENT)
The Technical College System of Georgia has developed curricula standards with direct involvement of business and industry. These standards will serve as the industry-validated specifications for each occupational program.
These standards allow Georgia’s 25 technical colleges to offer their business partners this guarantee:
120 Revised 2012
“If one of our graduates, who was educated under a standard program, or his/her employer agree that the employee is deficient in one or more competencies as defined in the standards, Moultrie Technical College will retrain that employee at no instructional cost to the employee or employer.”
This guarantee applies to all graduates of MTC who are employed in the field of their training. It is in effect for a period of two years after graduation.
The Technical College System of Georgia and its constituent Technical Colleges do not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national or ethnic origin, gender, religion, disability, age, political affiliation or belief, disabled veteran, veteran of the Vietnam Era, or citizenship status (except in those special circumstances permitted or mandated by law). This nondiscrimination policy encompasses the operation of all educational programs and activities including admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and other Technical College System and Technical College-administered programs, including any Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (WIA) Title I – financed programs. It also encompasses the employment of personnel and contracting for goods and services.
The Department of Technical Colleges shall promote the realization of equal opportunity through a positive continuing program of specific practices designed to ensure the full realization of equal opportunity.
Inquiries concerning application of the above policy may be directed to:
Title IX Equity, Section 504 and ADA Coordinator – Lisa Newton 229.217-4132 Veterans’ Benefits – VA Representative – Cindy Murray 229.386-3164
A student with a disability and who needs assistance, should contact Lisa Newton at 229-217-4132 or [email protected].
121 Revised 2012
ENGL 2130 – American Literature COURSE SYLLABUS
Spring Semester 2012
Instructor:
Office location:
Email address:
Office phone number:
Office hours:
Course Number: Course Name:
Program of Study: Credit hours:
Textbook:
Title: The American Tradition in Literature
Editor: George Perkins, Barbara Perkins
Edition: 12e
ISBN: 0073384895
MISSION:
Moultrie Technical College is a multiple campus institution of higher learning whose mission as part of the Technical College System of Georgia is to provide a culture of learning through occupational education, academic education, distance education, business and industry training, and workforce development supporting the education and economic advancement of Colquitt, Tift, Turner, and Worth counties.
The college fulfills its mission by providing accessible, quality education leading to associate degrees, diplomas, technical certificates of credit, and programs to assist adults in literacy education.
PROGRAM MISSION:
Moultrie Technical College provides educational opportunities in all associate degree programs and diploma programs offered that afford students a broader skills set and enable students to demonstrate competency in the following areas:
9. Graduates will speak and write effectively. (Communication)
122 Revised 2012
10. Graduates will read and analyze written materials. (Analytical Skills) 11. Graduates will perform relevant mathematical operations and procedures.
(Computational Skills) 12. Graduates will develop interpersonal and collaborative skills necessary to work
effectively in groups with others who hold diverse opinions, beliefs, and attitudes. (Interpersonal Skills)
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES:
Grade Breakdown
• Weekly Tests: 50% o Quizzes/Tests o Other assignments
• Major Tests: 35% o Midterm o Final Exam
• Essay: 15% o Literary Analysis Essay
*General Education Outcome Assessment
Essay Rubric Unity · Has clear, logical
thesis
· Supporting ideas are on topic
· Thesis is either unclear or illogical
· Supporting ideas may stray off topic
· No apparent thesis or is completely off-topic
Support · Evidence is specific
· Evidence is sufficient to support claims
· Evidence is vague
· Evidence lacks support
· Evidence is insufficient to support claims
· No apparent evidence
Coherence · Method of organization is appropriate and clear
· Uses appropriate transitions
· Method of organization is unclear and/or inappropriate
· Lack of appropriate transitions
· No apparent method of organization
123 Revised 2012
Sentence Skills
· Essay is free of sentence errors
· Essay has a pattern of sentence errors
· Essay has severe sentence errors that prevent coherence
Textbook
• Title: The American Tradition in Literature • Editor: George Perkins, Barbara Perkins • Edition: 12e • ISBN: 0073384895
Course Description and Standards Quoted from TCSG (click for PDF link) Prerequisites
ENGL 1101 - Composition and Rhetoric ( 201003 ) Course Description
Emphasizes American literature as a reflection of culture and ideas. A survey of important works in American literature. Includes a variety of literary genres: short stories, poetry, drama, nonfiction, and novels. Topics include literature and culture, essential themes and ideas, literature and history, and research skills. Competencies
Description Minutes
Literature and Culture 575
Essential Themes and Ideas 900
Literature and History 550
Research Skills 225
Total Minutes 2250
Total Credit Hours 3
124 Revised 2012
Learning Outcomes Description Learning
Domain Level of
Knowledge
Literature and Culture
Demonstrate an awareness of literary and cultural diversity in American literature.
Cognitive Application
Demonstrate an awareness of the impact a given culture has had on American literature.
Cognitive Application
Essential Themes and Ideas
Read and recall readings from nonfiction, fiction, poetry, and drama for specific purposes, such as identifying main ideas, and supporting details; drawing accurate conclusions, and identifying an author's purpose.
Cognitive Knowledge
Demonstrate an awareness of literary language, movements and conventions in order to interpret works of American literature.
Cognitive Application
Analyze themes and ideas essential to an understanding of American literature.
Cognitive Knowledge
Demonstrate an awareness of how intellectual and literary traditions impact American literature.
Cognitive Application
Literature and History
Understand how history and culture influence American literature.
Cognitive Comprehension
125 Revised 2012
Demonstrate an awareness of the impact a particular historical period (i.e. Colonial, Puritan, Enlightenment, Revolutionary, Romantic, Transcendental, Expansion, and/or Modern) may have on selected works of American literature.
Cognitive Application
Research Skills
Develop , write, edit, and revise essays by following specific organizational guidelines using clear, effective sentences, coherent paragraphs, and the correct essay structure.
Cognitive Application
Conduct research using hard-copy, database, and online resources.
Cognitive Knowledge
Demonstrate an intermediate knowledge of correct manuscript formatting and research citation techniques.
Cognitive Application
Methods of Instructional Delivery
Traditional and distance learning delivery methods may be utilized in this course.
ONLINE COURSES (ONLINE STUDENTS ONLY)
Online students will access the course site through ANGEL (http://moultrietech.angellearning.com). The student will be enrolled in the online course on the first day of regularly scheduled classes. Online students must access the course site regularly to check for announcements, additional coursework assignments, and other important information.
All online courses require at least one proctored event/exam during the semester. If a student does not complete the proctored event/exam for the course, he/she will receive a final grade of “F.” Extenuating circumstances will be evaluated. If approved by the Online Director, the student will be assigned an “I.” An “I” not satisfactorily removed by the 10th day of the following semester will be changed to an “F.”
Student/Faculty Interaction (ONLINE STUDENTS)
Class interaction may occur via one or more of the following: email, telephone, discussion board forums, and comments on assignments.
The student will participate in this course by following the guidelines of this syllabus and any additional information provided by the instructor or Moultrie Technical College (MTC) Online.
126 Revised 2012
The student is required to communicate with his/her instructor at least three times per week via email or other communication means, by participating in the discussion forums, submitting assignments, and taking exams, all in a timely fashion. Five consecutive days without communicating with the instructor will result in a withdrawal (“W” or “WF”) from the course.
The instructor will respond to students’ email within 24 hours Monday-Thursday, and within 48 hours Friday-Sunday.
The instructor’s primary public communication will be via the ANGEL announcement page. The instructor’s primary private communication will be via ANGEL.
Attendance
Students are expected to be punctual and attend all classes for which they are registered. Each student should recognize at the beginning of his or her postsecondary career that a mature acceptance of his or her responsibilities is a requisite for reasonable accomplishment in postsecondary work: this applies particularly in the area of class attendance. Instructors will keep an accurate record of class attendance. Students anticipating an absence or tardiness should contact the instructor in advance or provide notification as soon as possible. It is the responsibility of the student to account for missed instructional time and to arrange for make-up work at the convenience of the instructor.
Failure to maintain contact with the instructor - either by attending classes, submitting assignments, and/or contacting the instructor (either in person, or by telephone, or email) may result in a failing grade(s).
Some programs and courses at MTC may have more demanding attendance requirements due to the nature of the course or program. These requirements are stated in an approved program handbook, course syllabus, or contract executed with the student.
Class attendance is calculated from the first officially scheduled class meeting to the last scheduled meeting.
A student who has combined absences and tardies greater than 10% of the scheduled class time for which the student is registered may be subject to any or all of the following consequences at any time during the semester:
Suspension from a class or program;
Dismissal from a class or program;
Ineligibility to enroll the following semester. See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding attendance.
Withdrawal
If a student decides to withdraw from the class, he/she must complete the necessary paperwork before an official withdrawal can occur. It is imperative that the student contact the instructor
127 Revised 2012
upon deciding to withdraw. Any student withdrawing before midterm will receive a grade of “W.” If a course is dropped for any reason after midterm, the student will receive a grade of “WF” (Withdraw Failing). “WF” has zero quality points and will be calculated in the grade point average (GPA). “WP” (Withdraw Passing) is considered only as a result to extenuating circumstances and if academic performance is passing.
Academic Integrity
Cheating and plagiarism are unacceptable.
Cheating includes any attempt to defraud, deceive, or mislead an instructor in arriving at an honest grade assessment.
Plagiarism is a form of cheating that involves presenting the ideas of another as your original ideas.
Any student, acting individually or in concert with others, who violates any part of the student conduct code, shall be subject to disciplinary procedures including dismissal from a class session by the instructor and/or suspension or expulsion by the authorized administrator. See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding the student code of conduct.
Quality of Student Work
Use of proper grammar, correct spelling, and writing principles are expected in all work. Full credit will not be granted for work that contains grammar or spelling errors.
Evaluation
The following grading scale will be utilized in the determination of the student’s course grade.
Percentage of Points Earned Corresponding Letter Grade
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
60 – 69 D
0 – 59 F
The student’s knowledge of the material presented in this course will be evaluated based on the satisfactory completion of all assigned work. The student will also be examined on his/her knowledge of the objectives outlined in each lesson, as presented in the Projected Learning Schedule.
128 Revised 2012
Academic Assistance/Remediation
Students who are progressing at an unsatisfactory level and in jeopardy of failing the course must make an appointment with the course instructor to determine the need for remediation. Together, the instructor and student will review the information and determine appropriate steps for remediation. After completion of the remedial assignments, the student may be re-evaluated on the material.
References
The instructor will provide additional resource material as may be necessary. For online courses, this material will be emailed to students and posted on the online course site in the Discussion Board section.
Work Ethics
A portion of the curriculum of all courses is devoted to the development of positive work ethics among students. The work ethics program is designed to encourage good work habits in the areas of quality of work, ability to follow instructions, productivity, dependability, honesty, reliability, attendance and punctuality, attitude, integrity, enthusiasm, interpersonal skills, and initiative.
Work Ethics Evaluation
On-site students will receive a formal report at mid-term and at the end of the semester. The mid-term report is a progress report, but the end-of-semester report constitutes the final grade. The semester work ethics grade will not affect the academic grade. Points are assigned to evaluate each of the ten work ethics traits as follows:
Exceeds Expectations 3 points
Meets Expectations 2 points
Needs Improvement 1 point
Unacceptable 0 points
Safety
Students should become familiar with the program’s emergency procedures in order to maintain a safe learning environment. Emergency procedures such as severe and hazardous weather are addressed in the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook. Evacuation routes for fire and other emergency situations are posted in each classroom and lab. Emergency procedures are discussed at the beginning of each semester. Evacuation charts are posted in each classroom and lab. Students are to review these charts as they enter each room. If a situation were to
129 Revised 2012
occur, requiring evacuation, students are to follow the route marked on the chart. If a bad weather warning is sounded, students are to follow the proper evaluation procedures and take all valuables with them.
MTC Alert – Emergency and Announcement Notification System
Moultrie Technical College offers a free emergency and important school announcement service to all students. MTC Alert is a mass notification system comprised of e-mail, voice, and text messaging that is designed to send emergency messages rapidly for the safety and benefit of the students. Messages will be sent by authorized MTC employee(s) via a system provided by High Ground Solutions/SchoolCast.
Upon a student’s admittance into Moultrie Technical College, his/her contact information will be automatically entered into the system. Participation is not optional. However, students will have the opportunity to update their information each semester through the MTC Student Affairs Office. Students should be aware that possible charges may be incurred from their wireless device carriers for text messages received from the MTC Alert System.
TECHNICAL EDUCATION GUARANTEE (WARRANTY STATEMENT)
The Technical College System of Georgia has developed curricula standards with direct involvement of business and industry. These standards will serve as the industry-validated specifications for each occupational program.
These standards allow Georgia’s 25 technical colleges to offer their business partners this guarantee:
“If one of our graduates, who was educated under a standard program, or his/her employer agree that the employee is deficient in one or more competencies as defined in the standards, Moultrie Technical College will retrain that employee at no instructional cost to the employee or employer.”
This guarantee applies to all graduates of MTC who are employed in the field of their training. It is in effect for a period of two years after graduation.
The Technical College System of Georgia and its constituent Technical Colleges do not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national or ethnic origin, gender, religion, disability, age, political affiliation or belief, disabled veteran, veteran of the Vietnam Era, or citizenship status (except in those special circumstances permitted or mandated by law). This nondiscrimination policy encompasses the operation of all educational programs and activities including admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and other Technical College System and Technical College-administered programs, including any Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (WIA) Title I – financed programs. It also encompasses the employment of personnel and contracting for goods and services.
130 Revised 2012
The Department of Technical Colleges shall promote the realization of equal opportunity through a positive continuing program of specific practices designed to ensure the full realization of equal opportunity.
Inquiries concerning application of the above policy may be directed to:
Title IX Equity, Section 504 and ADA Coordinator – Lisa Newton 229.217-4132 Veterans’ Benefits – VA Representative – Cindy Murray 229.386-3164
A student with a disability and who needs assistance, should contact Lisa Newton at 229-217-4132 or [email protected].
COMP 1000
Introduction to Computers COURSE SYLLABUS
Instructor: Melissa D. Busbin
Office location: A 217
Email address: [email protected] (preferred)
Office phone number: 229-217-4199
Office hours: 1:00-3:00 pm Monday-Thursday
Course Number: COMP 1000
Course Name: Introduction to Computers
Program of Study: Core Credit hours: 3
Prerequisite: Provisional Admission
Co-Requisite: Provisional Admission
Textbook: Go! Go with Microsoft Office 2010; Moultrie Technical College; Custom Program
for CIS ISBN 978-1-256-21720-6 Bundled with myitlab access. **myitlab access is a requirement
for the entire length of the course**
MISSION:
Moultrie Technical College is a multiple campus institution of higher learning whose mission as part of the Technical College System of Georgia is to provide a culture of learning through
131 Revised 2012
occupational education, academic education, distance education, business and industry training, and workforce development supporting the education and economic advancement of Colquitt, Tift, Turner, and Worth counties.
The college fulfills its mission by providing accessible, quality education leading to associate degrees, diplomas, technical certificates of credit, and programs to assist adults in literacy education.
Introduces the fundamental concepts, terminology, and operations necessary to use computers. Emphasis is placed on basic functions and familiarity with computer use. Topics include an introduction to computer terminology, the Windows environment, Internet and email, word processing software, spreadsheet software, database software, and presentation software.
COMPETENCIES:
1. Computer Terminology 2. Introduction to the Windows Environment 3. Introduction to Internet and Email. 4. Introduction to Word Processing Software 5. Introduction to Database Software 6. Introduction to Spreadsheet Software 7. Introduction to Presentation Software
LEARNING OUTCOMES:
Computer Terminology
• Identify the many uses of computers. • Describe the purpose of an operating system. • Describe the three basic elements of data processing (i.e. input, process, output). Identify
the functional units of a computer system (i.e. the processor, input devices, output devices, and secondary storage devices.)
Introduction to the Windows Environment
• Use the Windows interface. Cognitive Application • Demonstrate the ability to access a variety of software applications using the graphical
user interface (GUI) features (i.e. the ability to have multiple applications open at any given time and switch from application to application).
• Demonstrate the ability to use file management skills. Introduction to Internet and Email.
• Describe the purpose of computer networking. • Demonstrate ability to access and use the Internet. • Access and demonstrate email. • Access and demonstrate online learning management systems.
Introduction to Word Processing Software
132 Revised 2012
• Describe the purpose of word processing software. • List the typical functions performed by word processing software. • Demonstrate how to create, use, and save a document. • Demonstrate formatting options (i.e., typeface, font and point size, setting margins and
tabs, line spacing, and justification). • Demonstrate how to modify and print a document. • Demonstrate the spell check feature.
Introduction to Database Software
• Describe the purpose of database software. • List typical functions performed by database software. • Demonstrate how to use a database.
Introduction to Spreadsheet Software
• Describe the purpose of spreadsheet software. • List typical functions performed by spreadsheet software. • Demonstrate how to create and save a spreadsheet. • Demonstrate how to modify and print a spreadsheet. • Demonstrate the graphical feature of the spreadsheet software.
Introduction to Presentation Software
• Describe the purpose of presentation software. • Demonstrate how to create, modify, and format a presentation. • Demonstrate how to modify a presentation using custom animation techniques.
Methods of Instructional Delivery
Traditional and distance learning delivery methods may be utilized in this course.
ONLINE COURSES (ONLINE STUDENTS ONLY)
Online students will access the course site through ANGEL (http://moultrietech.angellearning.com). The student will be enrolled in the online course on the first day of regularly scheduled classes. Online students must access the course site regularly to check for announcements, additional coursework assignments, and other important information.
All online courses require at least one proctored event/exam during the semester. If a student does not complete the proctored event/exam for the course, he/she will receive a final grade of “F.” Extenuating circumstances will be evaluated. If approved by the Online Director, the student will be assigned an “I.” An “I” not satisfactorily removed by the 10th day of the following semester will be changed to an “F.”
Student/Faculty Interaction (ONLINE STUDENTS)
Class interaction may occur via one or more of the following: email, telephone, discussion board forums, and comments on assignments.
The student will participate in this course by following the guidelines of this syllabus and any additional information provided by the instructor or Moultrie Technical College (MTC) Online.
133 Revised 2012
The student is required to communicate with his/her instructor at least three times per week via email or other communication means, by participating in the discussion forums, submitting assignments, and taking exams, all in a timely fashion. Five consecutive days without communicating with the instructor will result in a withdrawal (“W” or “WF”) from the course.
The instructor will respond to students’ email within 24 hours Monday-Thursday, and within 48 hours Friday-Sunday.
The instructor’s primary public communication will be via the ANGEL announcement page. The instructor’s primary private communication will be via ANGEL.
Attendance
Students are expected to be punctual and attend all classes for which they are registered. Each student should recognize at the beginning of his or her postsecondary career that a mature acceptance of his or her responsibilities is a requisite for reasonable accomplishment in postsecondary work: this applies particularly in the area of class attendance. Instructors will keep an accurate record of class attendance. Students anticipating an absence or tardiness should contact the instructor in advance or provide notification as soon as possible. It is the responsibility of the student to account for missed instructional time and to arrange for make-up work at the convenience of the instructor.
Failure to maintain contact with the instructor - either by attending classes, submitting assignments, and/or contacting the instructor (either in person, or by telephone, or email) may result in a failing grade(s).
Some programs and courses at MTC may have more demanding attendance requirements due to the nature of the course or program. These requirements are stated in an approved program handbook, course syllabus, or contract executed with the student.
Class attendance is calculated from the first officially scheduled class meeting to the last scheduled meeting.
A student who has combined absences and tardies greater than 10% of the scheduled class time for which the student is registered may be subject to any or all of the following consequences at any time during the semester:
Suspension from a class or program;
Dismissal from a class or program;
Ineligibility to enroll the following semester. See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding attendance.
Withdrawal
If a student decides to withdraw from the class, he/she must complete the necessary paperwork before an official withdrawal can occur. It is imperative that the student contact the instructor
134 Revised 2012
upon deciding to withdraw. Any student withdrawing before midterm will receive a grade of “W.” If a course is dropped for any reason after midterm, the student will receive a grade of “WF” (Withdraw Failing). “WF” has zero quality points and will be calculated in the grade point average (GPA). “WP” (Withdraw Passing) is considered only as a result to extenuating circumstances and if academic performance is passing.
Academic Integrity
Cheating and plagiarism are unacceptable.
Cheating includes any attempt to defraud, deceive, or mislead an instructor in arriving at an honest grade assessment.
Plagiarism is a form of cheating that involves presenting the ideas of another as your original ideas.
Any student, acting individually or in concert with others, who violates any part of the student conduct code, shall be subject to disciplinary procedures including dismissal from a class session by the instructor and/or suspension or expulsion by the authorized administrator. See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding the student code of conduct.
Quality of Student Work
Use of proper grammar, correct spelling, and writing principles are expected in all work. Full credit will not be granted for work that contains grammar or spelling errors.
Evaluation
The following grading scale will be utilized in the determination of the student’s course grade.
Percentage of Points Earned Corresponding Letter Grade
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
60 – 69 D
0 – 59 F
The student’s knowledge of the material presented in this course will be evaluated based on the satisfactory completion of all assigned work. The student will also be examined on his/her knowledge of the objectives outlined in each lesson, as presented in the Projected Learning Schedule.
Grading Procedure:
Trainings 25%
Quizzes and/or Tests 25%
Final Exam 40%
135 Revised 2012
Class Participation and/or Discussion Boards 10%
All coursework requirements must be completed. Zeros will be given for assignments not submitted by the announced deadlines. Class participation. Present and participating in all class assignments (including work ethics and discussions) = 100. Points will be deducted for students who are considered not participating in class by not completing assignments, by not completing work ethics, or by not following the attendance guidelines set forth in this syllabus.
Late Assignments: Ten (10) points per day (maximum of three (3) days and 30 points) will be deducted for assignments with specific due dates that are turned in after the designated due date, including announced tests. If
an assignment is not turned in or an announced test is not taken because of an absence, the ten (10) points per day will be deducted except for verified extenuating circumstances. Assignments/tests will not be accepted more than three (3) days after the original due date/test date. Assignments that allow more than one attempt must be completed during the week they are assigned. Attempts that are used after the assigned due date will not be counted in the gradebook.
Students who are absent for an excessive amount of time or who do not their time wisely will often fail to meet the expectations for work performance. Students must ask me about specific assignments missed due to absences. Students who do not meet the attendance guidelines for this course will be removed from the course. Students participating in acts of academic misconduct such as cheating shall face disciplinary charges under the Code of Student Conduct in addition to any loss of academic credit or standing that may result from your having failed to meet the course’s academic requirements. Also, you will receive a grade of zero (0) for the assignment(s) in question.
August 7, is the deadline to submit all assignments EXCEPT THOSE WITH PREVIOUS DEADLINES. No assignments will be accepted after August 7, 2012.
Academic Assistance/Remediation
Students who are progressing at an unsatisfactory level and in jeopardy of failing the course must make an appointment with the course instructor to determine the need for remediation. Together, the instructor and student will review the information and determine appropriate steps for remediation. After completion of the remedial assignments, the student may be re-evaluated on the material.
References
The instructor will provide additional resource material as may be necessary. For online courses, this material will be emailed to students and posted on the online course site in the Discussion Board section.
Work Ethics
A portion of the curriculum of all courses is devoted to the development of positive work ethics among students. The work ethics program is designed to encourage good work habits in the areas of quality of work, ability to follow instructions, productivity, dependability, honesty, reliability, attendance and punctuality, attitude, integrity, enthusiasm, interpersonal skills, and initiative.
Work Ethics Evaluation
136 Revised 2012
On-site students will receive a formal report at mid-term and at the end of the semester. The mid-term report is a progress report, but the end-of-semester report constitutes the final grade. The semester work ethics grade will not affect the academic grade. Points are assigned to evaluate each of the ten work ethics traits as follows:
Exceeds Expectations 3 points
Meets Expectations 2 points
Needs Improvement 1 point
Unacceptable 0 points
Safety
Students should become familiar with the program’s emergency procedures in order to maintain a safe learning environment. Emergency procedures such as severe and hazardous weather are addressed in the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook. Evacuation routes for fire and other emergency situations are posted in each classroom and lab. Emergency procedures are discussed at the beginning of each semester. Evacuation charts are posted in each classroom and lab. Students are to review these charts as they enter each room. If a situation were to occur, requiring evacuation, students are to follow the route marked on the chart. If a bad weather warning is sounded, students are to follow the proper evaluation procedures and take all valuables with them.
MTC Alert – Emergency and Announcement Notification System
Moultrie Technical College offers a free emergency and important school announcement service to all students. MTC Alert is a mass notification system comprised of e-mail, voice, and text messaging that is designed to send emergency messages rapidly for the safety and benefit of the students. Messages will be sent by authorized MTC employee(s) via a system provided by High Ground Solutions/SchoolCast.
Upon a student’s admittance into Moultrie Technical College, his/her contact information will be automatically entered into the system. Participation is not optional. However, students will have the opportunity to update their information each semester through the MTC Student Affairs Office. Students should be aware that possible charges may be incurred from their wireless device carriers for text messages received from the MTC Alert System.
TECHNICAL EDUCATION GUARANTEE (WARRANTY STATEMENT)
The Technical College System of Georgia has developed curricula standards with direct involvement of business and industry. These standards will serve as the industry-validated specifications for each occupational program.
These standards allow Georgia’s 25 technical colleges to offer their business partners this guarantee:
137 Revised 2012
“If one of our graduates, who was educated under a standard program, or his/her employer agree that the employee is deficient in one or more competencies as defined in the standards, Moultrie Technical College will retrain that employee at no instructional cost to the employee or employer.”
This guarantee applies to all graduates of MTC who are employed in the field of their training. It is in effect for a period of two years after graduation.
The Technical College System of Georgia and its constituent Technical Colleges do not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national or ethnic origin, gender, religion, disability, age, political affiliation or belief, disabled veteran, veteran of the Vietnam Era, or citizenship status (except in those special circumstances permitted or mandated by law). This nondiscrimination policy encompasses the operation of all educational programs and activities including admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and other Technical College System and Technical College-administered programs, including any Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (WIA) Title I – financed programs. It also encompasses the employment of personnel and contracting for goods and services.
The Department of Technical Colleges shall promote the realization of equal opportunity through a positive continuing program of specific practices designed to ensure the full realization of equal opportunity.
Inquiries concerning application of the above policy may be directed to:
Title IX Equity, Section 504 and ADA Coordinator – Lisa Newton 229.217-4132 Veterans’ Benefits – VA Representative – Cindy Murray 229.386-3164
A student with a disability and who needs assistance, should contact Lisa Newton at 229-217-4132 or [email protected].
FINAL THOUGHTS
As your instructor, I am very concerned about your being able to make satisfactory progress in this course. Should you experience difficulty understanding any of the material presented or completing any of the assignments made, please seek help immediately. Each student will be treated as an adult learner who is fully capable of mastering the material; however, each student should realize that the major responsibility for learning rests with the student. I RESERVE THE RIGHT TO AMEND AND/OR SUPPLEMENT THIS SYLLABUS AS NECESSARY DURING THE SEMESTER.
138 Revised 2012
COURSE SYLLABUS
Instructor: Alfred Jones Office location: IDC – 614 Room Email address: [email protected] Office phone number: 229-217-4178 Office hours: 3:00 - 500 Course Number: RADT 1030 Course Name: RADIOGRAPHIC Procedures I Program of Study: Radiologic Technology Credit hours: 3 Prerequisite: ALHS 1011, BIOL 2114, BIOL 2114L, RADT 1010 Textbook: Frank, Long & Smith. (2012). Merrill's atlas of radiographic positions and radiographic procedures. (11th). St. Louis, MO: Mosby. Frank, E. (2012) . Merrill’s atlas of radiographic positions and radiologic procedures Workbook (12th ed.). St. Louis: C.V. Mosby Company
MISSION:
Moultrie Technical College is a multiple campus institution of higher learning whose mission as part of the Technical College System of Georgia is to provide a culture of learning through occupational education, academic education, distance education, business and industry training, and workforce development supporting the education and economic advancement of Colquitt, Tift, Turner, and Worth counties.
The college fulfills its mission by providing accessible, quality education leading to associate degrees, diplomas, technical certificates of credit, and programs to assist adults in literacy education.
139 Revised 2012
Program Mission:
The mission of the Moultrie Technical College Radiology Program is to provide a comprehensive education, which will prepare graduates with the entry- level skills necessary to seek employment as a radiographer and receive an Associate’s Degree at the end of the program.
Goal: Students of the program will demonstrate clinical competence.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will demonstrate appropriate positioning skills
Students will evaluate images for diagnostic quality.
Students will utilize appropriate radiation protection procedures
Goal: Students will communicate effectively.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will use effective oral communication skills.
Students will use effective written communication skills.
Goal: Students will employ critical thinking skills
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will manipulate technical factors for non-routine competencies
Students will evaluate the developed radiograph for appropriate image quality
Goal: Students will demonstrate professional growth and development.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will be evaluated for professional growth and development. COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Introduces the knowledge required to perform radiologic procedures applicable to the human anatomy. Emphasis will be placed on the production of quality radiographs, and laboratory experience will demonstrate the application of theoretical principles and concepts. Topics include: introduction to radiographic procedures; positioning terminology; positioning considerations; procedures, anatomy, and topographical anatomy related to body cavities, bony thorax, upper extremities, shoulder girdle; and lower extremities. COMPETENCIES:
Anatomy and Routine Projections of the Body Trunk, Upper Extremity
140 Revised 2012
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Describe the anatomy of the thoracic cavity in terms of structure visualized and function demonstrated.
Cognitive Knowledge
2 The student will discuss routine and special projections/positions of the thoracic cavity in terms of structures visualized, functions demonstrated, and general positioning considerations.
Cognitive Comprehension
3 The student will explain structures visualized, functions demonstrated, and general positioning considerations when given clinical simulations for routine and special projections of the abdominopelvic cavity.
Cognitive Comprehension
4 The student will apply knowledge of radiographic procedures related to the thoracic cavity via performance in a laboratory environment.
Psychomotor Mechanism
5 The student will evaluate the accuracy of positioning, image quality and anatomical structures visualized on radiographic images.
Cognitive Evaluation
6 Describe the anatomy of the abdominopelvic cavity in terms of structure visualized and function demonstrated.
Cognitive Knowledge
7 Describe routine and special projections/positions of the abdominopelvic cavity in terms of structures visualized, functions demonstrated, and general positioning considerations.
Cognitive Knowledge
8 The student will explain structures visualized, functions demonstrated, and general positioning considerations when given clinical simulations for routine and special projections of the abdominopelvic cavity.
Cognitive Comprehension
9 The student apply knowledge of radiographic procedures related to abdominopelvic cavity via performance in a laboratory environment.
Psychomotor Mechanism
10 The student will evaluate the accuracy of positioning, image quality and anatomical structures visualized on radiographic images.
Cognitive Evaluation
11 Describe the anatomy of the upper extremities in terms of structure visualized and function demonstrated.
Cognitive Knowledge
12 The student will describe routine and special projections/positions of the upper extremities in terms of structures visualized, functions demonstrated, and general positioning considerations.
Cognitive Knowledge
14 In a laboratory environment perform radiographic procedures related to the upper extremities.
Psychomotor Guided Response
15 Evaluate radiographic images in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures visualized.
Cognitive Evaluation
16 Describe the anatomy of the shoulder girdle in terms of structure visualized and function demonstrated.
Cognitive Knowledge
141 Revised 2012
And Shoulder Girdle.
Anatomy and Routine Projections of the Bony Thorax
Anatomy and Routine Projections of the Lower Extremity
Introduction to Radiographic Procedures
Positioning Terminology
Positioning Consideration
LEARNING OUTCOMES:
17 Describe routine and special projection/positions of the shoulder girdle in terms of structures visualized, functions demonstrated, and general positioning considerations.
Cognitive Knowledge
18 The student will explain structures visualized, functions demonstrated, and general positioning considerations when given clinical simulations for routine and special projections of the shoulder girdle.
Cognitive Comprehension
19 The student will perform radiographic procedures related to the shoulder girdle in a laboratory environment.
Psychomotor Guided Response
20 Evaluate radiographs in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures visualized.
Cognitive Evaluation
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Describe the anatomy of the bony thorax in terms of structures visualized and function demonstrated.
Cognitive Knowledge
2 Describe routine and special projection/positions of the bony thorax in terms of structures visualized, functions demonstrated, and general positioning considerations.
Cognitive Knowledge
3 The student will explain the structures visualized, functions demonstrated, and general positioning considerations when given clinical simulations for routine and special projections of the bony thorax.
Cognitive Comprehension
4 The student will perform radiographic procedures related to the bony thorax in a laboratory environment,.
Psychomotor Guided Response
5 Evaluate radiographic images in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures visualized.
Cognitive Evaluation
142 Revised 2012
Anatomy and Routine Projections of the Body Trunk, Upper Extremity and Shoulder Girdle.
Anatomy and Routine Projections of the Bony Thorax
Anatomy and Routine Projections of the Lower Extremities
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Describe the anatomy of the lower extremities in terms of structures visualized and function demonstrated.
Cognitive Knowledge
2 Describe routine and special projections/positions of the lower extremities in terms of structures visualized, functions demonstrated, and general positioning considerations.
Cognitive Knowledge
3 The student will explain explain the structures visualized, functions demonstrated, and the general positioning considerations involved clinical simulations for routine and special projection/positions of the lower extremities,.
Cognitive Comprehension
4 The student will perform radiographic procedures related to the lower extremities laboratory environment.
Psychomotor Guided Response
5 The student will evaluate radiographic images in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures visualized.
Cognitive Evaluation
Introduction to radiographic procedures.
Positioning terminology.
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 The student will identify the patient using information on the requisition form. Cognitive Knowledge
2 The student will determine patient's identity by checking the wrist band or questioning the patient.
Cognitive Application
3 The student will chart patient information on the requisition form using knowledge of medical terminology.
Cognitive Application
4 The student will assess the radiographic requisition form to verify the accuracy and completeness of information.
Cognitive Evaluation
143 Revised 2012
1 The student will define position and projection and the terms used to describe radiographic positioning.
Cognitive Knowledge
2 The student will describe various positioning aid applications and their advantages/disadvantages.
Cognitive Knowledge
3 The student will describe the function and application of various accessory equipment.
Cognitive Knowledge
4 The student will demonstrate the use of calipers. Psychomotor Guided Response
5 The student will discuss lead marker functions, types, and applications. Cognitive Comprehension
Positioning considerations
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 The student will discuss general positioning considerations for radiographic procedures.
Cognitive Comprehension
2 The student will describe general positioning considerations, given clinical simulations for various radiographic procedures.
Cognitive Comprehension
Course Outline
TEXT: Frank, Long & Smith. (2012). Merrill's atlas of radiographic positions and
radiographic procedures. (11th). St. Louis, MO: Mosby.
Frank, Long, & Smith (2012) . Merrill’s atlas of radiographic positions and radiologic procedures Workbook (12th ed.). St. Louis: C.V. Mosby Company
Class . Subject Page Assignment
Wk 1 Course Introduction, Content Academic Requirements
Wk 1 Preliminary Steps in Radiography 1 Chapter 1
WK 1 Workbook Completed Chapter 1
144 Revised 2012
Wk 2 General Anatomy and Radiographic Positioning Terminology 65 Chapter 3
WK 2 Workbook Completed Chapter 3
Quiz
WK 3 Thoracic Viscera 485 Chapter 10
WK 3 Workbook Completed Chapter 10
Quiz
WK 4 Abdomen 82 Chapter 16
WK 4 Workbook Completed Chapter 16
Quiz
WK 5 Bony Thorax 445 Chapter 9
WK 5 Workbook Completed Chapter 9
Quiz
WK 7 Upper Limb 99 Chapter 4
WK 7 Workbook Completed Chapter 4
Quiz
WK 8 Midterm
WK 9 Shoulder 173 Chapter 5
WK 9 Workbook Completed Chapter 5
Quiz
WK 10 Lower Extremity 225 Chapter 6
WK 10 Workbook Completed Chapter 6
Quiz
WK 12 Pelvis and Upper Femora 325 Chapter 7
WK 12 Workbook Completed Chapter 7
WK 15 Final
145 Revised 2012
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES:
Make up test will result in a 10 point reduction. All make up test must be done on the next class day. Make for major test will result in a 15 point reduction.
Methods of Instructional Delivery
Traditional and distance learning delivery methods may be utilized in this course.
ONLINE COURSES (ONLINE STUDENTS ONLY)
Online students will access the course site through ANGEL (http://moultrietech.angellearning.com). The student will be enrolled in the online course on the first day of regularly scheduled classes. Online students must access the course site regularly to check for announcements, additional coursework assignments, and other important information.
Student/Faculty Interaction (ONLINE STUDENTS)
Class interaction may occur via one or more of the following: email, telephone, discussion board forums, and comments on assignments.
The student will participate in this course by following the guidelines of this syllabus and any additional information provided by the instructor or Moultrie Technical College (MTC) Online.
The student is required to communicate with his/her Instructor at least three times per week via email or other communication means, by participating in the discussion forums, submitting assignments and taking exams, all in a timely fashion. Five consecutive days without communicating with the instructor will result in a withdrawal (“W” or “WF”) from the course.
The instructor will respond to students’ email within 24 hours Monday-Thursday, and within 48 hours Friday-Sunday.
The instructor’s primary public communication will be via the ANGEL announcement page. The instructor’s primary private communication will be via ANGEL.
Attendance
Students are expected to be punctual and attend all classes for which they are registered. Each student should recognize at the beginning of his or her postsecondary career that a mature acceptance of his or her responsibilities is a requisite for reasonable accomplishment in postsecondary work: this applies particularly in the area of class attendance. Instructors will keep an accurate record of class attendance. Students anticipating an absence or tardiness should contact the instructor in advance or provide notification as soon as possible. It is the responsibility of the student to account for missed instructional time and to arrange for make-up work at the convenience of the instructor.
Failure to maintain contact with the instructor - either by attending classes, submitting assignments, and/or contacting the instructor (either in person, or by telephone, or email) may result in a failing grade(s).
Some programs and courses at MTC may have more demanding attendance requirements due to the nature of the course or program. These requirements are stated in an approved program handbook, course syllabus, or contract executed with the student.
146 Revised 2012
Class attendance is calculated from the first officially scheduled class meeting to the last scheduled meeting.
A student who has combined absences and tardies greater than 10% of the scheduled class time for which the student is registered may be subject to any or all of the following consequences at any time during the semester:
Suspension from a class or program;
Dismissal from a class or program;
Ineligibility to enroll the following semester.
See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding attendance.
Withdrawal
If a student decides to withdraw from the class, he/she must complete the necessary paperwork before an official withdrawal can occur. It is imperative that the student contact the instructor upon deciding to withdraw. Any student withdrawing before midterm will receive a grade of “W”. If a course is dropped for any reason after midterm, the student will receive a grade of “WF” (Withdraw Failing). “WF” has zero quality points and will be calculated in the grade point average (GPA). “WP” (Withdraw Passing) is considered only as a result to extenuating circumstances and if academic performance is passing.
Academic Integrity
Cheating and plagiarism are unacceptable.
Cheating includes any attempt to defraud, deceive, or mislead an instructor in arriving at an honest grade assessment.
Plagiarism is a form of cheating that involves presenting the ideas of another as your original ideas.
Any student, acting individually or in concert with others, who violates any part of the student conduct code, shall be subject to disciplinary procedures including dismissal from a class session by the instructor and/or suspension or expulsion by the authorized administrator. See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding the student code of conduct.
Quality of Student Work
Use of proper grammar, correct spelling, and writing principles are expected in all work. Full credit will not be granted for work that contains grammar or spelling errors.
Evaluation
The following grading scale will be utilized in the determination of the student’s course grade.
Percentage of Points Earned Corresponding Letter Grade
147 Revised 2012
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
60 – 69 D
0 – 59 F
The student’s knowledge of the material presented in this course will be evaluated based on the satisfactory completion of all assigned work. The student will also be examined on his/her knowledge of the objectives outlined in each lesson, as presented in the Projected Learning Schedule.
Academic Assistance/Remediation
Students who are progressing at an unsatisfactory level and in jeopardy of failing the course must make an appointment with the course instructor to determine the need for remediation. Together, the instructor and student will review the information and determine appropriate steps for remediation. After completion of the remedial assignments, the student may be re-evaluated on the material.
References
The instructor will provide additional resource material as may be necessary. For online courses, this material will be emailed to students and posted on the online course site in the Discussion Board section.
Work Ethics
A portion of the curriculum of all courses is devoted to the development of positive work ethics among students. The work ethics program is designed to encourage good work habits in the areas of quality of work, ability to follow instructions, productivity, dependability, honesty, reliability, attendance and punctuality, attitude, integrity, enthusiasm, interpersonal skills, and initiative.
Work Ethics Evaluation
On-site students will receive a formal report at mid-term and at the end of the semester. The mid-term report is a progress report, but the end-of-semester report constitutes the final grade. The semester work ethics grade will not affect the academic grade. Points are assigned to evaluate each of the ten work ethics traits as follows:
Exceeds Expectations 3 points
Meets Expectations 2 points
Needs Improvement 1 points
Unacceptable 0 points
Safety
Students should become familiar with the program’s emergency procedures in order to maintain a safe learning environment. Emergency procedures such as severe and hazardous weather are addressed in
148 Revised 2012
the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook. Evacuation routes for fire and other emergency situations are posted in each classroom and lab. Emergency procedures are discussed at the beginning of each semester. Evacuation charts are posted in each classroom and lab. Review these charts as you enter each room. If a situation were to occur, requiring evacuation, follow the route marked on the chart. If a bad weather warning is sounded, follow the proper evaluation procedures and take all valuables with you.
MTC Alert – Emergency and Announcement Notification System
Moultrie Technical College offers a free emergency and important school announcement service to all students. MTC Alert is a mass notification system comprised of e-mail, voice, and text messaging that is designed to send emergency messages rapidly for the safety and benefit of our students. Messages will be sent by authorized MTC employee(s) via a system provided by High Ground Solutions/SchoolCast.
Upon a student’s admittance into Moultrie Technical College, his/her contact information will be automatically entered into the system. Participation is not optional. However, students will have the opportunity to update their information each semester through the MTC Student Affairs Office. Students should be aware that possible charges may be incurred from their wireless device carriers for text messages received from the MTC Alert System.
TECHNICAL EDUCATION GUARANTEE (WARRANTY STATEMENT)
The Technical College System of Georgia has developed curricula standards with direct involvement of business and industry. These standards will serve as the industry-validated specifications for each occupational program.
These standards allow Georgia’s 25 technical colleges to offer their business partners this guarantee:
“If one of our graduates, who was educated under a standard program, or his/her employer agree that the employee is deficient in one or more competencies as defined in the standards, Moultrie Technical College will retrain that employee at no instructional cost to the employee or employer.”
This guarantee applies to all graduates of MTC who are employed in the field of their training. It is in effect for a period of two years after graduation.
The Technical College System of Georgia and its constituent Technical Colleges do not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national or ethnic origin, gender, religion, disability, age, political affiliation or belief, disabled veteran, veteran of the Vietnam Era, or citizenship status (except in those special circumstances permitted or mandated by law). This nondiscrimination policy encompasses the operation of all educational programs and activities including admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and other Technical College System and Technical College-administered programs, including any Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (WIA) Title I – financed programs. It also encompasses the employment of personnel and contracting for goods and services.
The Department of Technical Colleges shall promote the realization of equal opportunity through a positive continuing program of specific practices designed to ensure the full realization of equal opportunity.
Inquiries concerning application of the above policy may be directed to:
Title IX Equity, Section 504 and ADA Coordinator – Lisa Newton 229.217-4132 Veterans’ Benefits – VA Representative – Cindy Murray 229.386-3164
149 Revised 2012
If you have a disability and need assistance, contact Lisa Newton at 229-217-4132 or [email protected].
150 Revised 2012
COURSE SYLLABUS
Instructor: Alfred Jones Office location: IDC – 614 Room Email address: [email protected] Office phone number: 229-217-4178 Office hours: 3:00 - 500 Course Number: RADT 1010 Course Name: Introduction to Radiography Program of Study: RADIOLOGY Credit hours: 4 Prerequisite: Program Admission Textbook: Adler, A. & Carlton, R.. (2007). Introduction to radiography and
patient care. (4th). Philadelphia, PA: Saunders
MISSION:
Moultrie Technical College is a multiple campus institution of higher learning whose mission as part of the Technical College System of Georgia is to provide a culture of learning through occupational education, academic education, distance education, business and industry training, and workforce development supporting the education and economic advancement of Colquitt, Tift, Turner, and Worth counties.
The college fulfills its mission by providing accessible, quality education leading to associate degrees, diplomas, technical certificates of credit, and programs to assist adults in literacy education.
Program Mission:
The mission of the Moultrie Technical College Radiology Program is to provide a comprehensive education, which will prepare graduates with the entry- level skills necessary to seek employment as a radiographer and receive an Associate’s Degree at the end of the program.
Goal: Students of the program will demonstrate clinical competence.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will demonstrate appropriate positioning skills
Students will evaluate images for diagnostic quality.
Students will utilize appropriate radiation protection procedures
Goal: Students will communicate effectively.
151 Revised 2012
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will use effective oral communication skills.
Students will use effective written communication skills.
Goal: Students will employ critical thinking skills
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will manipulate technical factors for non-routine competencies
Students will evaluate the developed radiograph for appropriate image quality
Goal: Students will demonstrate professional growth and development.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will be evaluated for professional growth and development
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Introduces a grouping of fundamental principles, practices, and issues common to many specializations in the health care profession. In addition to the essential skills, students explore various delivery systems and related issues. Provides the student with an overview of radiography and patient care. Students will be oriented to the radiographic profession as a whole. Emphasis will be placed on patient care with consideration of both physical and psychological conditions. Introduces a grouping of fundamental principles, practices, and issues common to many specializations in the health care profession. In addition to the essential skills, students explore various delivery systems and related issues. Topics include: ethics, medical and legal considerations, Right to Know Law, professionalism, basic principles of radiation protection, basic principles of exposure, equipment introduction, health care delivery systems, hospital and departmental organization, hospital and technical college affiliation, medical emergencies, pharmacology/contrast agents, media, OR and mobile procedures patient preparation, death and dying, body mechanics/transportation, basic life support/CPR, and patient care in radiologic sciences.
COMPETENCIES:
Ethics
Medical and Legal Considerations
"Right to Know Law"
Professionalism
Basic Principles of Radiation Protection
Basic Principles of Exposure
Equipment Introduction
Health Care Delivery Systems
152 Revised 2012
Hospital and Departmental Organization
Hospital and Technical College Affiliation
Medical Emergencies
Pharmacology/Contrast Agents/Media
OR and Mobile Procedures Patient Preparation
Death and Dying
Body Mechanics/ Transportation
Basic Life Support/CPR
Patient Care in Radiologic Sciences
LEARNING OUTCOMES:
Medical and Legal Considerations
Order Description Learning Domain Level of Learning
1 Explain the basic principles of medical ethics. Cognitive Comprehension
2 Describe the Patient Bill of Rights. Cognitive Knowledge
3 Identify the principles of professional liability, negligence, and professional standards.
Cognitive Knowledge
Order Description Learning Domain Level of Learning
1 Identify the general concepts of ethics. Cognitive Knowledge
2 Define terms and concepts pertaining to ethics. Cognitive Knowledge
3 Understand between empathetic rapport and sympathetic involvement in relationships
with patients and relate these to ethical conduct.
Cognitive Comprehension
4 Relate concepts of personal honesty, integrity, accountability, competence and compassion
as ethical imperatives in healthcare.
Affective Organization
153 Revised 2012
4 Explain the principles of professional liability, negligence, and professional standards.
Cognitive Comprehension
5 Identify the concepts relating to patient consent. Cognitive Knowledge
6 Identify the purpose of hospital and departmental policies concerning patient records,
patient information, documentation and reporting and confidentiality.
Cognitive Knowledge
7 Describe the basic ethical and legal consideration. Cognitive Knowledge
8 Identify legal and professional standards and relate each to practice in health professions.
Cognitive Knowledge
9 Identify the four sources of law to include statutory, administrative, common, and constitutional.
Cognitive Knowledge
10 Understand and differentiate between civil and criminal liability. Cognitive Comprehension
11 Define tort and explain the differences between intentional and unintentional torts.
Cognitive Knowledge
Right to Know Law
Order Description Learning Domain Level of Learning
1 Explain the informed consent form. Cognitive Comprehension
2 Define terms relating to informed consent. Cognitive Knowledge
3 Identify examination procedures utilizing informed consent. Cognitive Knowledge
4 Describe how consent forms are used relative to specific radiographic procedures.
Cognitive Comprehension
Professionalism
Order Description Learning Domain Level of Learning
1 Discuss the general employment outlook and economic return. Cognitive Comprehension
2 Consider employment and career advancement opportunities for radiographers.
Affective Valuing
154 Revised 2012
3 Consider the potential benefits of participation in continuing education in terms of improved
patient care and career enhancement.
Affective Valuing
4 Discuss mandatory continuing educational licensure requirements by the ARRT.
Cognitive Comprehension
5 Define the terms accreditation, certification, licensure, and registration. Cognitive Knowledge
6 Identify accrediting agencies. Cognitive Knowledge
7 Describe how the essential requirements and guidelines (JRCERT Standards) of accrediting agencies
for radiography programs relate to the content of accredited educational programs.
Cognitive Knowledge
8 Explain the difference between the accreditation and credentialing process. Cognitive Comprehension
9 Identify national, state and district level professional organizations for radiographers.
Cognitive Knowledge
10 Describe the purpose, function, and activities of professional organizations for radiographers.
Cognitive Knowledge
Basic Principles of Radiation Protection
Order Description Learning Domain Level of Learning
1 Explain the purpose of radiation protection as it related to patients and personnel.
Cognitive Comprehension
2 Consider the principles of radiation protection as it relates to patients and personnel.
Affective Valuing
3 Describe the student radiographer's responsibilities for radiation protection. Cognitive Knowledge
4 Identify personnel radiation monitoring devices. Cognitive Knowledge
5 Describe the advantage and disadvantage of each type of personnel radiation monitor.
Cognitive Knowledge
6 Interpret the contents of a periodic personnel exposure report. Cognitive Comprehension
Order Description Learning Domain Level of Learning
1 Identify the basic responsibilities of student radiographers to the patient. Cognitive Knowledge
155 Revised 2012
Basic Principles of Exposure
Equipment Introduction
Health Care Delivery Systems
2 Identify concepts and terms relating to exposure and control factors, such as density, contrast, exposure
equations, directional terms, and critique points of radiographs.
Cognitive Knowledge
3 Describe the relationship between control factors and exposure factors. Cognitive Knowledge
4 Identify basic preparatory and examination procedures. Cognitive Knowledge
Order Description Learning Domain Level of Learning
1 Identify basic radiographic fluoroscopic equipment. Cognitive Knowledge
2 Identify basic components of automatic processors. Cognitive Knowledge
3 Identify basic radiographic accessories such as calipers, cushions, screens, films, grids, and other
accessories.
Cognitive Knowledge
Order Description Learning Domain Level of Learning
1 Identify the early pioneers of radiography and their contributions. Cognitive Knowledge
2 Describe what X-radiation is and how it is produced. Cognitive Knowledge
3 Describe each of the radiological modalities such as CT, Interventional Radiography, Nuclear Medicine,
Magnetic Resonance Imaging, Sonography, Radiation Therapy, and Mammography.
Cognitive Knowledge
4 Explain the function of other (non-radiographic) health care components, such as medical laboratory,
physical and respiratory therapy, transcripts, and medical records.
Cognitive Comprehension
5 Discuss the reimbursement/payment options for health care services. Cognitive Comprehension
6 Identify various settings involved in the delivery of health care. Cognitive Knowledge
156 Revised 2012
Hospital and Departmental Organization
Order Description Learning Domain Level of Learning
1 Discuss the philosophy and mission of the hospital. Cognitive Comprehension
2 Identify key hospital administrative personnel. Cognitive Knowledge
3 Discuss the relationship between key administrative personnel and the radiology department.
Cognitive Comprehension
4 Describe the relationship and interdependencies of departments within the hospital.
Cognitive Knowledge
5 Identify key personnel in the radiology department. Cognitive Knowledge
6 Discuss the function of key personnel in the radiology department. Cognitive Comprehension
7 Explain patient services available in the radiology department. Cognitive Comprehension
8 Discuss the educational opportunities available in the radiology department. Cognitive Comprehension
Hospital and Technical College Affiliation
Order Description Learning Domain Level of Learning
1 Describe the chain of command for hospital administration and the radiology department.
Cognitive Knowledge
2 Describe the chain of command for the sponsoring organization. Cognitive Knowledge
Medical Emergencies
Order Description Learning Domain Level of Learning
1 Identify symptoms which manifest the following conditions: cardiac arrest, anaphylactic shock, convulsion,
seizure, hemorrhage, apnea, vomiting, aspiration, fractures, and diabetic coma/insulin reaction.
Cognitive Knowledge
2 Discuss acute care procedures for cardiac arrest, anaphylactic shock, convulsion, seizures, hemorrhage,
apnea, vomiting, aspiration, fractures, and diabetic coma/insulin reaction.
Cognitive Comprehension
3 Discuss the use of medical emergency equipment and supplies. Cognitive Comprehension
157 Revised 2012
4 Given a simulated patient and conditions, demonstrate the use of oxygen equipment.
Psychomotor Guided Response
5 Describe the emergency medical code system for the institution and the role of the student during a medical
emergency.
Cognitive Comprehension
6 Describe the symptoms and precautions taken for a patient with a head injury. Cognitive Knowledge
7 Explain the types of immobilizing devices and positioning for upper and lower extremity fractures.
Cognitive Comprehension
8 Describe the symptoms and medical interventions for a patient with a contrast agent reaction.
Cognitive Comprehension
Pharmacology/Contrast Agents/Media
Order Description Learning Domain Level of Learning
1 Discuss the theory and practice of administration of diagnostic contrast agents and/or intravenous medications.
Cognitive Comprehension
2 Define the categories of contrast media. Cognitive Knowledge
3 List specific examples of each contrast agent category. Cognitive Knowledge
4 Discuss the pharmacology of barium and iodine compounds with regards to patient history/allergy, patient precautions
, patient reactions, technical composition and emergency care.
Cognitive Comprehension
5 Describe administration methods and techniques for each type of contrast agent.
Cognitive Knowledge
6 Review laboratory data relative to contrast media administration. Cognitive Comprehension
7 Demonstrate preparation for injection of contrast agents/intravenous medications using aseptic technique.
Psychomotor Guided Response
8 Explain the current legal and ethical status of the radiographer's role in drug administration.
Cognitive Comprehension
9 Explain a radiographer's professional liability concerning drug administration. Cognitive Comprehension
10 Explain a radiographer's professional liability concerning drug administration. Cognitive Comprehension
158 Revised 2012
OR and Mobile Procedures Patient Preparation
Order Description Learning Domain Level of Learning
1 Demonstrate methods of preparing patients for routine radiographic examinations. Psychomotor Guided Response
2 Identify proper aseptic techniques where required for surgical and mobile radiographic procedures.
Cognitive Knowledge
3 Demonstrate the appropriate procedure for gathering information prior to performing a mobile
radiographic examination.
Psychomotor Guided Response
4 Describe the initial steps in performing a mobile procedure. Cognitive Comprehension
5 Explain the procedure for placing an image receptor under a patient in an orthopedic bed frame.
Cognitive Comprehension
6 Describe the special problems faced in performing procedures on a patient with a tracheotomy and
specific tubes, drains and catheters.
Cognitive Comprehension
7 Describe the procedure for producing diagnostic images in the surgical suite. Cognitive Knowledge
8 Explain the appropriate radiation protection required when performing mobile/surgical radiography.
Cognitive Comprehension
Death and Dying
Order Description Learning Domain Level of Learning
1 Describe the special needs of the terminally ill or the grieving patient in terms of radiographic imaging.
Cognitive Knowledge
2 Define advance directives and differentiate between various types of advance directive documents.
Cognitive Knowledge
Body Mechanics/Transportation
Order Description Learning Domain Level of Learning
1 Define the terms associated with body mechanics. Cognitive Knowledge
159 Revised 2012
2 Describe the cause, signs, symptoms, and treatment of orthostatic hypotension. Cognitive Knowledge
3 Describe the basic principles of proper lifting and transfer techniques. Cognitive Knowledge
4 Identify five standard patient positions. Cognitive Knowledge
5 Demonstrate correct principles of body mechanics applicable to patient care. Psychomotor
Guided Response
6 Demonstrate techniques for specific types of patient transfer. Psychomotor
Guided Response
7 Demonstrate select procedures to turn patients with various health conditions. Psychomotor
Guided Response
8 Describe select immobilization techniques for various types of procedures and patient conditions.
Cognitive Comprehension
Basic Life Support/CPR
Order Description Learning Domain Level of Learning
1 Acquire certification in CPR for Healthcare Providers (including 2 person CPR) by a certified instructor from
American Heart Association or American Red Cross (or) CPR-PRO For the Professional Rescuer from the
American Health and Safety Institute.
Cognitive Knowledge
Patient Care in Radiologic Sciences
Order Description Learning Domain Level of Learning
1 Identify and differentiate between culture and ethnicity. Cognitive Knowledge
2 Explain how a person's cultural beliefs toward illness and health affect his or health status.
Cognitive Comprehension
3 Understand the differences between culture and ethnicity. Cognitive Comprehension
4 Explain how a person's cultural beliefs toward illness and health affect his or her health status.
Cognitive Comprehension
5 Describe vital sings used to assess patient condition that include sites for assessment and normal values.
Cognitive Comprehension
160 Revised 2012
6 Describe and recognize abnormal respiratory patterns. Cognitive Comprehension
7 State the terms used to describe respiratory rates that are above and below normal values.
Cognitive Knowledge
8 Identify terms used to describe above and below normal pulse rates. Cognitive Knowledge
9 Demonstrate acquisition of patient vital signs, including pulse, respiration, blood pressure and temperature
and document appropriately.
Psychomotor Guided Response
10 Define terms related to infection control. Cognitive Knowledge
11 Describe the importance of standard precautions and isolation procedure that includes sources and modes of
transmission of infection and disease and also institutional control procedures.
Cognitive Comprehension
12 Explain the special considerations necessary when performing radiographic procedures on an infant or child.
Cognitive Comprehension
13 Explain the special considerations necessary when performing radiographic procedures on a geriatric patient.
Cognitive Comprehension
14 Discuss family dynamics, culture, social, ethnic and lifestyle considerations and their impact on health status.
Cognitive Comprehension
15 Identify specific types of tubes, lines, catheters and collection devices. Cognitive Knowledge
16 Outline the steps in the operation and maintenance of suction and oxygen equipment and demonstrate their use.
Cognitive Analysis
17 Demonstrate pre and post exposure precautions to include hand washing, gloving (sterile and nonsterile), Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE), sanitizing and disinfection.
Psychomotor Guided Response
Course Outline
TEXT: Adler, A.M. and Carlton, R.R (2012). Introduction to Radiologic Sciences and Patient Care. (5th ed.) St Louis: Elsevier.
Class Wk. Subject Page Assignment
1. Course Introduction, Content Academic Requirements
1. Introduction to Radiologic Sciences 2 Chapter 1
1. Professional Organization 15 Chapter 2.
2. Educational Survival Skills 23 Chapter 3
161 Revised 2012
Quiz
2. Critical Thinking and Problem Solving Strategies 33 Chapter 4
3. Introduction to Clinical Educational. 43 Chapter 5
3. Radiology Administration 51 Chapter 6
Quiz
4.. Radiographic Imaging 65 Chapter 7
4 Radiographic and Fluoroscopic Equipment 85 Chapter 8
5. Basic Radiation Protection 100 Chapter 9
Quiz
5 Human Diversity 115 Chapter 10
6. Patient Interactions 127 Chapter 11
6. History Taking Chapter 12
Midterm
7. Patient Transfer Chapter 13
7. Immobilization Techniques Chapter 14
Quiz
8. Vital Signs, Oxygen, Chest Tubes, Chapter 15
And Lines
Quiz
8. Infection Control Chapter 16
9. Aseptic Techniques Chapter 17
9. Non aseptic Techniques Chapter1 8
Quiz
10. Medical Emergencies Chapter 19
10. Pharmacology Chapter 20
162 Revised 2012
11. Contrast Media Chapter 21
Quiz
12 Professional Ethics Chapter 22
13. Health Records And Information
Management Chapter 23
14 Final
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES:
Make up test will result in a 10 point reduction. All make up test must be done on the next class day. Make for major test will result in a 15 point reduction.
PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION:
Capstone is used to assess the SLOs Spring quarter in Rad 126 Course. Graduation requirement will
be 75.
Methods of Instructional Delivery
Traditional and distance learning delivery methods may be utilized in this course.
ONLINE COURSES (ONLINE STUDENTS ONLY)
Online students will access the course site through ANGEL (http://moultrietech.angellearning.com). The student will be enrolled in the online course on the first day of regularly scheduled classes. Online students must access the course site regularly to check for announcements, additional coursework assignments, and other important information.
Student/Faculty Interaction (ONLINE STUDENTS)
Class interaction may occur via one or more of the following: email, telephone, discussion board forums, and comments on assignments.
The student will participate in this course by following the guidelines of this syllabus and any additional information provided by the instructor or Moultrie Technical College (MTC) Online.
The student is required to communicate with his/her Instructor at least three times per week via email or other communication means, by participating in the discussion forums, submitting assignments and taking exams, all in a timely fashion. Five consecutive days without communicating with the instructor will result in a withdrawal (“W” or “WF”) from the course.
The instructor will respond to students’ email within 24 hours Monday-Thursday, and within 48 hours Friday-Sunday.
The instructor’s primary public communication will be via the ANGEL announcement page. The instructor’s primary private communication will be via ANGEL.
Attendance
163 Revised 2012
Students are expected to be punctual and attend all classes for which they are registered. Each student should recognize at the beginning of his or her postsecondary career that a mature acceptance of his or her responsibilities is a requisite for reasonable accomplishment in postsecondary work: this applies particularly in the area of class attendance. Instructors will keep an accurate record of class attendance. Students anticipating an absence or tardiness should contact the instructor in advance or provide notification as soon as possible. It is the responsibility of the student to account for missed instructional time and to arrange for make-up work at the convenience of the instructor.
Failure to maintain contact with the instructor - either by attending classes, submitting assignments, and/or contacting the instructor (either in person, or by telephone, or email) may result in a failing grade(s).
Some programs and courses at MTC may have more demanding attendance requirements due to the nature of the course or program. These requirements are stated in an approved program handbook, course syllabus, or contract executed with the student.
Class attendance is calculated from the first officially scheduled class meeting to the last scheduled meeting.
A student who has combined absences and tardies greater than 10% of the scheduled class time for which the student is registered may be subject to any or all of the following consequences at any time during the semester:
Suspension from a class or program;
Dismissal from a class or program;
Ineligibility to enroll the following semester. See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding attendance.
Withdrawal
If a student decides to withdraw from the class, he/she must complete the necessary paperwork before an official withdrawal can occur. It is imperative that the student contact the instructor upon deciding to withdraw. Any student withdrawing before midterm will receive a grade of “W”. If a course is dropped for any reason after midterm, the student will receive a grade of “WF” (Withdraw Failing). “WF” has zero quality points and will be calculated in the grade point average (GPA). “WP” (Withdraw Passing) is considered only as a result to extenuating circumstances and if academic performance is passing.
Academic Integrity
Cheating and plagiarism are unacceptable.
Cheating includes any attempt to defraud, deceive, or mislead an instructor in arriving at an honest grade assessment.
Plagiarism is a form of cheating that involves presenting the ideas of another as your original ideas.
Any student, acting individually or in concert with others, who violates any part of the student conduct code, shall be subject to disciplinary procedures including dismissal from a class session by the instructor and/or suspension or expulsion by the authorized administrator. See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding the student code of conduct.
Quality of Student Work
164 Revised 2012
Use of proper grammar, correct spelling, and writing principles are expected in all work. Full credit will not be granted for work that contains grammar or spelling errors.
Evaluation
Successful Completion of 33% quizzes 67% major exams
The following grading scale will be utilized in the determination of the student’s course grade.
Percentage of Points Earned Corresponding Letter Grade
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
60 – 69 D
0 – 59 F
The student’s knowledge of the material presented in this course will be evaluated based on the satisfactory completion of all assigned work. The student will also be examined on his/her knowledge of the objectives outlined in each lesson, as presented in the Projected Learning Schedule.
Academic Assistance/Remediation
Students who are progressing at an unsatisfactory level and in jeopardy of failing the course must make an appointment with the course instructor to determine the need for remediation. Together, the instructor and student will review the information and determine appropriate steps for remediation. After completion of the remedial assignments, the student may be re-evaluated on the material.
References
The instructor will provide additional resource material as may be necessary. For online courses, this material will be emailed to students and posted on the online course site in the Discussion Board section.
Work Ethics
A portion of the curriculum of all courses is devoted to the development of positive work ethics among students. The work ethics program is designed to encourage good work habits in the areas of quality of work, ability to follow instructions, productivity, dependability, honesty, reliability, attendance and punctuality, attitude, integrity, enthusiasm, interpersonal skills, and initiative.
Work Ethics Evaluation
n-site students will receive a formal report at mid-term and at the end of the semester. The mid-term report is a progress report, but the end-of-semester report constitutes the final grade. The semester work ethics grade will not affect the academic grade. Points are assigned to evaluate each of the ten work ethics traits as follows:
Exceeds Expectations 3 points
Meets Expectations 2 points
Needs Improvement 1 points
165 Revised 2012
Unacceptable 0 points
Safety
Students should become familiar with the program’s emergency procedures in order to maintain a safe learning environment. Emergency procedures such as severe and hazardous weather are addressed in the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook. Evacuation routes for fire and other emergency situations are posted in each classroom and lab. Emergency procedures are discussed at the beginning of each semester. Evacuation charts are posted in each classroom and lab. Review these charts as you enter each room. If a situation were to occur, requiring evacuation, follow the route marked on the chart. If a bad weather warning is sounded, follow the proper evaluation procedures and take all valuables with you.
MTC Alert – Emergency and Announcement Notification System
Moultrie Technical College offers a free emergency and important school announcement service to all students. MTC Alert is a mass notification system comprised of e-mail, voice, and text messaging that is designed to send emergency messages rapidly for the safety and benefit of our students. Messages will be sent by authorized MTC employee(s) via a system provided by High Ground Solutions/SchoolCast.
Upon a student’s admittance into Moultrie Technical College, his/her contact information will be automatically entered into the system. Participation is not optional. However, students will have the opportunity to update their information each semester through the MTC Student Affairs Office. Students should be aware that possible charges may be incurred from their wireless device carriers for text messages received from the MTC Alert System.
TECHNICAL EDUCATION GUARANTEE (WARRANTY STATEMENT)
The Technical College System of Georgia has developed curricula standards with direct involvement of business and industry. These standards will serve as the industry-validated specifications for each occupational program.
These standards allow Georgia’s 25 technical colleges to offer their business partners this guarantee:
“If one of our graduates, who was educated under a standard program, or his/her employer agree that the employee is deficient in one or more competencies as defined in the standards, Moultrie Technical College will retrain that employee at no instructional cost to the employee or employer.”
This guarantee applies to all graduates of MTC who are employed in the field of their training. It is in effect for a period of two years after graduation.
The Technical College System of Georgia and its constituent Technical Colleges do not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national or ethnic origin, gender, religion, disability, age, political affiliation or belief, disabled veteran, veteran of the Vietnam Era, or citizenship status (except in those special circumstances permitted or mandated by law). This nondiscrimination policy encompasses the operation of all educational programs and activities including admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and other Technical College System and Technical College-administered programs, including any Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (WIA) Title I – financed programs. It also encompasses the employment of personnel and contracting for goods and services.
166 Revised 2012
The Department of Technical Colleges shall promote the realization of equal opportunity through a positive continuing program of specific practices designed to ensure the full realization of equal opportunity.
Inquiries concerning application of the above policy may be directed to:
Title IX Equity, Section 504 and ADA Coordinator – Lisa Newton 229.217-4132 Veterans’ Benefits – VA Representative – Cindy Murray 229.386-3164
If you have a disability and need assistance, contact Lisa Newton at 229-217-4132 or [email protected].
167 Revised 2012
COURSE SYLLABUS
Instructor: ALFRED JONES Office location: IDC Room 614.5 Email address: [email protected] Office phone number:229-891-7000 Office hours: 4:00 – 5:00 Textbook: Ballinger, P. (2012) . Merrill’s atlas of radiographic positions and radiologic procedures (Vol. I) . (11th ed.) St. Louis: C.V. Mosby Company AUDIOVISUAL: Mosby’s Radiolographic Instructional Series. Radiographic Anatomy, Positioning and Procedures. Course Number: RADT 1060 Course Name: Radiographic Procedures II Program of Study: Radiologic Technology MISSION:
Moultrie Technical College is a multiple campus institution of higher learning whose mission as part of the Technical College System of Georgia is to provide a culture of learning through occupational education, academic education, business and industry training, and workforce development supporting the education and economic advancement of Colquitt, Tift, Turner, and Worth counties.
The college fulfills its mission by providing accessible, quality education leading to associate degrees, diplomas, technical certificates of credit, and programs to assist adults in literacy education
Program Mission:
The mission of the Moultrie Technical College Radiology Program is to provide a comprehensive education, which will prepare graduates with the entry- level skills necessary to seek employment as a radiographer and receive an Associate’s Degree at the end of the program.
Goal: Students of the program will demonstrate clinical competence.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will demonstrate appropriate positioning skills
Students will evaluate images for diagnostic quality.
168 Revised 2012
Students will utilize appropriate radiation protection procedures
Goal: Students will communicate effectively.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will use effective oral communication skills.
Students will use effective written communication skills.
Goal: Students will employ critical thinking skills
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will manipulate technical factors for non-routine competencies
Students will evaluate the developed radiograph for appropriate image quality
Goal: Students will demonstrate professional growth and development.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will be evaluated for professional growth and development.
RADT 1060 - Radiographic Procedures II ( version 201003L )
Standard Institutionally Developed College: N/A
EDGE Compatible: No
Pre-requisites: All Required
RADT 1010 - Introduction to Radiology ( 201003L )
RADT 1030 - Radiographic Procedures I ( 201003L )
Co-requisites: All Required
RADT 1330 - Clinical Radiography II ( 201003L )
Course Description Continues to develop the knowledge required to perform radiographic procedures. Topics include: anatomy and routine projections of the pelvic girdle; anatomy and routine projections of the spine, gastrointestinal (GI) procedures; genitourinary (GU) procedures; biliary system procedures; and minor procedures.
Course Length
Minutes Contact Hour Semester Credit
Lecture: 1500 30
Lab 2: 0 0
169 Revised 2012
Lab 3: 2250 45
Practicum/Internship: 0 0
Clinical: 0 0
Total: 3750 75 3
Semester Credit Hours: 3
Competencies
Order Description Lecture Lab2 Lab3 Practicum/ Internship Clinical
Total Minutes
SemesterCredit Hrs
1 Anatomy and Routine Projections of the Pelvic Girdle 250 0 375 0 0 625
2 Anatomy and Routine Projections of the Spine 400 0 375 0 0 775
3 Gastrointestinal (GI) Procedures 300 0 375 0 0 675
4 Genitourinary (GU) Procedures 200 0 375 0 0 575
5 Biliary System Procedures 150 0 375 0 0 525
6 Minor Radiographic 200 0 375 0 0 575
Totals for Course RADT 1060 - Radiographic Procedures II ( version 201003L ): 1500 0 2250 0 0 3750
Learning Outcomes
Anatomy and Routine Projections of the Pelvic Girdle
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
170 Revised 2012
1 In laboratory environment demonstrate the anatomy of the pelvic girdle in terms of structures visualized and function demonstrated.
Psychomotor Guided Response
2 Demonstrate routine and special projections/positions of the pelvic girdle in terms of structures visualized, functions demonstrated, and general positioning considerations in a lab environment.
Psychomotor Guided Response
3 The student will explain the structures visualized, functions demonstrated, and the general positioning considerations involved given clinical simulations for routine and special projections/positions of the pelvic girdle.
Cognitive Comprehension
4 The student will apply knowledge of radiographic procedures related to the pelvic girdle via performance in a laboratory environment.
Psychomotor Mechanism
5 The student will evaluate images in terms of positioning accuracy image quality, and anatomical structures visualized on radiographic images.
Cognitive Evaluation
Anatomy and Routine Projections of the Spine
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Describe the anatomy of the spine in terms of structures visualized and function demonstrated.
Cognitive Knowledge
2 The student will discuss routine and special projections/positions of the spine in terms of structures visualized, functions demonstrated, and general positioning considerations.
Cognitive Comprehension
3 The stuent will explain the structures visualized, functions demonstrated, and the general positioning considerations involved clinical simulations for routine and special views of the spine.
Cognitive Comprehension
4 The student will apply knowledge of radiographic procedures related to the spine via performance in a laboratory environment.
Psychomotor Mechanism
5 Evaluate radiographs in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures visualized.
Cognitive Evaluation
Gastrointestinal (GI) Procedures
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Describe the GI anatomy in terms of structures visualized and function demonstrated. Cognitive Knowledge
2 The student will discuss routine and special projections/positions of the GI anatomy in terms of structures visualized; functions demonstrated; and general positioning considerations.
Cognitive Comprehension
3 The student will explain the structures visualized; functions demonstrated, and the general and positioning considerations when given clinical simulations for routine and
Cognitive Comprehension
171 Revised 2012
special views of the GI anatomy.
4 The student will apply knowledge of radiographic procedures related to the GI anatomy via performance in a laboratory environment.
Psychomotor Mechanism
5 The student will evaluate the accuracy of positioning, image quality, and anatomical structures visualized on radiographic images.
Cognitive Evaluation
6 Describe the contrast media for each study in terms of type, administration methods, and quality.
Cognitive Knowledge
7 The student will describe patient preparation procedures for each contrast study. Cognitive Comprehension
Genitourinary (GU) Procedures
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Describe the GU anatomy in terms of structures visualized and functions demonstrated. Cognitive Knowledge
2 Describe routine and special projections/positions of the GU anatomy in terms of structures visualized; functions demonstrated; and general positioning considerations .
Cognitive Knowledge
3 The student will explain structures visualized, functions demonstrated, and general position considerations when given clinical simulations for routine and special projections for the genitourinary (GU) anatomy.
Cognitive Comprehension
4 The student will apply knowledge of radiographic procedures related to the GU anatomy. Psychomotor Mechanism
5 The student will evaluate the accuracy of positioning, image quality and anatomical structures visualized on radiographic images.
Cognitive Evaluation
6 Describe the contrast media for each study in terms of type, administration methods, and quantity.
Cognitive Knowledge
7 The student will describe patient preparation procedures for each contrast study. Cognitive Comprehension
Biliary System Procedures
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Describe the anatomy of the biliary system in terms of structures visualized and functions demonstrated.
Cognitive Knowledge
2 The student will discuss routine and special projections/positions of the biliary system in terms of structures visualized; functions demonstrated; and general positioning considerations.
Cognitive Comprehension
3 The student will describe structures visualized, functions demonstrated, and general positioning considerations when given clinical simulations for routine and special
Cognitive Comprehension
172 Revised 2012
projections of the biliary system.
4 The student apply knowledge of radiographic procedures related to the biliary system via performance in a laboratory environment.
Psychomotor Mechanism
5 The student will evaluate the accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures of the biliary system visualized on radiographic images.
Cognitive Evaluation
6 Describe contrast media for each study in terms of type, administration methods, and quantity.
Cognitive Knowledge
7 The student will describe patient preparation procedures for each contrast study. Cognitive Comprehension
Minor Radiographic
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 The student will define terms and phrases related to special procedures to include: a) Arthrogram; b) Endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatogram (ERCP); c) Myelogram; d) Venogram; e) Surgical Cholangiogram; and f) Hysterosalpingogram.
Cognitive Knowledge
2 The student will discuss the indications and contraindications for the following procedures to include: a) Arthrogram; b) Endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatogram (ERCP); c) Myelogram; d) Venogram; e) Surgical Cholangiogram; and f) Hysterosalpingogram.
Cognitive Comprehension
3 The student will discuss imaging, equipment, and supplies used for the following procedures to include: a) Arthrogram; b) Endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatogram (ERCP); c) Myelogram; d) Venogram; e) Surgical Cholangiogram; and f) Hysterosalpingogram.
Cognitive Comprehension
4 The student will explain various minor radiographic procedures, describe the contrast medium utilized in terms of type, administration method, and quantity.
Cognitive Comprehension
5 The student will describe the preparation and post-procedural care for each minor radiographic procedure, inclusive of adverse reactions.
Cognitive Comprehension
6 The student will describe identify the type of procedure performed, anatomy visualized, and any indicated pathology given specific images.
Cognitive Comprehension
7 The student will describe radiographer's role during each minor procedure. Cognitive Comprehension
8 The student will define terms and phrases related to special procedures to include: a) Arthrogram; b) Endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatogram (ERCP); c) Myelogram; d) Venogram; e) Surgical Cholangiogram; and f) Hysterosalpingogram.
Cognitive Knowledge
References
Order Reference Type Description
1 Book with Author(s) Frank, Long & Smith. (2007). Merrill's atlas of radiographic positions and radiographic procedures.
173 Revised 2012
Listed (11th). St. Louis, MO: Mosby.
2 Book with Author(s) Listed
Bontrager, K.. (2010). Textbook of radiographic positioning and related anatomy. (7th). St. Louis, MO: Mosby.
RADT –1060
RADIOGRAPHIC PROCEDURES II
COURSE OUTLINE
TEXT: Frank, Long & Smith. (2007). Merrill's atlas of radiographic positions and radiographic procedures. (11th). St. Louis,
MO: Mosby.
Class Subject Assignment
WK 1 Course Introduction, Content Academic
Requirements
WK 1 Radiography of the Pelvic Girdle Merrill’s I,
- anatomy Chapter 7
WK 2 Lab and Workbook completion Pelvis
WK 2 Thursday Quiz Chapter 7
WK 3 Radiography of the Vertebral Column Merrill’s I
- anatomy and positions of the spine Chapter 8
WK 4 Positioning Lab
- clinical simulations - image evaluation
WK 5 -Quiz Chapter 8
WK 6 Thursday Anatomy of the Digestive Tract Merrills
- oral cavity Chapter 17 - esophagus - stomach - Colon - Small Bowel
174 Revised 2012
- Biliary System WK 7 Radiography of the Digestive Tract Merrill’s II
- patient preparation Chapter 17 - contrast materials - positioning - Positioning Lab - Workbook completion
WK 8 - Thursday Quiz
WK 9 Genitourinary Anatomy Merrill’s II,
- pelvocalyceal system Chapter 18 - renal physiology - urinary bladder
WK 9 -Quiz
WK 10 Venipuncture
WK 11 Minor Radiography Reports
WK 15 Final Exam
RADT 1060
Student Presentation
Presentations this semester will have a time limit of 30 minutes. The content of the presentation must be typed along with an outline. No plagiarism The presentation must include these specific areas:
1. anatomy 2. patient preparation 3. radiographic images with interpretation of the necessary views 4. contrast media 5. indications 6. contra-indications 7. patient monitoring 8. post procedural care 9. radiographers’s responsibility
Select a topic from the procedures below:
1. Sialography 2. Operative Cholangiogram 3. ERCP ( endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography ) 4. Hysterosalpingogram 5. Cystourethrogram 6. T-Tube Cholangiogram 7. Arthrogram
175 Revised 2012
8. Myelogram 9. Venogram
Sprng Semester
Presentation Rubric
Based on student performance rate each detail on a likert scale from 0 - 1.93 – 3.85 - 5.78 - 7.7.
1. Described anatomy of interest in detail. __________
2. Explained patient preparation for procedure of interest __________
with imaging equipment and supplies.
3. Used relevant radiographic images to high light presentation __________
4. Identified necessary contrast media. __________
5. Presented indications for procedure. __________
6. List contraindication for procedure. __________
7. Patient monitoring procedures identified. __________
8. Explained post-procedural care. __________
9. Note radiographers’ responsibility. __________
10. Prepared an outline. __________
11. Typed 25 question test with a key __________
12. Presented a typed report. (Absolutely no plagiarism) __________
13. Contained relevant information for 30 minutes time limit. __________
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES: Make-up quiz grades will be deducted 10
Points.
Make-up midterm or final exam will be
Deducted 15 points
Grades will not be rounded
Methods of Instructional Delivery:
This course may be presented utilizing traditional and distance learning delivery methods.
ONLINE COURSES (ONLINE STUDENTS ONLY):
176 Revised 2012
All students are expected to e-mail their instructors for access to their online course site through Blackboard (http://gvtc.blackboard.com). Online students should access the course site regularly to check for announcements, additional coursework assignments, and other important information. After the student has e-mailed the instructor, the student will be enrolled in the online course site on or before the first day of regularly scheduled classes.
Student/Faculty Interaction (ONLINE STUDENTS):
Class interaction may occur via one or more of the following: email, telephone, discussion board forums, and comments on assignments.
The student will participate in this course by following the guidelines of this syllabus and any additional information provided by the instructor or MTC Online.
The student is expected to remain in regular contact with the instructor and class via email or other communication means, by participating in the discussion forums, submitting assignments and taking exams, all in a timely fashion.
Instructors will respond to students’ email within 24 hours Monday-Thursday, and within 48 hours Friday-Sunday.
As instructor, my primary public communication will be via the blackboard announcement page; my primary private communication will be via email.
Attendance:
Students are expected to be punctual and attend all classes for which they are registered. Each student should recognize at the beginning of his or her postsecondary career that a mature acceptance of his or her responsibilities is a requisite for reasonable accomplishment in postsecondary work: this applies particularly in the area of class attendance. Instructors will keep an accurate record of class attendance. Students anticipating an absence or tardiness should contact the instructor in advance or provide notification as soon as possible. It is the responsibility of the student to account for missed instructional time and to make arrangements for make-up work at the convenience of the instructor.
Failure to maintain contact with the instructor - either by attending classes, submitting assignment, and/or contacting the instructor (either in person or by telephone, or email) may result in a failing grade(s).
Some programs and courses at MTC may have more demanding attendance requirements due to the nature of the course or program. These requirements are stated in an approved program handbook, course syllabus, or contract executed with the student.
Class attendance is calculated from the first officially scheduled class meeting to the last scheduled meeting.
Students who do not receive credit for all scheduled class work and/or who have combined absences and tardies greater than 10% of the contact hours for which the student is registered may be subject to any or all of the following at any time during the quarter:
Suspension from a class or program;
Dismissal from a class or program;
Ineligibility to enroll the following quarter.
See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding attendance.
177 Revised 2012
Quality of Student Work: Use of proper grammar, correct spelling, and writing principles are expected in all work. Full credit will not be granted for work that contains grammar or spelling errors.
Evaluation: The following grading scale will be utilized in the determination of the student’s course grade.
COURSE REQUIREMENTS: Successful completion of exams (50%), quizzes (30%), and Presentation (20%).
Percentage of Points Earned Corresponding Letter Grade
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
60 – 69 D
0 – 59 F
The student’s knowledge of the material presented in this course will be evaluated based on the satisfactory completion of all assigned work. The student will also be examined on their knowledge of the objectives outlined in each Lesson, as presented in the Projected Learning Schedule, which is an integral part of this Syllabus.
Remediation/Enrichment: Computer labs are available for students’ use during the day and on some evenings. If you need additional help from the instructor, please feel free to ask. Your ability to learn and apply the material provided in this course is our number one priority. We want you, the student, to be successful. Please do not be afraid to ask for help, and please take advantage of the resources available to you
Work Ethics: A portion of the curriculum of all courses is devoted to the development of positive work ethics among students. The program is designed to encourage good work habits in the areas of quality of work, ability to follow instructions, productivity, dependability, honesty, reliability, attendance and punctuality, attitude, integrity, enthusiasm, interpersonal skills, and initiative.
Work Ethics Evaluation: On-site students will receive a formal report at mid-term and at the end of the quarter. The mid-term report is a progress report, but the end-of-quarter report constitutes the final grade. The quarterly work ethics grade will not affect the academic grade. Points are assigned to evaluate each of the ten work ethics traits as follows:
Exceeds Expectations 3 points
Meets Expectations 2 points
Needs Improvement 1 points
Unacceptable 0 points
REFERENCES: The instructor will provide additional resource material as may be necessary. For online courses, this material will be emailed to students and posted on the online course site in the Discussion Board section.
TECHNICAL EDUCATION GUARANTEE (WARRANTY STATEMENT)
178 Revised 2012
The Georgia Department of Technical and Adult Education (DTAE) has developed curricula standards with direct involvement of business and industry. These standards will serve as the industry-validated specifications for each occupational program.
These standards allow Georgia’s 33 technical colleges to offer their business partners this guarantee:
“If one of our graduates, who was educated under a standard program, and his or her employer agree that the employee is deficient in one or more competencies as defined in the standards, Moultrie Technical College will retrain that employee at no instructional cost to the employee or employer.”
This guarantee applies to all graduates of MTC who are employed in the field of their training. It is in effect for a period of two years after graduation.
The Department of Technical and Adult Education and its constituent Technical Colleges do not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national or ethnic origin, gender, religion, disability, age, political affiliation or belief, disabled veteran, veteran of the Vietnam Era, or citizenship status (except in those special circumstances permitted or mandated by law). This nondiscrimination policy encompasses the operation of all educational programs and activities including admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and other Department and Technical college-administered programs, including any Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (WIA) Title I – financed programs. It also encompasses the employment of personnel and contracting for goods and services. The Department of Technical Colleges shall promote the realization of equal opportunity through a positive continuing program of specific practices designed to ensure the full realization of equal opportunity.
Inquiries concerning application of the above policy may be directed to:
Title IX Equity, Section 504 and ADA Coordinator – Lisa Newton - 229.217.4132
Veterans’ Benefits – Sondra Crawford, VA Representative – 229.217.4162
179 Revised 2012
COURSE SYLLABUS
Instructor: ALFRED JONES Office location: 614 INDUSTRIAL DRIVE CAMPUS Email address: [email protected] Office phone number: 229-217-4178 Office hours: 4:00 - 5:00 Course Number: RADT 1070 Course Name: RADT 1070 - Principles of Imaging I Program of Study: Radiologic Technology Credit hours: 6 Prerequisite: For degree students are Program Admission and MATH 1111. Co-requisites: None Textbook: Adler, A. & Carlton, R. (2006). Principles of Radiographic Imaging: An Art and a Science. (4th). Clifton Park, NY: Thomson Delmar. Reference: Bushong, S. (2008) Radiologic Science for technologists. (5th ed)
St. Louis: C.V. Mosby Company
MISSION:
Moultrie Technical College is a multiple campus institution of higher learning whose mission as part of the Technical College System of Georgia is to provide a culture of learning through occupational education, academic education, distance education, business and industry training, and workforce development supporting the education and economic advancement of Colquitt, Tift, Turner, and Worth counties.The college fulfills its mission by providing accessible, quality education leading to associate degrees, diplomas, technical certificates of credit, and programs to assist adults in literacy education.
Program Mission:
The mission of the Moultrie Technical College Radiology Program is to provide a comprehensive education, which will prepare graduates with the entry- level skills necessary to seek employment as a radiographer and receive an Associate’s Degree at the end of the program.
Goal: Students of the program will demonstrate clinical competence.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will demonstrate appropriate positioning skills
180 Revised 2012
Students will evaluate images for diagnostic quality.
Students will utilize appropriate radiation protection procedures
Goal: Students will communicate effectively.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will use effective oral communication skills.
Students will use effective written communication skills.
Goal: Students will employ critical thinking skills
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will manipulate technical factors for non-routine competencies
Students will evaluate the developed radiograph for appropriate image quality
Goal: Students will demonstrate professional growth and development.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will be evaluated for professional growth and development
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Content is designed to establish a basic knowledge of atomic structure and terminology. Also presented are the nature and characteristics of radiation, x-ray production and the fundamentals of photon interactions with matter. Factors that govern the image production process, film imaging with related accessories, and a basis for analyzing radiographic images. Included are the importance of minimum imaging standards, discussion of a problem-solving technique for image evaluation and the factors that can affect image quality. Actual images will be included
for analysis.
COMPETENCIES:
Order
Lecture
Lab2
Lab3
Practicum/ Internship
Clinical
Total
Minutes
Semester
Credit Hrs
1 Radiation Production and Characteristics
1250 500 0 0 0 1750
Film-Screen Image Acquisition and
Processing
3 Image Analysis 1250 500 0 0 0 1750
O d
L t
L b2
L b3
Practicum/ Internship
Cli i l
Total
Minutes
Semester
Credit Hrs
181 Revised 2012
Totals for Course RADT 1070 - Principles of Imaging I ( version
201003L ):
3750
1500
0
0
0
5250
6
Learning Outcomes
Radiation Production and Characteristic
Order
Description Learning
Domain
Level of
Learning
1 The student will describe fundamental atomic structure. Cognitive Knowledge
2 The student will explain the processes of ionization and excitation. Cognitive Comprehension
3 The student will describe the electromagnetic spectrum. Cognitive Knowledge
4 The student will describe wavelength and frequency and how they are related to velocity. Cognitive Comprehension
5 The student will explain the relationship of energy, wavelength and frequency. Cognitive Comprehension
6 The student will explain the wave-particle duality phenomena. Cognitive Comprehension
7 The student will identify the properties of x-rays Cognitive Knowledge
8 The student will describe the processes of ionization and excitation. Cognitive Comprehension
9 The student will describe charged and uncharged forms of particulate radiation. Cognitive Comprehension
10 The student will differentiate between ionizing and nonionizing radiation. Cognitive Analysis
11 The student will describe radioactivity and radioactive decay in terms of alpha, beta and gamma emission. Cognitive Comprehension
12 The student will compare the production of bremsstrahlung and characteristic radiations. Cognitive Synthesis
13 The student will describe the conditions necessary to produce x-radiation. Cognitive Comprehension
14 The student will describe the x-ray emission spectra. Cognitive Comprehension
15 The student will identify the factors that affect the x-ray emission spectra. Cognitive Knowledge
16 The student will discuss various photon interactions with matter by describing the interaction, relation to atomic number, photon energy and part density, and their applications in diagnostic radiology.
Cognitive Comprehension
182 Revised 2012
Order
Description
Learning
Domain
Level of
Learning
1 The student will describe fundamental atomic structure. Cognitive Knowledge
2 The student will explain the processes of ionization and excitation. Cognitive Comprehension
3 The student will describe the electromagnetic spectrum. Cognitive Knowledge
4 The student will describe wavelength and frequency and how they are related to velocity. Cognitive Comprehension
5 The student will explain the relationship of energy, wavelength and frequency. Cognitive Comprehension
6 The student will explain the wave-particle duality phenomena. Cognitive Comprehension
7 The student will identify the properties of x-rays Cognitive Knowledge
8 The student will describe the processes of ionization and excitation. Cognitive Comprehension
9 The student will describe charged and uncharged forms of particulate radiation. Cognitive Comprehension
10 The student will differentiate between ionizing and nonionizing radiation. Cognitive Analysis
11 The student will describe radioactivity and radioactive decay in terms of alpha, beta and gamma
emission.
Cognitive Comprehension
12 The student will compare the production of bremsstrahlung and characteristic radiations. Cognitive Synthesis
13 The student will describe the conditions necessary to produce x-radiation. Cognitive Comprehension
14 The student will describe the x-ray emission spectra. Cognitive Comprehension
15 The student will identify the factors that affect the x-ray emission spectra. Cognitive Knowledge
16 The student will discuss various photon interactions with matter by describing the interaction, relation to atomic number, photon energy and part density, and their applications in diagnostic radiology.
Cognitive Comprehension
Film-Screen Image Acquisition and Processing
Order
Description
Learning
Domain
Level of
Learning
1 The student will discuss practical considerations in setting standards for acceptable image quality. Cognitive Comprehension
2 The student assess radiographic density on radiographic images. Cognitive Evaluation
3 The student will distinguish between acceptable and unacceptable image densities. Cognitive Analysis
4 The student will describe the relationships of factors that control and affect image density. Cognitive Comprehension
5 The student will critique the radiographic contrast within various radiographic images. Cognitive Evaluation
6 The student will examine the relationship of factors that control and affect radiographic contrast.
Cognitive Analysis
7 The student will critique recorded detail on various radiographic images. Cognitive Evaluation
183 Revised 2012
8 The student will examine the relationships of factors that control and affect recorded detail. Cognitive Analysis
9 The student will differentiate between size and shape distortion. Cognitive Analysis
10
The student will perform calculations to determine image magnification and percent magnification.
Cognitive Synthesis
11
The student will summarize the relationship of factors that control and affect distortion. Cognitive Comprehension
12
The student will summarize the relationship of factors affecting exposure latitude. Cognitive Comprehension
13
The student will explain the rationale for using beam limiting devices. Cognitive Comprehension
14
The student will describe the operation and applications for different types of beam-limiting devices. Cognitive Comprehension
15
The student will explain the impact beam filtration has on x-ray beam intensity, beam quality and resultant patient exposure.
Cognitive Comprehension
16
The student will describe the change in the half value layer (HVL) when filtration is added or removed in the beam.
Cognitive Comprehension
17
The student will summarize the relationship of factors affecting scattered and secondary radiation.
Cognitive Comprehension
18
The student will evaluate the effects of scattered radiation on the image. Cognitive Evaluation
19
The student will compare grid types. Cognitive Analysis
20
The student will select the most appropriate grid for a given clinical situation. Cognitive Knowledge
21
The student will interpret grid efficiency in terms of grid ratio and frequency. Cognitive Comprehension
22
The student will define grid cutoff. Cognitive Knowledge
23
The student will summarize the factors that influence grid cutoff. Cognitive Comprehension
24
The student will evaluate grid artifacts. Cognitive Evaluation
25
The student will explain the use of standardized radiographic technique charts. Cognitive Comprehension
Order
Description
Learning
Domain
Level of
Learning
26 The student will explain exposure factor considerations involved in selecting techniques. Cognitive Comprehension
27 The student will compare fixed kilovolt peak (kVp) and variable kVp systems. Cognitive Analysis
28 The student will apply mAs reciprocity to clinical simulations. Cognitive Application
29 The student will describe the effects of storage on image quality. Cognitive Comprehension
30 The student will discuss safelight illumination appropriate for specific image receptor systems. Cognitive Comprehension
31 The student will apply conversion factors for changes in the following areas: distance, grid, image receptors, mAs reciprocity and 15 percent rule.
Cognitive Application
32 The student will discuss darkroom-related OSHA standards for health and safety. Cognitive Comprehension
33 The student will discuss the possible causes and health implications of "darkroom chemical sensitivity."
Cognitive Comprehension
34 The student will describe the function of each component of radiographic film. Cognitive Comprehension
35 The student will explain latent image formation. Cognitive Comprehension
184 Revised 2012
Image Analysis
36 The student will describe the features of the characteristic curve and explain its purpose. Cognitive Comprehension
37 The student will select the most appropriate image receptor to be used for given clinical situations.
Cognitive Knowledge
38 The student will describe various types of image receptor holders. Cognitive Comprehension
39 The student will describe the function of each component of an intensifying screen. Cognitive Comprehension
40 The student will select the most appropriate intensifying screen for given clinical situations. Cognitive Knowledge
41 The student will identify procedures that ensure a long screen life devoid of artifacts and distortion.
Cognitive Knowledge
42 The student will examine the effects of processing on image quality. Cognitive Analysis
43 The student will identify key components of an automatic film processor. Cognitive Knowledge
44 The student will demonstrate how various film sizes are fed into the film processor. Psychomotor Guided
Response45 The student will examine the steps of the processing cycle by providing the specific action and duration
of time for each step.
Cognitive Analysis
46 The student will identify the purpose of a daily quality control program for processors. Cognitive Knowledge
47 The student will identify types of image artifacts and analyze them to determine the cause. Cognitive Knowledge
48 The student will identify common silver recovery methods. Cognitive Knowledge
Order
Description Learning
Domain
Level of
Learning
1 The student will discuss the elements of a radiographic image. Cognitive Comprehension
2 The student will identify anatomy on radiographic images. Cognitive Knowledge
3 The student will apply the problem-solving process used for image analysis. Cognitive Application
4 The student will describe an effective image analysis method. Cognitive Comprehension
5 The student will describe the role of the radiographer in image analysis. Cognitive Comprehension
6 The student will apply the process for evaluating images for adequate density/brightness, contrast, recorded detail/spatial resolution and acceptable limits of
Cognitive Application
7 The student will explain how the radiographer determines that an adequate level of penetration has been applied to produce the desired level of contrast.
Cognitive Comprehension
8 The student will identify factors relating to image identification and documentation of ordered exam/s.
Cognitive Knowledge
9 The student will summarize the importance of proper positioning. Cognitive Comprehension
10
The student will discuss the impact of patient preparation on the resulting radiographic image. Cognitive Comprehension
11
The student will evaluate images to determine the appropriate use of beam restriction. Cognitive Evaluation
12
The student will identify common equipment malfunctions that affect image quality, and corrective action.
Cognitive Knowledge
185 Revised 2012
References
Order Reference Type
De
6 Book with Author(s) Listed
Carroll Q. (2007). Fucha€™s Radiographic Exposure, Processing, and Quality Control. (8th). Springfield: Charles C. Thomas.
7 Book with Author(s) Listed
Fauber, T.. (2009). Radiographic Imaging and Exposure. (3rd). St. Louis: Mosby.
8 Book with Author(s) Listed
Shephard, C.. (2003). RAdiographic Image Production and Manipulation.(.). New York: McGraw Hill.
13
The student will differentiate between technical factor problems, procedural factor problems and equipment malfunctions.
Cognitive Analysis
14
The student will critique images for appropriate technical, procedural and pathologic factors, and employ corrective actions if necessary.
Cognitive Evaluation
Order Reference Type De
1 Book with Author(s) Listed
Adler, A. & Carlton, R. (2006). Principles of Radiographic Imaging: An Art and a Science. (4th). Clifton
P k NY Th D l2 Other Adler, A. & Carlton, R. (2006). Workbook to Accompany Principles of Radiographic Imaging: An Art and a Science.(4th). Clifton Park, NY. Thomson Delmar.
3 Book with Author(s) Listed
Bushong, S. (2008). Mosby's Radiography Online: Radiobiology and Radiation Protection. (9th). St. Louis: Mosby.
4 Book with Author(s) Listed
Bushong S. (2008). Radiologic Science for Technologists: Physics, Biology, and Protection. (9th). St. Louis: Mosby.
5 Book with Author(s) Listed
Bushong S . (2008). Science for Technologists - Workbook and Laboratory Manual. (9th). St. Louis: Mosby.
186 Revised 2012
Course Outline
TEXT: Adler, A. & Carlton, R. (2006). Principles of Radiographic Imaging: An Art and a Science. (4th). Clifton Park, NY: Thomson Delmar.
Class Subject Assignment
1. Course Introduction, Content Academic
Requirements Review of Laboratory
Procedure
Carlton
Radiation Concepts Chapter 1, 2
The X-Ray tube Carlton
Chapter 6
X-Ray Production Chapter 7
2. Radiation Protection Concepts Carlton
and equipment Chapter 8
Radiation Protection Procedures for
Patients and Personnel Chapter 9
Filtration increase lecture time Chapter 10
3. Prime Factors Chapter 11
187 Revised 2012
X-Ray Interactions Chapter 12
Minimizing Patient Dose Chapter 13
4. Vision and Perception Chapter 14
Beam Restriction Chapter 15
The Patient as a Beam Emitter Chapter 16
5. The Pathology Problem Chapter 17 The Grid Chapter 18
The Film Chapter 19
6. Film Processing Carlton
Chapter 20
Film Sensitometry Chapter 21
Intensifying Screens and
Film/Screen Combination Chapter 22
7. Density/Image Receptor Exposure Chapter 26
Contrast Chapter 27
8. Recorded Detail Chapter 28
Distortion Chapter 29
9.. The Art of Image Critique Carlton
Chapter 30
10. Final Exam
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES:
Make up test will result in a 10 point reduction. All make up test must be done on the next class day. Make for major test will result in a 15 point reduction.
Methods of Instructional Delivery
Traditional and distance learning delivery methods may be utilized in this course.
188 Revised 2012
ONLINE COURSES (ONLINE STUDENTS ONLY)
Online students will access the course site through ANGEL (http://moultrietech.angellearning.com). The student will be enrolled in the online course on the first day of regularly scheduled classes. Online students must access the course site regularly to check for announcements, additional coursework assignments, and other important information.
Student/Faculty Interaction (ONLINE STUDENTS)
Class interaction may occur via one or more of the following: email, telephone, discussion board forums, and comments on assignments.
The student will participate in this course by following the guidelines of this syllabus and any additional information provided by the instructor or Moultrie Technical College (MTC) Online.
The student is required to communicate with his/her Instructor at least three times per week via email or other communication means, by participating in the discussion forums, submitting assignments and taking exams, all in a timely fashion. Five consecutive days without communicating with the instructor will result in a withdrawal (“W” or “WF”) from the course.
The instructor will respond to students’ email within 24 hours Monday-Thursday, and within 48 hours Friday-Sunday.
The instructor’s primary public communication will be via the ANGEL announcement page. The instructor’s primary private communication will be via ANGEL.
Attendance
Students are expected to be punctual and attend all classes for which they are registered. Each student should recognize at the beginning of his or her postsecondary career that a mature acceptance of his or her responsibilities is a requisite for reasonable accomplishment in postsecondary work: this applies particularly in the area of class attendance. Instructors will keep an accurate record of class attendance. Students anticipating an absence or tardiness should contact the instructor in advance or provide notification as soon as possible. It is the responsibility of the student to account for missed instructional time and to arrange for make-up work at the convenience of the instructor.
Failure to maintain contact with the instructor - either by attending classes, submitting assignments, and/or contacting the instructor (either in person, or by telephone, or email) may result in a failing grade(s).
Some programs and courses at MTC may have more demanding attendance requirements due to the nature of the course or program. These requirements are stated in an approved program handbook, course syllabus, or contract executed with the student.
Class attendance is calculated from the first officially scheduled class meeting to the last scheduled meeting.
A student who has combined absences and tardies greater than 10% of the scheduled class time for which the student is registered may be subject to any or all of the following consequences at any time during the semester:
Suspension from a class or program;
Dismissal from a class or program;
Ineligibility to enroll the following semester. See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding attendance.
Withdrawal
189 Revised 2012
If a student decides to withdraw from the class, he/she must complete the necessary paperwork before an official withdrawal can occur. It is imperative that the student contact the instructor upon deciding to withdraw. Any student withdrawing before midterm will receive a grade of “W”. If a course is dropped for any reason after midterm, the student will receive a grade of “WF” (Withdraw Failing). “WF” has zero quality points and will be calculated in the grade point average (GPA). “WP” (Withdraw Passing) is considered only as a result to extenuating circumstances and if academic performance is passing.
Academic Integrity
Cheating and plagiarism are unacceptable.
Cheating includes any attempt to defraud, deceive, or mislead an instructor in arriving at an honest grade assessment.
Plagiarism is a form of cheating that involves presenting the ideas of another as your original ideas.
Any student, acting individually or in concert with others, who violates any part of the student conduct code, shall be subject to disciplinary procedures including dismissal from a class session by the instructor and/or suspension or expulsion by the authorized administrator. See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding the student code of conduct.
Quality of Student Work
Use of proper grammar, correct spelling, and writing principles are expected in all work. Full credit will not be granted for work that contains grammar or spelling errors.
Evaluation
Evaluation wil be considered as:
Successful completion of exams (50%), quizzes (30%) and Lab (10%) Power point 10%.
The following grading scale will be utilized in the determination of the student’s course grade.
Percentage of Points Earned Corresponding Letter Grade
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
60 – 69 D
0 – 59 F
The student’s knowledge of the material presented in this course will be evaluated based on the satisfactory completion of all assigned work. The student will also be examined on his/her knowledge of the objectives outlined in each lesson, as presented in the Projected Learning Schedule.
Academic Assistance/Remediation
Students who are progressing at an unsatisfactory level and in jeopardy of failing the course must make an appointment with the course instructor to determine the need for remediation. Together, the instructor and student will review the information and determine appropriate steps for remediation. After completion of the remedial assignments, the student may be re-evaluated on the material.
References
190 Revised 2012
The instructor will provide additional resource material as may be necessary. For online courses, this material will be emailed to students and posted on the online course site in the Discussion Board section.
Work Ethics
A portion of the curriculum of all courses is devoted to the development of positive work ethics among students. The work ethics program is designed to encourage good work habits in the areas of quality of work, ability to follow instructions, productivity, dependability, honesty, reliability, attendance and punctuality, attitude, integrity, enthusiasm, interpersonal skills, and initiative.
Work Ethics Evaluation
On-site students will receive a formal report at mid-term and at the end of the semester. The mid-term report is a progress report, but the end-of-semester report constitutes the final grade. The semester work ethics grade will not affect the academic grade. Points are assigned to evaluate each of the ten work ethics traits as follows:
Exceeds Expectations 3 points
Meets Expectations 2 points
Needs Improvement 1 points
Unacceptable 0 points
Safety
Students should become familiar with the program’s emergency procedures in order to maintain a safe learning environment. Emergency procedures such as severe and hazardous weather are addressed in the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook. Evacuation routes for fire and other emergency situations are posted in each classroom and lab. Emergency procedures are discussed at the beginning of each semester. Evacuation charts are posted in each classroom and lab. Review these charts as you enter each room. If a situation were to occur, requiring evacuation, follow the route marked on the chart. If a bad weather warning is sounded, follow the proper evaluation procedures and take all valuables with you.
MTC Alert – Emergency and Announcement Notification System
Moultrie Technical College offers a free emergency and important school announcement service to all students. MTC Alert is a mass notification system comprised of e-mail, voice, and text messaging that is designed to send emergency messages rapidly for the safety and benefit of our students. Messages will be sent by authorized MTC employee(s) via a system provided by High Ground Solutions/SchoolCast.
Upon a student’s admittance into Moultrie Technical College, his/her contact information will be automatically entered into the system. Participation is not optional. However, students will have the opportunity to update their information each semester through the MTC Student Affairs Office. Students should be aware that possible charges may be incurred from their wireless device carriers for text messages received from the MTC Alert System.
TECHNICAL EDUCATION GUARANTEE (WARRANTY STATEMENT)
The Technical College System of Georgia has developed curricula standards with direct involvement of business and industry. These standards will serve as the industry-validated specifications for each occupational program.
191 Revised 2012
These standards allow Georgia’s 25 technical colleges to offer their business partners this guarantee:
“If one of our graduates, who was educated under a standard program, or his/her employer agree that the employee is deficient in one or more competencies as defined in the standards, Moultrie Technical College will retrain that employee at no instructional cost to the employee or employer.”
This guarantee applies to all graduates of MTC who are employed in the field of their training. It is in effect for a period of two years after graduation.
The Technical College System of Georgia and its constituent Technical Colleges do not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national or ethnic origin, gender, religion, disability, age, political affiliation or belief, disabled veteran, veteran of the Vietnam Era, or citizenship status (except in those special circumstances permitted or mandated by law). This nondiscrimination policy encompasses the operation of all educational programs and activities including admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and other Technical College System and Technical College-administered programs, including any Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (WIA) Title I – financed programs. It also encompasses the employment of personnel and contracting for goods and services.
The Department of Technical Colleges shall promote the realization of equal opportunity through a positive continuing program of specific practices designed to ensure the full realization of equal opportunity.
Inquiries concerning application of the above policy may be directed to:
Title IX Equity, Section 504 and ADA Coordinator – Lisa Newton 229.217-4132 Veterans’ Benefits – VA Representative – Cindy Murray 229.386-3164
If you have a disability and need assistance, contact Lisa Newton at 229-217-4132 or [email protected].
192 Revised 2012
COURSE SYLLABUS
Instructor: ALFRED JONES
Office location: 614 INDUSTRIAL DRIVE CAMPUS
Email address: [email protected]
Office phone number: 2 29-217-4178
Office hours: 4:00 - 5:00
Course Number: RADT 1200
Course Name: Principles of Radiation Biology and Protection
Program of Study: Radiologic Technology Credit hours: 3
Prerequisite: Program Admission
Textbook: Forshier, Steve (2009) Essentials of Radiation Biology and Protection. Canada.
Delmar, Thompson Learning
(2002) Radiobiology and Radiation Protection Study Guide, Mosby’s
Radiographic Instructional Series, St Louis: Mosby, Inc.
Reference: Bushong, S. (2008) Radiologic Science for technologists. (5th ed)
St. Louis: C.V. Mosby Company MISSION:
Moultrie Technical College is a multiple campus institution of higher learning whose mission as part of the Technical College System of Georgia is to provide a culture of learning through occupational education, academic education, distance education, business and industry training, and workforce development supporting the education and economic advancement of Colquitt, Tift, Turner, and Worth counties.
The college fulfills its mission by providing accessible, quality education leading to associate degrees, diplomas, technical certificates of credit, and programs to assist adults in literacy education.
Program Mission:
The mission of the Moultrie Technical College Radiology Program is to provide a comprehensive education, which will prepare graduates with the entry- level skills necessary to seek employment as a radiographer and receive an Associate’s Degree at the end of the program.
Goal: Students of the program will demonstrate clinical competence.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will demonstrate appropriate positioning skills
Students will evaluate images for diagnostic quality.
193 Revised 2012
Students will utilize appropriate radiation protection procedures
Goal: Students will communicate effectively.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will use effective oral communication skills.
Students will use effective written communication skills.
Goal: Students will employ critical thinking skills
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will manipulate technical factors for non-routine competencies
Students will evaluate the developed radiograph for appropriate image quality
Goal: Students will demonstrate professional growth and development.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will be evaluated for professional growth and development.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Provides instruction on the principles of cell radiation interaction. Radiation effects on cells and factors affecting cell response are presented. Acute and chronic effects of radiation are discussed. Topics include: radiation detection and measurement; patient protection; personnel protection; absorbed dose equivalencies; agencies and regulations; introduction to radiation biology; cell anatomy, radiation/cell interaction; and effects of radiation. COMPETENCIES:
Radiation Detection and Measurement
Patient Protection
Personnel Protection
Absorbed Dose Equivalencies
Agencies and Regulations
Introduction to Radiation Biology Cell Anatomy
Radiation/Cell Interaction
Radiation Effects at the Cellular Level Radiation
LEARNING OUTCOMES:
194 Revised 2012
Radiation Detection and Measurement
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Define terms used to measure ionizing radiation such as rem, roentgen, rad, C/kg, seivert, and gray.
Cognitive Knowledge
2 Distinguish between units of measure for ionizing radiation. Cognitive Analysis
3 Discuss personnel monitoring devices in terms of types, purposes, characteristics, advantages, and disadvantages.
Cognitive Comprehension
4 List types of ionization chambers. Cognitive Knowledge
5 Describe the theory of operation for ionization chambers. Cognitive Comprehension
6 List types and sources of natural radiation and man-made radiation. Cognitive Knowledge
Patient Protection
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Explain the relationship of beam limiting devices to patient radiation protection. Cognitive Comprehension
2 Discuss added and inherent filtration in terms of the effect on patient dosage. Cognitive Comprehension
3 Explain the purpose and importance of patient shielding. Cognitive Comprehension
4 Given a list of patient shielding devices and radiographic procedures, correlate the method of shielding to the radiographic procedure.
Cognitive Application
5 Explain the relationship of exposure factors to patient dosage. Cognitive Comprehension
6 Given various radiographic procedures, identify how to use different IRs that will result in an optimum diagnostic image with the minimum radiation exposure to the patient.
Cognitive Application
7 Discuss methods to avoid repeat radiographs. Cognitive Comprehension
8 Explain how to reduce patient dose when performing stationary or mobile fluoroscopy, and mobile radiography.
Cognitive Comprehension
Personnel Protection
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
195 Revised 2012
1 Explain the use of primary and secondary radiation barriers. Cognitive Comprehension
2 Discuss protection devices influencing room construction and design. Cognitive Comprehension
3 Clarify controlled areas from uncontrolled areas. Cognitive Analysis
4 Explain how radiographic equipment/techniques are used to reduce personnel exposure during radiographic, fluoroscopic, mobile, and surgical procedures.
Cognitive Comprehension
5 Explain how personnel protective devices are used to reduce personnel exposure during radiographic, fluoroscopic, mobile, and surgical procedures.
Cognitive Comprehension
6 Explain how patient restraint devices are used to reduce personnel exposure during radiographic, fluoroscopic, mobile, and surgical procedures.
Cognitive Comprehension
Absorbed Dose Equivalencies
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Define effective dose equivalent. Cognitive Knowledge
2 Determine dose equivalent in terms of SI and traditional units when given the quality factor and absorbed dose for different ionizing radiations.
Cognitive Application
3 Discuss current National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements recommendations for occupational and general public exposures.
Cognitive Comprehension
4 Describe dose limits related to the declared pregnant radiographer. Cognitive Comprehension
Agencies and Regulations
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Identify federal and state regulatory agencies. Cognitive Knowledge
2 Discuss historical perspectives relating to radiation protection. Cognitive Comprehension
3 Explain two purposes of Public Law 97-35. Cognitive Comprehension
4 Discuss state regulations regarding patient and personnel protection. Cognitive Comprehension
5 Identify components of 10 CFR part 20 related to personnel monitoring and dose limits.
Cognitive Knowledge
6 Describe the "ALARA" concept in regards to personnel and patient protection. Cognitive Comprehension
196 Revised 2012
7 Describe radiographer radiation protection responsibilities as they pertain to patients, personnel, and the public.
Cognitive Comprehension
Introduction to Radiation Biology
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Discuss historical evidence of the effects of radiation. Cognitive Comprehension
2 Describe concepts relating to the interaction of radiation with matter. Cognitive Comprehension
3 Discuss the information concerning the human body as it relates to atomic structure.
Cognitive Comprehension
Cell Anatomy
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Review the structures involved in cellular anatomy. Cognitive Comprehension
2 Describe the importance of the macromolecules in terms of cellular function. Cognitive Comprehension
Radiation/Cell Interaction
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Define radiation/cell interaction. Cognitive Knowledge
2 Discuss the effects of radiation on cells related to direct and indirect effect. Cognitive Comprehension
3 Delineate the four basic radiation dose-response curves. Cognitive Analysis
4 Discuss the cellular factors that affect the radiosensitivity of each cell. Cognitive Comprehension
5 Identify physical characteristics of radiation that impact cell response. Cognitive Knowledge
6 Differentiate between radioprotectors and radiosensitizers. Cognitive Analysis
Effects of Radiation
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
197 Revised 2012
1 Explain the terms early and late effects of radiation. Cognitive Comprehension
2 Describe acute exposure in terms of somatic and genetic effects. Cognitive Comprehension
3 Differentiate whole body responses and local responses to acute exposure. Cognitive Analysis
4 Describe chronic exposure in terms of somatic and genetic effects. Cognitive Comprehension
5 Differentiate whole body responses and local responses to chronic exposure Cognitive Analysis
6 Distinguish between stochastic and deterministic effects of ionizing radiation. Cognitive Analysis
Course Outline
TEXT: Frank, Long & Smith. (2012). Merrill's atlas of radiographic positions and
radiographic procedures. (11th). St. Louis, MO: Mosby.
Frank, Long, & Smith (2012) . Merrill’s atlas of radiographic positions and radiologic procedures Workbook (12th ed.). St. Louis: C.V. Mosby Company
Class . Subject Page Assignment
WK 1 Course Introduction, Content Academic Requirements
Workbook Vocabulary Quiz Chapter 1
Radiobiology History 3 Chapter 1
Research history of radiobiology; create a time line show progress
Research Web for current discoveries and their impact
Research regulations in radiobiology, regulatory agencies
198 Revised 2012
WK 3 Workbook Vocabulary Quiz Chapter 2
Cellular Anatomy and Physiology Chapter 2
Research mitosis and Meiosis with demonstrations
Research The role of organic compound in the body
Research inorganic compound in the human body
WK 5 Workbook Vocabulary Quiz Chapter 3
Cellular Effects of Radiation Chapter 3
Search for the effects and impact of radiation at the cellular level.
Search for concepts of radiation therapy.
Search for target theory and oxygen effect.
WK 7 Workbook Vocabulary Quiz Chapter 4
Effects of Initial Exposure to Radiation Chapter 4
Search for acute radiation syndrome and resources
Search examples tissue damage, skin, eyes, gonads: male and females
Search for chromosomal and cellular effect on different cell types
199 Revised 2012
WK 7 Midterm
WK 8 Workbook Vocabulary Quiz Chapter 5
Effects of Long Term Exposure to Radiation Chapter 5
Research victims of Hiroshima, Nagaskai, Chernobyl
Research for risk models related to exposure, case study
Research for radiation induced malignancies, with morbidity and mortality
WK 10 Workbook Vocabulary Quiz Chapter 6
Radiation Protection of Personnel Chapter 6
Research regulations regarding occupational exposure,
regulatory agencies, state agreements, state enforced regulations.
Research safety in the workplace , new trend
Research Dosimetry and new protection products
WK 12 Workbook Vocabulary Quiz Chapter 7
Protection of Patients Chapter 7
Research patient safety, patient handouts, tips to ensure safety
200 Revised 2012
Research shielding manufacturers, identify pros and cons, new technology
Research protection of children, age appropriate techniques.
WK 14 Final
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES:
Make up test will result in a 10 point reduction. All make up test must be done on the next class day. Make for major test will result in a 15 point reduction.
Methods of Instructional Delivery
Traditional and distance learning delivery methods may be utilized in this course.
ONLINE COURSES (ONLINE STUDENTS ONLY)
Online students will access the course site through ANGEL (http://moultrietech.angellearning.com). The student will be enrolled in the online course on the first day of regularly scheduled classes. Online students must access the course site regularly to check for announcements, additional coursework assignments, and other important information.
Student/Faculty Interaction (ONLINE STUDENTS)
Class interaction may occur via one or more of the following: email, telephone, discussion board forums, and comments on assignments.
The student will participate in this course by following the guidelines of this syllabus and any additional information provided by the instructor or Moultrie Technical College (MTC) Online.
The student is required to communicate with his/her Instructor at least three times per week via email or other communication means, by participating in the discussion forums, submitting assignments and taking exams, all in a timely fashion. Five consecutive days without communicating with the instructor will result in a withdrawal (“W” or “WF”) from the course.
The instructor will respond to students’ email within 24 hours Monday-Thursday, and within 48 hours Friday-Sunday.
The instructor’s primary public communication will be via the ANGEL announcement page. The instructor’s primary private communication will be via ANGEL.
Attendance
Students are expected to be punctual and attend all classes for which they are registered. Each student should recognize at the beginning of his or her postsecondary career that a mature acceptance of his or her responsibilities is a requisite for reasonable accomplishment in postsecondary work: this applies particularly in the area of class attendance. Instructors will keep an accurate record of class attendance. Students anticipating an absence or tardiness should contact the instructor in advance or provide notification as soon as possible. It is the responsibility of the student to account for missed instructional time and to arrange for make-up work at the convenience of the instructor.
201 Revised 2012
Failure to maintain contact with the instructor - either by attending classes, submitting assignments, and/or contacting the instructor (either in person, or by telephone, or email) may result in a failing grade(s).
Some programs and courses at MTC may have more demanding attendance requirements due to the nature of the course or program. These requirements are stated in an approved program handbook, course syllabus, or contract executed with the student.
Class attendance is calculated from the first officially scheduled class meeting to the last scheduled meeting.
A student who has combined absences and tardies greater than 10% of the scheduled class time for which the student is registered may be subject to any or all of the following consequences at any time during the semester:
Suspension from a class or program;
Dismissal from a class or program;
Ineligibility to enroll the following semester. See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding attendance.
Withdrawal
If a student decides to withdraw from the class, he/she must complete the necessary paperwork before an official withdrawal can occur. It is imperative that the student contact the instructor upon deciding to withdraw. Any student withdrawing before midterm will receive a grade of “W”. If a course is dropped for any reason after midterm, the student will receive a grade of “WF” (Withdraw Failing). “WF” has zero quality points and will be calculated in the grade point average (GPA). “WP” (Withdraw Passing) is considered only as a result to extenuating circumstances and if academic performance is passing.
Academic Integrity
Cheating and plagiarism are unacceptable.
Cheating includes any attempt to defraud, deceive, or mislead an instructor in arriving at an honest grade assessment.
Plagiarism is a form of cheating that involves presenting the ideas of another as your original ideas.
Any student, acting individually or in concert with others, who violates any part of the student conduct code, shall be subject to disciplinary procedures including dismissal from a class session by the instructor and/or suspension or expulsion by the authorized administrator. See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding the student code of conduct.
Quality of Student Work
Use of proper grammar, correct spelling, and writing principles are expected in all work. Full credit will not be granted for work that contains grammar or spelling errors.
Evaluation
Evaluation wil be considered as:
Vocabulary quiz 10``%, Quiz, 20%, Power Points 25%, Major test 45%
The following grading scale will be utilized in the determination of the student’s course grade.
202 Revised 2012
Percentage of Points Earned Corresponding Letter Grade
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
60 – 69 D
0 – 59 F
The student’s knowledge of the material presented in this course will be evaluated based on the satisfactory completion of all assigned work. The student will also be examined on his/her knowledge of the objectives outlined in each lesson, as presented in the Projected Learning Schedule.
Academic Assistance/Remediation
Students who are progressing at an unsatisfactory level and in jeopardy of failing the course must make an appointment with the course instructor to determine the need for remediation. Together, the instructor and student will review the information and determine appropriate steps for remediation. After completion of the remedial assignments, the student may be re-evaluated on the material.
References
The instructor will provide additional resource material as may be necessary. For online courses, this material will be emailed to students and posted on the online course site in the Discussion Board section.
Work Ethics
A portion of the curriculum of all courses is devoted to the development of positive work ethics among students. The work ethics program is designed to encourage good work habits in the areas of quality of work, ability to follow instructions, productivity, dependability, honesty, reliability, attendance and punctuality, attitude, integrity, enthusiasm, interpersonal skills, and initiative.
Work Ethics Evaluation
On-site students will receive a formal report at mid-term and at the end of the semester. The mid-term report is a progress report, but the end-of-semester report constitutes the final grade. The semester work ethics grade will not affect the academic grade. Points are assigned to evaluate each of the ten work ethics traits as follows:
Exceeds Expectations 3 points
Meets Expectations 2 points
Needs Improvement 1 points
Unacceptable 0 points
Safety
Students should become familiar with the program’s emergency procedures in order to maintain a safe learning environment. Emergency procedures such as severe and hazardous weather are addressed in the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook. Evacuation routes for fire and other emergency situations are posted in each classroom and lab. Emergency procedures are discussed at the beginning of each semester. Evacuation charts are posted in each classroom and lab. Review these charts as you enter each room. If a
203 Revised 2012
situation were to occur, requiring evacuation, follow the route marked on the chart. If a bad weather warning is sounded, follow the proper evaluation procedures and take all valuables with you.
MTC Alert – Emergency and Announcement Notification System
Moultrie Technical College offers a free emergency and important school announcement service to all students. MTC Alert is a mass notification system comprised of e-mail, voice, and text messaging that is designed to send emergency messages rapidly for the safety and benefit of our students. Messages will be sent by authorized MTC employee(s) via a system provided by High Ground Solutions/SchoolCast.
Upon a student’s admittance into Moultrie Technical College, his/her contact information will be automatically entered into the system. Participation is not optional. However, students will have the opportunity to update their information each semester through the MTC Student Affairs Office. Students should be aware that possible charges may be incurred from their wireless device carriers for text messages received from the MTC Alert System.
TECHNICAL EDUCATION GUARANTEE (WARRANTY STATEMENT)
The Technical College System of Georgia has developed curricula standards with direct involvement of business and industry. These standards will serve as the industry-validated specifications for each occupational program.
These standards allow Georgia’s 25 technical colleges to offer their business partners this guarantee:
“If one of our graduates, who was educated under a standard program, or his/her employer agree that the employee is deficient in one or more competencies as defined in the standards, Moultrie Technical College will retrain that employee at no instructional cost to the employee or employer.”
This guarantee applies to all graduates of MTC who are employed in the field of their training. It is in effect for a period of two years after graduation.
The Technical College System of Georgia and its constituent Technical Colleges do not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national or ethnic origin, gender, religion, disability, age, political affiliation or belief, disabled veteran, veteran of the Vietnam Era, or citizenship status (except in those special circumstances permitted or mandated by law). This nondiscrimination policy encompasses the operation of all educational programs and activities including admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and other Technical College System and Technical College-administered programs, including any Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (WIA) Title I – financed programs. It also encompasses the employment of personnel and contracting for goods and services.
The Department of Technical Colleges shall promote the realization of equal opportunity through a positive continuing program of specific practices designed to ensure the full realization of equal opportunity.
Inquiries concerning application of the above policy may be directed to:
Title IX Equity, Section 504 and ADA Coordinator – Lisa Newton 229.217-4132 Veterans’ Benefits – VA Representative – Cindy Murray 229.386-3164
If you have a disability and need assistance, contact Lisa Newton at 229-217-4132 or [email protected].
204 Revised 2012
COURSE SYLLABUS
Instructor: ALFRED JONES
Office location: 614 INDUSTRIAL DRIVE CAMPUS
Email address: [email protected]
Office phone number: 229-217-4178
Office hours: 4:00 - 5:00
Course Number: RADT 2090
Course Name: Radiographic Procedures III
Program of Study: Radiologic Technology Credit hours: 2
Prerequisite: RADT 1060 - Radiographic Procedures II
Co-requisites: RADT 1330 - Clinical Radiography II ( 201003L ) RADT
2340 - Clinical Radiography III
Textbook: Frank, Long & Smith. (2007). Merrill's atlas of radiographic positions and
radiographic procedures. (11th). St. Louis, MO: Mosby.
Reference: Bontrager, K.. (2010). Textbook of radiographic positioning and related anatomy.
(7th). St. Louis, MO: Mosby. MISSION:
Moultrie Technical College is a multiple campus institution of higher learning whose mission as part of the Technical College System of Georgia is to provide a culture of learning through occupational education, academic education, distance education, business and industry training, and workforce development supporting the education and economic advancement of Colquitt, Tift, Turner, and Worth counties.The college fulfills its mission by providing accessible, quality education leading to associate degrees, diplomas, technical certificates of credit, and programs to assist adults in literacy education.
Program Mission:
The mission of the Moultrie Technical College Radiology Program is to provide a comprehensive education, which will prepare graduates with the entry- level skills necessary to seek employment as a radiographer and receive an Associate’s Degree at the end of the program.
Goal: Students of the program will demonstrate clinical competence.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will demonstrate appropriate positioning skills
Students will evaluate images for diagnostic quality.
Students will utilize appropriate radiation protection procedures
Goal: Students will communicate effectively.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will use effective oral communication skills.
205 Revised 2012
Students will use effective written communication skills.
Goal: Students will employ critical thinking skills
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will manipulate technical factors for non-routine competencies
Students will evaluate the developed radiograph for appropriate image quality
Goal: Students will demonstrate professional growth and development.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will be evaluated for professional growth and development
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Continues to develop the knowledge required to perform radiographic procedures. Topics include: anatomy and routine projections of the
cranium; anatomy and routine projections of the facial bones; anatomy and routine projections of the sinuses; sectional anatomy of the head, neck,thorax and abdomen.
COMPETENCIES:
Description
Practicum/ Internship
Total
Minutes
Semester
Credit Hrs
Anatomy and Routine Projections of the
Cranium
Anatomy and Routine Projections of the
Facial Bones
Anatomy and Routine Projections of the
Sinuses
4 210 0 570 0 0 780
Practicum/ Internship
Total Semester
C di Sectional Anatomy of the Head, Neck, Thorax, and Abdomen
Totals for Course RADT 2090 - Radiographic Procedures III ( version
201003L ):
Learning Outcomes
Anatomy and Routine Projections of the Cranium
Description Learning
Domain
Level of
Learning1 Describe the anatomy of the cranium in terms of structures visualized and functions
demonstrated.
Cognitive Knowledge
206 Revised 2012
2 Describe routine and special projections of the cranium in terms of structures visualized, functions demonstrated, and general positioning considerations.
Cognitive Knowledge
3 Explain basic CT acquisition protocol for the head. Cognitive Comprehension
4 Given clinical simulations for routine and special projections of the cranium, explain structures visualized, functions demonstrated, and general positioning considerations.
Cognitive Knowledge
5 In a laboratory environment, perform radiographic procedures related to the cranium. Psychomotor Guided
R6 Evaluate cranial positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures visualized on the image.
Cognitive Evaluation
Anatomy and Routine Projections of the Facial Bones
Anatomy and Routine Projections of the Sinuses
Description Learning Level of
1 Describe the anatomy of the facial bones in terms of structures visualized and functions demonstrated.
Cognitive Knowledge
2 Describe routine and special projections of the facial bones in terms of structures visualized, functions demonstrated, and general positioning considerations.
Cognitive Knowledge
3 Explain structures visualized, functions demonstrated, and the general positioning considerations for routine and special projections of the facial b
Cognitive Comprehension
4 Perform radiographic procedures related to the facial bones in a laboratory environment. Psychomotor
Learning Level of
L i Guided
5 Evaluate facial positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures visualized on the image.
Cognitive Evaluation
Order
Description Learning
Domain
Level of
Learning
1 Describe the anatomy of the sinuses in terms of structures visualized and functions demonstrated.
Cognitive Knowledge
2 Describe routine and special projections of the sinuses in terms of structures visualized, functions demonstrated, and general positioning considerations.
Cognitive Knowledge
3 Explain structures visualized, functions demonstrated, and the general positioning considerations for routine and special projections of the sinuses.
Cognitive Comprehension
4 Perform radiographic procedures related to the sinuses in a laboratory environment. Psychomotor Guided
Response5 Evaluate sinus positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures visualized on the image. Cognitive Evaluation
207 Revised 2012
Sectional Anatomy of the Head, Neck, Thorax, and Abdomen
References
Order Reference Type
1 Book with Author(s) Listed
Frank, Long & Smith. (2007). Merrill's atlas of radiographic positions and radiographic procedures. (11th). St. Louis, MO: Mosby.
2 Book with Author(s) Listed
Bontrager, K.. (2010). Textbook of radiographic positioning and related anatomy. (7th). St. Louis, MO: Mosby.
Course Outline
TEXT: Frank, Long & Smith. (2007). Merrill's atlas of radiographic positions and radiographic procedures. (11th). St. Louis, MO: Mosby.
Class Subject Assignment
1. Course Introduction, Content Academic
Requirements Review of Laboratory
Procedure
Merrill’s Atlas
1. Anatomy of Skull Chapter 20
2. Routine Cranium Projections Chapter 20
Orbit and Eye Chapter 20
4. Facial Bones Chapter 21
Description Learning
Domain
Level of
Learning 1 Identify major anatomic structures on sectional CT images of the head, neck, thorax, and abdomen. Cognitive Knowledge
2 Evaluate CT images for anatomic structures visualized related to the head, neck, thorax, and abdomen.
Cognitive Evaluation
208 Revised 2012
5. Sinuses Chapter 22
6. Sectional Anatomy Head
7. Sectional Anatomy Neck
8. Sectional Anatomy Thorax
9. Sectional Anatomy Abdomen
10. Final Exam
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES:
Make up test will result in a 10 point reduction. All make up test must be done on the next class day. Make for major test will result in a 15 point reduction.
Methods of Instructional Delivery
Traditional and distance learning delivery methods may be utilized in this course.
ONLINE COURSES (ONLINE STUDENTS ONLY)
Online students will access the course site through ANGEL (http://moultrietech.angellearning.com). The student will be enrolled in the online course on the first day of regularly scheduled classes. Online students must access the course site regularly to check for announcements, additional coursework assignments, and other important information.
Student/Faculty Interaction (ONLINE STUDENTS)
Class interaction may occur via one or more of the following: email, telephone, discussion board forums, and comments on assignments.
The student will participate in this course by following the guidelines of this syllabus and any additional information provided by the instructor or Moultrie Technical College (MTC) Online.
The student is required to communicate with his/her Instructor at least three times per week via email or other communication means, by participating in the discussion forums, submitting assignments and taking exams, all in a timely fashion. Five consecutive days without communicating with the instructor will result in a withdrawal (“W” or “WF”) from the course.
The instructor will respond to students’ email within 24 hours Monday-Thursday, and within 48 hours Friday-Sunday.
The instructor’s primary public communication will be via the ANGEL announcement page. The instructor’s primary private communication will be via ANGEL.
Attendance
Students are expected to be punctual and attend all classes for which they are registered. Each student should recognize at the beginning of his or her postsecondary career that a mature acceptance of his or her
209 Revised 2012
responsibilities is a requisite for reasonable accomplishment in postsecondary work: this applies particularly in the area of class attendance. Instructors will keep an accurate record of class attendance. Students anticipating an absence or tardiness should contact the instructor in advance or provide notification as soon as possible. It is the responsibility of the student to account for missed instructional time and to arrange for make-up work at the convenience of the instructor.
Failure to maintain contact with the instructor - either by attending classes, submitting assignments, and/or contacting the instructor (either in person, or by telephone, or email) may result in a failing grade(s).
Some programs and courses at MTC may have more demanding attendance requirements due to the nature of the course or program. These requirements are stated in an approved program handbook, course syllabus, or contract executed with the student.
Class attendance is calculated from the first officially scheduled class meeting to the last scheduled meeting.
A student who has combined absences and tardies greater than 10% of the scheduled class time for which the student is registered may be subject to any or all of the following consequences at any time during the semester:
Suspension from a class or program;
Dismissal from a class or program;
Ineligibility to enroll the following semester. See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding attendance.
Withdrawal
If a student decides to withdraw from the class, he/she must complete the necessary paperwork before an official withdrawal can occur. It is imperative that the student contact the instructor upon deciding to withdraw. Any student withdrawing before midterm will receive a grade of “W”. If a course is dropped for any reason after midterm, the student will receive a grade of “WF” (Withdraw Failing). “WF” has zero quality points and will be calculated in the grade point average (GPA). “WP” (Withdraw Passing) is considered only as a result to extenuating circumstances and if academic performance is passing.
Academic Integrity
Cheating and plagiarism are unacceptable.
Cheating includes any attempt to defraud, deceive, or mislead an instructor in arriving at an honest grade assessment.
Plagiarism is a form of cheating that involves presenting the ideas of another as your original ideas.
Any student, acting individually or in concert with others, who violates any part of the student conduct code, shall be subject to disciplinary procedures including dismissal from a class session by the instructor and/or suspension or expulsion by the authorized administrator. See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding the student code of conduct.
Quality of Student Work
Use of proper grammar, correct spelling, and writing principles are expected in all work. Full credit will not be granted for work that contains grammar or spelling errors.
210 Revised 2012
Evaluation
Evaluation will be considered as:
Successful completion of exams (60%), quizzes (30%) and Lab (10%).
The following grading scale will be utilized in the determination of the student’s course grade.
Percentage of Points Earned Corresponding Letter Grade
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
60 – 69 D
0 – 59 F
The student’s knowledge of the material presented in this course will be evaluated based on the satisfactory completion of all assigned work. The student will also be examined on his/her knowledge of the objectives outlined in each lesson, as presented in the Projected Learning Schedule.
Academic Assistance/Remediation
Students who are progressing at an unsatisfactory level and in jeopardy of failing the course must make an appointment with the course instructor to determine the need for remediation. Together, the instructor and student will review the information and determine appropriate steps for remediation. After completion of the remedial assignments, the student may be re-evaluated on the material.
References
The instructor will provide additional resource material as may be necessary. For online courses, this material will be emailed to students and posted on the online course site in the Discussion Board section.
Work Ethics
A portion of the curriculum of all courses is devoted to the development of positive work ethics among students. The work ethics program is designed to encourage good work habits in the areas of quality of work, ability to follow instructions, productivity, dependability, honesty, reliability, attendance and punctuality, attitude, integrity, enthusiasm, interpersonal skills, and initiative.
Work Ethics Evaluation
On-site students will receive a formal report at mid-term and at the end of the semester. The mid-term report is a progress report, but the end-of-semester report constitutes the final grade. The semester work ethics grade will not affect the academic grade. Points are assigned to evaluate each of the ten work ethics traits as follows:
Exceeds Expectations 3 points
Meets Expectations 2 points
Needs Improvement 1 points
211 Revised 2012
Unacceptable 0 points
Safety
Students should become familiar with the program’s emergency procedures in order to maintain a safe learning environment. Emergency procedures such as severe and hazardous weather are addressed in the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook. Evacuation routes for fire and other emergency situations are posted in each classroom and lab. Emergency procedures are discussed at the beginning of each semester. Evacuation charts are posted in each classroom and lab. Review these charts as you enter each room. If a situation were to occur, requiring evacuation, follow the route marked on the chart. If a bad weather warning is sounded, follow the proper evaluation procedures and take all valuables with you.
MTC Alert – Emergency and Announcement Notification System
Moultrie Technical College offers a free emergency and important school announcement service to all students. MTC Alert is a mass notification system comprised of e-mail, voice, and text messaging that is designed to send emergency messages rapidly for the safety and benefit of our students. Messages will be sent by authorized MTC employee(s) via a system provided by High Ground Solutions/SchoolCast.
Upon a student’s admittance into Moultrie Technical College, his/her contact information will be automatically entered into the system. Participation is not optional. However, students will have the opportunity to update their information each semester through the MTC Student Affairs Office. Students should be aware that possible charges may be incurred from their wireless device carriers for text messages received from the MTC Alert System.
TECHNICAL EDUCATION GUARANTEE (WARRANTY STATEMENT)
The Technical College System of Georgia has developed curricula standards with direct involvement of business and industry. These standards will serve as the industry-validated specifications for each occupational program.
These standards allow Georgia’s 25 technical colleges to offer their business partners this guarantee:
“If one of our graduates, who was educated under a standard program, or his/her employer agree that the employee is deficient in one or more competencies as defined in the standards, Moultrie Technical College will retrain that employee at no instructional cost to the employee or employer.”
This guarantee applies to all graduates of MTC who are employed in the field of their training. It is in effect for a period of two years after graduation.
The Technical College System of Georgia and its constituent Technical Colleges do not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national or ethnic origin, gender, religion, disability, age, political affiliation or belief, disabled veteran, veteran of the Vietnam Era, or citizenship status (except in those special circumstances permitted or mandated by law). This nondiscrimination policy encompasses the operation of all educational programs and activities including admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and other Technical College System and Technical College-administered programs, including any Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (WIA) Title I – financed programs. It also encompasses the employment of personnel and contracting for goods and services.
212 Revised 2012
The Department of Technical Colleges shall promote the realization of equal opportunity through a positive continuing program of specific practices designed to ensure the full realization of equal opportunity.
Inquiries concerning application of the above policy may be directed to:
Title IX Equity, Section 504 and ADA Coordinator – Lisa Newton 229.217-4132 Veterans’ Benefits – VA Representative – Cindy Murray 229.386-3164
If you have a disability and need assistance, contact Lisa Newton at 229-217-4132 or [email protected].
213 Revised 2012
COURSE SYLLABUS
Instructor: ALFRED JONES
Office location: 614 INDUSTRIAL DRIVE CAMPUS
Email address: [email protected]
Office phone number: 229-217-4178
Office hours: 4:00 - 5:00
Course Number: RADT 1160
Course Name: RADT 1160 - Principles of Imaging II ( version 201003L )
Program of Study: Radiologic Technology Credit hours: 6
Prerequisite: RADT 1070 - Principles of Imaging I
Co-requisites: None
Textbook: Adler, A. & Carlton, R. (2006). Principles of Radiographic Imaging: An Art and a Science.
(4th). Clifton Park, NY: Thomson Delmar.
Reference: Bushong, S. (2008) Radiologic Science for technologists. (5th ed)
St. Louis: C.V. Mosby Company
MISSION:
Moultrie Technical College is a multiple campus institution of higher learning whose mission as part of the Technical College System of Georgia is to provide a culture of learning through occupational education, academic education, distance education, business and industry training, and workforce development supporting the education and economic advancement of Colquitt, Tift, Turner, and Worth counties.The college fulfills its mission by providing accessible, quality education leading to associate degrees, diplomas, technical certificates of credit, and programs to assist adults in literacy education.
Program Mission:
The mission of the Moultrie Technical College Radiology Program is to provide a comprehensive education, which will prepare graduates with the entry- level skills necessary to seek employment as a radiographer and receive an Associate’s Degree at the end of the program.
Goal: Students of the program will demonstrate clinical competence.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will demonstrate appropriate positioning skills
Students will evaluate images for diagnostic quality.
Students will utilize appropriate radiation protection procedures
Goal: Students will communicate effectively.
214 Revised 2012
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will use effective oral communication skills.
Students will use effective written communication skills.
Goal: Students will employ critical thinking skills
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will manipulate technical factors for non-routine competencies
Students will evaluate the developed radiograph for appropriate image quality
Goal: Students will demonstrate professional growth and development.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will be evaluated for professional growth and development.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Content is designed to establish a basic knowledge of atomic structure and terminology. Also presented are the nature and characteristics of radiation, x-ray production and the fundamentals of photon interactions with matter. Factors that govern the image production process, film imaging with related accessories, and a basis for analyzing radiographic images. Included are the importance of minimum imaging standards, discussion of a problem-solving technique for image evaluation and the factors that can affect image quality. Actual images will be included
for analysis.
COMPETENCIES:
Order
Lecture
Lab2
Lab3
Practicum/ Internship
Clinical
Total
Minutes
Semester
Credit Hrs
1 Radiation Production and Characteristics
1250 500 0 0 0 1750
Film-Screen Image Acquisition and
Processing
3 Image Analysis 1250 500 0 0 0 1750
O d
L t
L b2
L b3
Practicum/ Internship
Cli i l
Total
Minutes
Semester
Credit Hrs
Totals for Course RADT 1070 - Principles of Imaging I ( version
201003L ):
3750
1500
0
0
0
5250
6
215 Revised 2012
Learning Outcomes
Radiation Production and Characteristic
Order
Description
Learning
Domain
Level of
Learning
1 The student will describe fundamental atomic structure. Cognitive Knowledge
2 The student will explain the processes of ionization and excitation. Cognitive Comprehension
3 The student will describe the electromagnetic spectrum. Cognitive Knowledge
4 The student will describe wavelength and frequency and how they are related to velocity. Cognitive Comprehension
5 The student will explain the relationship of energy, wavelength and frequency. Cognitive Comprehension
6 The student will explain the wave-particle duality phenomena. Cognitive Comprehension
7 The student will identify the properties of x-rays Cognitive Knowledge
8 The student will describe the processes of ionization and excitation. Cognitive Comprehension
9 The student will describe charged and uncharged forms of particulate radiation. Cognitive Comprehension
10 The student will differentiate between ionizing and nonionizing radiation. Cognitive Analysis
11 The student will describe radioactivity and radioactive decay in terms of alpha, beta and gamma emission. Cognitive Comprehension
12 The student will compare the production of bremsstrahlung and characteristic radiations. Cognitive Synthesis
13 The student will describe the conditions necessary to produce x-radiation. Cognitive Comprehension
14 The student will describe the x-ray emission spectra. Cognitive Comprehension
15 The student will identify the factors that affect the x-ray emission spectra. Cognitive Knowledge
16 The student will discuss various photon interactions with matter by describing the interaction, relation to atomic number, photon energy and part density, and their applications in diagnostic radiology.
Cognitive Comprehension
216 Revised 2012
Order
Description Learning
Domain
Level of
Learning
1 The student will describe fundamental atomic structure. Cognitive Knowledge
2 The student will explain the processes of ionization and excitation. Cognitive Comprehension
3 The student will describe the electromagnetic spectrum. Cognitive Knowledge
4 The student will describe wavelength and frequency and how they are related to velocity. Cognitive Comprehension
5 The student will explain the relationship of energy, wavelength and frequency. Cognitive Comprehension
6 The student will explain the wave-particle duality phenomena. Cognitive Comprehension
7 The student will identify the properties of x-rays Cognitive Knowledge
8 The student will describe the processes of ionization and excitation. Cognitive Comprehension
9 The student will describe charged and uncharged forms of particulate radiation. Cognitive Comprehension
10 The student will differentiate between ionizing and nonionizing radiation. Cognitive Analysis
11 The student will describe radioactivity and radioactive decay in terms of alpha, beta and gamma emission.
Cognitive Comprehension
12 The student will compare the production of bremsstrahlung and characteristic radiations. Cognitive Synthesis
13 The student will describe the conditions necessary to produce x-radiation. Cognitive Comprehension
14 The student will describe the x-ray emission spectra. Cognitive Comprehension
15 The student will identify the factors that affect the x-ray emission spectra. Cognitive Knowledge
16 The student will discuss various photon interactions with matter by describing the interaction, relation to atomic number, photon energy and part density, and their applications in diagnostic
radiology.
Cognitive Comprehension
Film-Screen Image Acquisition and Processing
Order
Description Learning
Domain
Level of
Learning
1 The student will discuss practical considerations in setting standards for acceptable image quality.
Cognitive Comprehension
2 The student assess radiographic density on radiographic images. Cognitive Evaluation
3 The student will distinguish between acceptable and unacceptable image densities. Cognitive Analysis
4 The student will describe the relationships of factors that control and affect image density. Cognitive Comprehension
5 The student will critique the radiographic contrast within various radiographic images. Cognitive Evaluation
6 The student will examine the relationship of factors that control and affect radiographic contrast.
Cognitive Analysis
7 The student will critique recorded detail on various radiographic images. Cognitive Evaluation
8 The student will examine the relationships of factors that control and affect recorded detail. Cognitive Analysis
9 The student will differentiate between size and shape distortion. Cognitive Analysis
10 The student will perform calculations to determine image magnification and percent magnification.
Cognitive Synthesis
11 The student will summarize the relationship of factors that control and affect distortion. Cognitive Comprehension
12 The student will summarize the relationship of factors affecting exposure latitude. Cognitive Comprehension
217 Revised 2012
13 The student will explain the rationale for using beam limiting devices. Cognitive Comprehension
14 The student will describe the operation and applications for different types of beam-limiting devices.
Cognitive Comprehension
15 The student will explain the impact beam filtration has on x-ray beam intensity, beam quality and resultant patient exposure.
Cognitive Comprehension
16 The student will describe the change in the half value layer (HVL) when filtration is added or removed in the beam.
Cognitive Comprehension
17 The student will summarize the relationship of factors affecting scattered and secondary radiation.
Cognitive Comprehension
18 The student will evaluate the effects of scattered radiation on the image. Cognitive Evaluation
19 The student will compare grid types. Cognitive Analysis
20 The student will select the most appropriate grid for a given clinical situation. Cognitive Knowledge
21 The student will interpret grid efficiency in terms of grid ratio and frequency. Cognitive Comprehension
22 The student will define grid cutoff. Cognitive Knowledge
23 The student will summarize the factors that influence grid cutoff. Cognitive Comprehension
24 The student will evaluate grid artifacts. Cognitive Evaluation
25 The student will explain the use of standardized radiographic technique charts. Cognitive Comprehension
Description Learning
Domain
Level of
Learning 26 The student will explain exposure factor considerations involved in selecting techniques. Cognitive Comprehension
27 The student will compare fixed kilovolt peak (kVp) and variable kVp systems. Cognitive Analysis
28 The student will apply mAs reciprocity to clinical simulations. Cognitive Application
29 The student will describe the effects of storage on image quality. Cognitive Comprehension
30 The student will discuss safelight illumination appropriate for specific image receptor systems. Cognitive Comprehension
31 The student will apply conversion factors for changes in the following areas: distance, grid, image receptors, mAs reciprocity and 15 percent rule.
Cognitive Application
32 The student will discuss darkroom-related OSHA standards for health and safety. Cognitive Comprehension
33 The student will discuss the possible causes and health implications of "darkroom chemical sensitivity."
Cognitive Comprehension
34 The student will describe the function of each component of radiographic film. Cognitive Comprehension
35 The student will explain latent image formation. Cognitive Comprehension
36 The student will describe the features of the characteristic curve and explain its purpose. Cognitive Comprehension
37 The student will select the most appropriate image receptor to be used for given clinical situations.
Cognitive Knowledge
38 The student will describe various types of image receptor holders. Cognitive Comprehension
39 The student will describe the function of each component of an intensifying screen. Cognitive Comprehension
40 The student will select the most appropriate intensifying screen for given clinical situations. Cognitive Knowledge
41 The student will identify procedures that ensure a long screen life devoid of artifacts and distortion.
Cognitive Knowledge
218 Revised 2012
42 The student will examine the effects of processing on image quality. Cognitive Analysis
43 The student will identify key components of an automatic film processor. Cognitive Knowledge
44 The student will demonstrate how various film sizes are fed into the film processor. Psychomotor Guided
Response45 The student will examine the steps of the processing cycle by providing the specific action and
duration of time for each step.
Cognitive Analysis
46 The student will identify the purpose of a daily quality control program for processors. Cognitive Knowledge
47 The student will identify types of image artifacts and analyze them to determine the cause. Cognitive Knowledge
48 The student will identify common silver recovery methods. Cognitive Knowledge
Image Analysis
O d
Description Learning
Domain
Level of
Learning 1 The student will discuss the elements of a radiographic image. Cognitive Comprehension
2 The student will identify anatomy on radiographic images. Cognitive Knowledge
3 The student will apply the problem-solving process used for image analysis. Cognitive Application
4 The student will describe an effective image analysis method. Cognitive Comprehension
5 The student will describe the role of the radiographer in image analysis. Cognitive Comprehension
6 The student will apply the process for evaluating images for adequate density/brightness, contrast, recorded detail/spatial resolution and acceptable limits of
Cognitive Application
7 The student will explain how the radiographer determines that an adequate level of penetration has been applied to produce the desired level of contrast.
Cognitive Comprehension
8 The student will identify factors relating to image identification and documentation of ordered exam/s.
Cognitive Knowledge
9 The student will summarize the importance of proper positioning. Cognitive Comprehension
10
The student will discuss the impact of patient preparation on the resulting radiographic image. Cognitive Comprehension
11
The student will evaluate images to determine the appropriate use of beam restriction. Cognitive Evaluation
12
The student will identify common equipment malfunctions that affect image quality, and corrective action.
Cognitive Knowledge
13
The student will differentiate between technical factor problems, procedural factor problems and equipment malfunctions.
Cognitive Analysis
14
The student will critique images for appropriate technical, procedural and pathologic factors, and employ corrective actions if necessary.
Cognitive Evaluation
219 Revised 2012
References
Order Reference Type De
1 Book with Author(s) Listed
Adler, A. & Carlton, R. (2006). Principles of Radiographic Imaging: An Art and a Science. (4th). Clifton
P k NY Th D l2 Other Adler, A. & Carlton, R. (2006). Workbook to Accompany Principles of Radiographic Imaging: An Art and a Science.(4th). Clifton Park, NY. Thomson Delmar.
3 Book with Author(s) Listed
Bushong, S. (2008). Mosby's Radiography Online: Radiobiology and Radiation Protection. (9th). St. Louis: Mosby.
4 Book with Author(s) Listed
Bushong S. (2008). Radiologic Science for Technologists: Physics, Biology, and Protection. (9th). St. Louis: Mosby.
5 Book with Author(s) Listed
Bushong S . (2008). Science for Technologists - Workbook and Laboratory Manual. (9th). St. Louis: Mosby.
Order Reference Type
De
6 Book with Author(s) Listed
Carroll Q. (2007). Fucha€™s Radiographic Exposure, Processing, and Quality Control. (8th). Springfield: Charles C. Thomas.
7 Book with Author(s) Listed
Fauber, T.. (2009). Radiographic Imaging and Exposure. (3rd). St. Louis: Mosby.
8 Book with Author(s) Listed
Shephard, C.. (2003). RAdiographic Image Production and Manipulation.(.). New York: McGraw Hill.
Course Outline
TEXT: Adler, A. & Carlton, R. (2006). Principles of Radiographic Imaging: An Art and a Science. (4th). Clifton Park, NY: Thomson Delmar.
Class Subject Assignment
1. Course Introduction, Content Academic
Requirements Review of Laboratory
Procedure
Carlton
Electricity Chapter 3
2. Electromagnetism Carlton
Chapter 4
3. X-Ray Equipment Chapter 5
220 Revised 2012
4. Digital Radiography Carlton
Chapter 23
5. Picture Archiving and
Communications System Chapter 24
6. Imaging Process Chapter 25
7. Quality Management Chapter 31
8. Exposure Systems Chapter 32
9. Automatic Exposure Control Chapter 33
10. Exposure Conversion Problems Chapter 34
11. Mobile Radiography Chapter 35
12. Fluoroscopy Chapter 36 13. Tomography and Digital Chapter 37
Tomosynthesis
Computed Tomography Carlton
Chapter 41
15. Final Exam POLICIES AND PROCEDURES:
Make up test will result in a 10 point reduction. All make up test must be done on the next class day. Make for major test will result in a 15 point reduction.
Methods of Instructional Delivery
Traditional and distance learning delivery methods may be utilized in this course.
ONLINE COURSES (ONLINE STUDENTS ONLY)
Online students will access the course site through ANGEL (http://moultrietech.angellearning.com). The student will be enrolled in the online course on the first day of regularly scheduled classes. Online students must access the course site regularly to check for announcements, additional coursework assignments, and other important information.
Student/Faculty Interaction (ONLINE STUDENTS)
Class interaction may occur via one or more of the following: email, telephone, discussion board forums, and comments on assignments.
The student will participate in this course by following the guidelines of this syllabus and any additional information provided by the instructor or Moultrie Technical College (MTC) Online.
The student is required to communicate with his/her Instructor at least three times per week via email or other communication means, by participating in the discussion forums, submitting assignments and taking
221 Revised 2012
exams, all in a timely fashion. Five consecutive days without communicating with the instructor will result in a withdrawal (“W” or “WF”) from the course.
The instructor will respond to students’ email within 24 hours Monday-Thursday, and within 48 hours Friday-Sunday.
The instructor’s primary public communication will be via the ANGEL announcement page. The instructor’s primary private communication will be via ANGEL.
Attendance
Students are expected to be punctual and attend all classes for which they are registered. Each student should recognize at the beginning of his or her postsecondary career that a mature acceptance of his or her responsibilities is a requisite for reasonable accomplishment in postsecondary work: this applies particularly in the area of class attendance. Instructors will keep an accurate record of class attendance. Students anticipating an absence or tardiness should contact the instructor in advance or provide notification as soon as possible. It is the responsibility of the student to account for missed instructional time and to arrange for make-up work at the convenience of the instructor.
Failure to maintain contact with the instructor - either by attending classes, submitting assignments, and/or contacting the instructor (either in person, or by telephone, or email) may result in a failing grade(s).
Some programs and courses at MTC may have more demanding attendance requirements due to the nature of the course or program. These requirements are stated in an approved program handbook, course syllabus, or contract executed with the student.
Class attendance is calculated from the first officially scheduled class meeting to the last scheduled meeting.
A student who has combined absences and tardies greater than 10% of the scheduled class time for which the student is registered may be subject to any or all of the following consequences at any time during the semester:
Suspension from a class or program;
Dismissal from a class or program;
Ineligibility to enroll the following semester. See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding attendance.
Withdrawal
If a student decides to withdraw from the class, he/she must complete the necessary paperwork before an official withdrawal can occur. It is imperative that the student contact the instructor upon deciding to withdraw. Any student withdrawing before midterm will receive a grade of “W”. If a course is dropped for any reason after midterm, the student will receive a grade of “WF” (Withdraw Failing). “WF” has zero quality points and will be calculated in the grade point average (GPA). “WP” (Withdraw Passing) is considered only as a result to extenuating circumstances and if academic performance is passing.
222 Revised 2012
Academic Integrity
Cheating and plagiarism are unacceptable.
Cheating includes any attempt to defraud, deceive, or mislead an instructor in arriving at an honest grade assessment.
Plagiarism is a form of cheating that involves presenting the ideas of another as your original ideas.
Any student, acting individually or in concert with others, who violates any part of the student conduct code, shall be subject to disciplinary procedures including dismissal from a class session by the instructor and/or suspension or expulsion by the authorized administrator. See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding the student code of conduct.
Quality of Student Work
Use of proper grammar, correct spelling, and writing principles are expected in all work. Full credit will not be granted for work that contains grammar or spelling errors.
Evaluation
Evaluation will be considered as:
Successful completion of exams (50%), quizzes (30%) and Lab (10%) Power point 10%.
The following grading scale will be utilized in the determination of the student’s course grade.
Percentage of Points Earned Corresponding Letter Grade
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
60 – 69 D
0 – 59 F
The student’s knowledge of the material presented in this course will be evaluated based on the satisfactory completion of all assigned work. The student will also be examined on his/her knowledge of the objectives outlined in each lesson, as presented in the Projected Learning Schedule.
Academic Assistance/Remediation
Students who are progressing at an unsatisfactory level and in jeopardy of failing the course must make an appointment with the course instructor to determine the need for remediation. Together, the instructor and student will review the information and determine appropriate steps for remediation. After completion of the remedial assignments, the student may be re-evaluated on the material.
References
The instructor will provide additional resource material as may be necessary. For online courses, this material will be emailed to students and posted on the online course site in the Discussion Board section.
223 Revised 2012
Work Ethics
A portion of the curriculum of all courses is devoted to the development of positive work ethics among students. The work ethics program is designed to encourage good work habits in the areas of quality of work, ability to follow instructions, productivity, dependability, honesty, reliability, attendance and punctuality, attitude, integrity, enthusiasm, interpersonal skills, and initiative.
Work Ethics Evaluation
On-site students will receive a formal report at mid-term and at the end of the semester. The mid-term report is a progress report, but the end-of-semester report constitutes the final grade. The semester work ethics grade will not affect the academic grade. Points are assigned to evaluate each of the ten work ethics traits as follows:
Exceeds Expectations 3 points
Meets Expectations 2 points
Needs Improvement 1 points
Unacceptable 0 points
Safety
Students should become familiar with the program’s emergency procedures in order to maintain a safe learning environment. Emergency procedures such as severe and hazardous weather are addressed in the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook. Evacuation routes for fire and other emergency situations are posted in each classroom and lab. Emergency procedures are discussed at the beginning of each semester. Evacuation charts are posted in each classroom and lab. Review these charts as you enter each room. If a situation were to occur, requiring evacuation, follow the route marked on the chart. If a bad weather warning is sounded, follow the proper evaluation procedures and take all valuables with you.
MTC Alert – Emergency and Announcement Notification System
Moultrie Technical College offers a free emergency and important school announcement service to all students. MTC Alert is a mass notification system comprised of e-mail, voice, and text messaging that is designed to send emergency messages rapidly for the safety and benefit of our students. Messages will be sent by authorized MTC employee(s) via a system provided by High Ground Solutions/SchoolCast.
Upon a student’s admittance into Moultrie Technical College, his/her contact information will be automatically entered into the system. Participation is not optional. However, students will have the opportunity to update their information each semester through the MTC Student Affairs Office. Students should be aware that possible charges may be incurred from their wireless device carriers for text messages received from the MTC Alert System.
TECHNICAL EDUCATION GUARANTEE (WARRANTY STATEMENT)
The Technical College System of Georgia has developed curricula standards with direct involvement of business and industry. These standards will serve as the industry-validated specifications for each occupational program.
These standards allow Georgia’s 25 technical colleges to offer their business partners this guarantee:
224 Revised 2012
“If one of our graduates, who was educated under a standard program, or his/her employer agree that the employee is deficient in one or more competencies as defined in the standards, Moultrie Technical College will retrain that employee at no instructional cost to the employee or employer.”
This guarantee applies to all graduates of MTC who are employed in the field of their training. It is in effect for a period of two years after graduation.
The Technical College System of Georgia and its constituent Technical Colleges do not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national or ethnic origin, gender, religion, disability, age, political affiliation or belief, disabled veteran, veteran of the Vietnam Era, or citizenship status (except in those special circumstances permitted or mandated by law). This nondiscrimination policy encompasses the operation of all educational programs and activities including admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and other Technical College System and Technical College-administered programs, including any Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (WIA) Title I – financed programs. It also encompasses the employment of personnel and contracting for goods and services.
The Department of Technical Colleges shall promote the realization of equal opportunity through a positive continuing program of specific practices designed to ensure the full realization of equal opportunity.
Inquiries concerning application of the above policy may be directed to:
Title IX Equity, Section 504 and ADA Coordinator – Lisa Newton 229.217-4132 Veterans’ Benefits – VA Representative – Cindy Murray 229.386-3164
If you have a disability and need assistance, contact Lisa Newton at 229-217-4132 or [email protected].
225 Revised 2012
COURSE SYLLABUS
Instructor: ALFRED JONES
Office location: 614 INDUSTRIAL DRIVE CAMPUS
Email address: [email protected]
Office phone number: 229-217-4178
Office hours: 4:00 - 5:00
Course Number: RADT 2190
Course Name: RADT 2190 - Radiographic Pathology ( version 201003L
Program of Study: Radiologic Technology Credit hours: 2
Prerequisite: For degree students are Program Admission , BIOL 2114 and BIOL
2114L.
Co-requisites: None
Textbook: Eisenberg, R. & Johnson, N.. (2007). Comprehensive radiographic pathology.
(4th). St. Louis, MO: Mosby/Elsevier..
Reference: Kowalczyk, N. & Mace, J.. (2009). Radiographic pathology for technologists.
(5th). St. Louis, MO: Mosby/Elsevier. MISSION:
Moultrie Technical College is a multiple campus institution of higher learning whose mission as part of the Technical College System of Georgia is to provide a culture of learning through occupational education, academic education, distance education, business and industry training, and workforce development supporting the education and economic advancement of Colquitt, Tift, Turner, and Worth counties.The college fulfills its mission by providing accessible, quality education leading to associate degrees, diplomas, technical certificates of credit, and programs to assist adults in literacy education.
Program Mission:
The mission of the Moultrie Technical College Radiology Program is to provide a comprehensive education, which will prepare graduates with the entry- level skills necessary to seek employment as a radiographer and receive an Associate’s Degree at the end of the program.
Goal: Students of the program will demonstrate clinical competence.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will demonstrate appropriate positioning skills
Students will evaluate images for diagnostic quality.
Students will utilize appropriate radiation protection procedures
Goal: Students will communicate effectively.
226 Revised 2012
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will use effective oral communication skills.
Students will use effective written communication skills.
Goal: Students will employ critical thinking skills
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will manipulate technical factors for non-routine competencies
Students will evaluate the developed radiograph for appropriate image quality
Goal: Students will demonstrate professional growth and development.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will be evaluated for professional growth and development
Course Description
Content is designed to introduce the student to concepts related to disease and etiological considerations. Pathology and disease as they relate to various radiographic procedures are discussed with emphasis on radiographic appearance of disease and impact on exposure factor selection. Topics include: fundamentals of pathology, trauma/physical injury, and systematic classification of disease.
Course Length
Minutes Contact Hour Semester Credit
Lecture: 1500 30
Lab 2: 0 0
Lab 3: 0 0
Practicum/Internship: 0 0
Clinical: 0 0
Total: 1500 30 2
Semester Credit Hours: 2
Competencies
Order
DESCRIPTION
Lecture
Lab2
Lab
Practicum/ Internship
Clinical
Total
Minutes
Semester
Credit Hrs
1 Pathology Fundamentals 500 0 0 0 0 500
2 Trauma/Physical Injury 500 0 0 0 0 500
3 Systematic Classification of Diseases
500 0 0 0 0 500
1500 0 0 0 0 1500
2
227 Revised 2012
Learning Outcomes
Pathology Fundamentals
DESCRIPTION Learning
Domain
Level of
Learning1 Implement terms relevant to pathology. Cognitive Application
2 Show indications for procedures. Cognitive Application
3 Discuss technical and patient considerations with relevance to radiographic procedures. Cognitive Comprehensi
4 Describe the basic manifestations of pathological conditions and their relevance to radiologic procedures.
Cognitive Knowledge
Trauma/Physical Injury
Order
DESCRIPTION Learning
Domain
Level of
Learning 1 List the classifications of trauma. Cognitive Knowledge
2 Discuss the classifications of trauma. Cognitive Comprehensio
3 List the complications connected with the repair and replacement of tissue. Cognitive Knowledge
4 Describe the healing process. Cognitive Knowledge
5 List the causes of tissue disruption. Cognitive Knowledge
6 Discuss radiographic diagnostic procedures for classifications of trauma. Cognitive Comprehensio
Systematic Classification of Diseases
Order
DESCRIPTION Learning
Domain
Level of
Learning
1 Describe the various systematic classification of disease. Cognitive Knowledge
2 List the major systematic classification of disease. Cognitive Knowledge
Order
DESCRIPTION
Lecture Lab2 Lab3Practicum
Internship Clinical
Total
Minutes
Semester
Credit Hrs Totals for Course RADT
2190 - Radiographic Pathology ( version
228 Revised 2012
Order
DESCRIPTION
Learning
Domain
Level of
Learning
3 List examples and sites of skeletal/articular diseases. Cognitive Knowledge
4 Discuss the complications and prognoses associated with skeletal/articular diseases. Cognitive Comprehensio
5 Identify imaging procedures and interventional techniques appropriate for diagnosis/treatment of skeletal/articular diseases.
Cognitive Knowledge
6 Discuss the effects of skeletal/articular diseases in terms of effects on radiographic t h i
Cognitive Comprehensio
7 Describe the radiographic appearance of skeletal/articular disease pathology. Cognitive Knowledge
8 Identify skeletal/articular diseases caused or contributed to by genetic factors. Cognitive Knowledge
9 List examples and sites of muscular diseases. Cognitive Knowledge
10
Describe the etiology of muscular diseases. Cognitive Knowledge
11
Discuss the complications and prognoses associated with muscular diseases. Cognitive Comprehensio
12
Identify imaging procedures and interventional techniques appropriate for diagnosis/treatment of muscular diseases.
Cognitive Knowledge
13
Discuss the effects of muscular diseases in terms of effects on radiographic techniques. Cognitive Comprehensio
14
Identify muscular diseases caused or contributed to by genetic factors. Cognitive Knowledge
15
Describe the radiographic appearance of muscular disease pathology. Cognitive Knowledge
16
List examples and sites of digestive system diseases. Cognitive Knowledge
17
Describe the etiology of digestive system diseases. Cognitive Knowledge
18
Discuss the complications and prognoses associated with digestive system diseases. Cognitive Comprehensio
19
Identify imaging procedures and interventional techniques appropriate for diagnosis/treatment of digestive system diseases.
Cognitive Knowledge
20
Discuss the effects of digestive system diseases in terms of effects on radiographic t h i
Cognitive Comprehensio
21
Identify digestive diseases caused or contributed to by genetic factors. Cognitive Knowledge
22
Describe the radiographic appearance of digestive system pathology. Cognitive Knowledge
23
List examples and sites of respiratory system diseases. Cognitive Knowledge
24
Describe the etiology of respiratory system diseases. Cognitive Knowledge
25
Discuss the complications and prognoses associated with respiratory system diseases. Cognitive Comprehensio
26
Identify imaging procedures and interventional techniques appropriate for diagnosis/treatment of respiratory system diseases.
Cognitive Knowledge
27
Discuss the effects of respiratory system diseases in terms of effects on radiographic techniques.
Cognitive Comprehension
28
Identify respiratory system diseases caused or contributed to by genetic factors. Cognitive Knowledge
29
Describe the radiographic appearance of respiratory system pathology. Cognitive Knowledge
229 Revised 2012
Order
DESCRIPTION
Learning
Domain
Level of
Learning
30
List examples and sites of urinary system diseases. Cognitive Knowledge
31
Describe the etiology of urinary system diseases. Cognitive Knowledge
32
Discuss the complications and prognoses associated with urinary system diseases. Cognitive Comprehensio
33
Identify imaging procedures and interventional techniques appropriate for diagnosis/treatment of urinary system diseases.
Cognitive Knowledge
34
Discuss the effects of urinary system diseases in terms of effects on radiographic t h i
Cognitive Comprehensio
35
Identify urinary system diseases caused or contributed to by genetic factors. Cognitive Knowledge
36
Describe the radiographic appearance of urinary system pathology. Cognitive Knowledge
37
List examples and sites of reproductive system diseases. Cognitive Knowledge
38
Describe the etiology of reproductive system diseases. Cognitive Knowledge
39
Discuss the complications and prognoses associated with reproductive system diseases. Cognitive Comprehensio
40
Identify imaging procedures and interventional techniques appropriate for diagnosis/treatment of reproductive system diseases.
Cognitive Knowledge
41
Discuss the effects of reproductive system diseases in terms of effects on radiographic techniques.
Cognitive Comprehension
42
Identify reproductive system diseases caused or contributed to by genetic factors. Cognitive Knowledge
43
Describe the radiographic appearance of reproductive system pathology. Cognitive Knowledge
44
List examples and sites of circulatory system diseases. Cognitive Knowledge
45
Describe the etiology of circulatory system diseases. Cognitive Knowledge
46
Discuss the complications and prognoses associated with circulatory system diseases. Cognitive Comprehensio
47
Identify imaging procedures and interventional techniques appropriate for diagnosis/treatment of circulatory system diseases.
Cognitive Knowledge
48
Discuss the effects of circulatory system diseases in terms of effects on radiographic t h i
Cognitive Comprehensio
49
Identify circulatory system diseases caused or contributed to by genetic factors. Cognitive Knowledge
50
Describe the radiographic appearance of circulatory system pathology. Cognitive Knowledge
51
List examples and sites of endocrine system diseases. Cognitive Knowledge
52
Describe the etiology of endocrine system diseases. Cognitive Knowledge
53
Discuss the complications and prognoses associated with endocrine system diseases. Cognitive Comprehensio
Identify imaging procedures and interventional techniques appropriate for diagnosis/treatment of endocrine system diseases.
Cognitive Knowledge
55
Discuss the effects of endocrine system diseases in terms of effects on radiographic t h i
Cognitive Comprehensio
56
Identify endocrine system diseases caused or contributed to by genetic factors. Cognitive Knowledge
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
230 Revised 2012
References
Order Reference Type De
1 Book with Author(s) Listed
Eisenberg, R. & Johnson, N.. (2007). Comprehensive radiographic pathology. (4th). St. Louis, MO: Mosby/Elsevier.
2 Book with Author(s) Listed
Kowalczyk, N. & Mace, J.. (2009). Radiographic pathology for technologists. (5th). St. Louis, MO: Mosby/Elsevier.
RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM
RAD 119
Radiographic Pathology
COURSE OUTLINE
TEXT: Eisenberg, R. & Johnson, N.. (2007). Comprehensive radiographic pathology. (4th). St. Louis, MO: Mosby/Elsevier
REFERENCES:
Kowalczyk, N. & Mace, J.. (2009). Radiographic pathology for technologists. (5th). St. Louis, MO: Mosby/Elsevier
Week Subject Assignment
1. Course Introduction, Content Academic Eisenberg
Requirements. Disease process, Chapter 1
Classifications, Neoplasia
Terminology
2. Specialized Imaging Techniques Eisenberg Chapter 2
3. Respiratory Pathology Eisenberg
Chapter 3
4. Skeletal trauma and disease, Congenital Eisenberg
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
231 Revised 2012
and inflammatory processes. Chapter 4
Skeletal Disease, fractures
5. Gastrointestinal disease, Eisenberg
Alimentary tract. Chapter 5
Accessory organs of digestion, diseases
` of the liver and pancreas 82-101
6. Mid Term Examination
7. Urinary Pathology Eisenberg
Chapter 6
8. Cardiovascular disease Eisenberg
Chapter 7
9. Central Nervous System Traumatic Eisenberg
injury and neoplastic, infectious and Chapter 8
degenerative disease.
10. Hematopoietic System Eisenberg
Chapter 9
11. Endocrine System Eisenberg
Chapter 10
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
232 Revised 2012
12. Disease of the reproductive system Eisenberg
Chapter 11
13. Miscellaneous Disease Eisenberg
` Chapter 12
14. Final Examination
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES:
Make up test will result in a 10 point reduction. All make up test must be done on the next class day. Make for major test will result in a 15 point reduction.
Methods of Instructional Delivery
Traditional and distance learning delivery methods may be utilized in this course.
ONLINE COURSES (ONLINE STUDENTS ONLY)
Online students will access the course site through ANGEL (http://moultrietech.angellearning.com). The student will be enrolled in the online course on the first day of regularly scheduled classes. Online students must access the course site regularly to check for announcements, additional coursework assignments, and other important information.
Student/Faculty Interaction (ONLINE STUDENTS)
Class interaction may occur via one or more of the following: email, telephone, discussion board forums, and comments on assignments.
The student will participate in this course by following the guidelines of this syllabus and any additional information provided by the instructor or Moultrie Technical College (MTC) Online.
The student is required to communicate with his/her Instructor at least three times per week via email or other communication means, by participating in the discussion forums, submitting assignments and taking exams, all in a timely fashion. Five consecutive days without communicating with the instructor will result in a withdrawal (“W” or “WF”) from the course.
The instructor will respond to students’ email within 24 hours Monday-Thursday, and within 48 hours Friday-Sunday.
The instructor’s primary public communication will be via the ANGEL announcement page. The instructor’s primary private communication will be via ANGEL.
Attendance
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
233 Revised 2012
Students are expected to be punctual and attend all classes for which they are registered. Each student should recognize at the beginning of his or her postsecondary career that a mature acceptance of his or her responsibilities is a requisite for reasonable accomplishment in postsecondary work: this applies particularly in the area of class attendance. Instructors will keep an accurate record of class attendance. Students anticipating an absence or tardiness should contact the instructor in advance or provide notification as soon as possible. It is the responsibility of the student to account for missed instructional time and to arrange for make-up work at the convenience of the instructor.
Failure to maintain contact with the instructor - either by attending classes, submitting assignments, and/or contacting the instructor (either in person, or by telephone, or email) may result in a failing grade(s).
Some programs and courses at MTC may have more demanding attendance requirements due to the nature of the course or program. These requirements are stated in an approved program handbook, course syllabus, or contract executed with the student.
Class attendance is calculated from the first officially scheduled class meeting to the last scheduled meeting.
A student who has combined absences and tardies greater than 10% of the scheduled class time for which the student is registered may be subject to any or all of the following consequences at any time during the semester:
Suspension from a class or program;
Dismissal from a class or program;
Ineligibility to enroll the following semester.
See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding attendance.
Withdrawal
If a student decides to withdraw from the class, he/she must complete the necessary paperwork before an official withdrawal can occur. It is imperative that the student contact the instructor upon deciding to withdraw. Any student withdrawing before midterm will receive a grade of “W”. If a course is dropped for any reason after midterm, the student will receive a grade of “WF” (Withdraw Failing). “WF” has zero quality points and will be calculated in the grade point average (GPA). “WP” (Withdraw Passing) is considered only as a result to extenuating circumstances and if academic performance is passing.
Academic Integrity
Cheating and plagiarism are unacceptable.
Cheating includes any attempt to defraud, deceive, or mislead an instructor in arriving at an honest grade assessment.
Plagiarism is a form of cheating that involves presenting the ideas of another as your original ideas.
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
234 Revised 2012
Any student, acting individually or in concert with others, who violates any part of the student conduct code, shall be subject to disciplinary procedures including dismissal from a class session by the instructor and/or suspension or expulsion by the authorized administrator. See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding the student code of conduct.
Quality of Student Work
Use of proper grammar, correct spelling, and writing principles are expected in all work. Full credit will not be granted for work that contains grammar or spelling errors.
Evaluation
Evaluation wil be considered as:
Successful completion of exams (66%), quizzes (33%)
Percentage of Points Earned Corresponding Letter Grade
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
60 – 69 D
0 – 59 F
The student’s knowledge of the material presented in this course will be evaluated based on the satisfactory completion of all assigned work. The student will also be examined on his/her knowledge of the objectives outlined in each lesson, as presented in the Projected Learning Schedule.
Academic Assistance/Remediation
Students who are progressing at an unsatisfactory level and in jeopardy of failing the course must make an appointment with the course instructor to determine the need for remediation. Together, the instructor and student will review the information and determine appropriate steps for remediation. After completion of the remedial assignments, the student may be re-evaluated on the material.
References
The instructor will provide additional resource material as may be necessary. For online courses, this material will be emailed to students and posted on the online course site in the Discussion Board section.
Work Ethics
A portion of the curriculum of all courses is devoted to the development of positive work ethics among students. The work ethics program is designed to encourage good work habits in the areas of quality of work, ability to follow instructions, productivity, dependability, honesty, reliability, attendance and punctuality, attitude, integrity, enthusiasm, interpersonal skills, and initiative.
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
235 Revised 2012
Work Ethics Evaluation
On-site students will receive a formal report at mid-term and at the end of the semester. The mid-term report is a progress report, but the end-of-semester report constitutes the final grade. The semester work ethics grade will not affect the academic grade. Points are assigned to evaluate each of the ten work ethics traits as follows:
Exceeds Expectations 3 points
Meets Expectations 2 points
Needs Improvement 1 points
Unacceptable 0 points
Safety
Students should become familiar with the program’s emergency procedures in order to maintain a safe learning environment. Emergency procedures such as severe and hazardous weather are addressed in the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook. Evacuation routes for fire and other emergency situations are posted in each classroom and lab. Emergency procedures are discussed at the beginning of each semester. Evacuation charts are posted in each classroom and lab. Review these charts as you enter each room. If a situation were to occur, requiring evacuation, follow the route marked on the chart. If a bad weather warning is sounded, follow the proper evaluation procedures and take all valuables with you.
MTC Alert – Emergency and Announcement Notification System
Moultrie Technical College offers a free emergency and important school announcement service to all students. MTC Alert is a mass notification system comprised of e-mail, voice, and text messaging that is designed to send emergency messages rapidly for the safety and benefit of our students. Messages will be sent by authorized MTC employee(s) via a system provided by High Ground Solutions/SchoolCast.
Upon a student’s admittance into Moultrie Technical College, his/her contact information will be automatically entered into the system. Participation is not optional. However, students will have the opportunity to update their information each semester through the MTC Student Affairs Office. Students should be aware that possible charges may be incurred from their wireless device carriers for text messages received from the MTC Alert System.
TECHNICAL EDUCATION GUARANTEE (WARRANTY STATEMENT)
The Technical College System of Georgia has developed curricula standards with direct involvement of business and industry. These standards will serve as the industry-validated specifications for each occupational program.
These standards allow Georgia’s 25 technical colleges to offer their business partners this guarantee:
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
236 Revised 2012
“If one of our graduates, who was educated under a standard program, or his/her employer agree that the employee is deficient in one or more competencies as defined in the standards, Moultrie Technical College will retrain that employee at no instructional cost to the employee or employer.”
This guarantee applies to all graduates of MTC who are employed in the field of their training. It is in effect for a period of two years after graduation.
The Technical College System of Georgia and its constituent Technical Colleges do not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national or ethnic origin, gender, religion, disability, age, political affiliation or belief, disabled veteran, veteran of the Vietnam Era, or citizenship status (except in those special circumstances permitted or mandated by law). This nondiscrimination policy encompasses the operation of all educational programs and activities including admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and other Technical College System and Technical College-administered programs, including any Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (WIA) Title I – financed programs. It also encompasses the employment of personnel and contracting for goods and services.
The Department of Technical Colleges shall promote the realization of equal opportunity through a positive continuing program of specific practices designed to ensure the full realization of equal opportunity.
Inquiries concerning application of the above policy may be directed to:
Title IX Equity, Section 504 and ADA Coordinator – Lisa Newton 229.217-4132 Veterans’ Benefits – VA Representative – Cindy Murray 229.386-3164
If you have a disability and need assistance, contact Lisa Newton at 229-217-4132 or [email protected].
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
237 Revised 2012
COURSE SYLLABUS
Instructor: Alfred Jones
Office location: 614
Email address: [email protected]
Office phone number: 229-217-4178
Office hours: 3:00 – 5:00
Course Number: RADT 2260
Course Name: Radiologic Technology Review
Program of Study: Radiologic Technology MISSION:
Moultrie Technical College is a multiple campus institution of higher learning whose mission as part of the Technical College System of Georgia is to provide a culture of learning through occupational education, academic education, distance education, business and industry training, and workforce development supporting the education and economic advancement of Colquitt, Tift, Turner, and Worth counties.
The college fulfills its mission by providing accessible, quality education leading to associate degrees, diplomas, technical certificates of credit, and programs to assist adults in literacy education.
PROGRAM MISSION:
The mission of the Moultrie Technical College Radiology Program is to provide a comprehensive education, which will prepare graduates with the entry- level skills necessary to seek employment as a radiographer and receive an Associate’s Degree at the end of the program.
Goal: Students of the program will demonstrate clinical competence.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will demonstrate appropriate positioning skills
Students will evaluate images for diagnostic quality.
Students will utilize appropriate radiation protection procedures
Goal: Students will communicate effectively.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will use effective oral communication skills.
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
238 Revised 2012
Students will use effective written communication skills.
Goal: Students will employ critical thinking skills
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will manipulate technical factors for non-routine competencies
Students will evaluate the developed radiograph for appropriate image quality
Goal: Students will demonstrate professional growth and development.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will be evaluated for professional growth and development.
RADT 2260 - Radiologic Technology Review ( version 201003L )
Standard Institutionally Developed College: N/A
EDGE Compatible: No
Pre-requisites: All Required
RADT 1160 - Principles of Imaging II ( 201003L )
RADT 1200 - Principles of Radiation Biology and Protection ( 201003L )
RADT 2090 - Radiographic Procedures III ( 201003L )
RADT 2350 - Clinical Radiography IV ( 201003L )
Co-requisites: All Required
RADT 2360 - Clinical Radiography V ( 201003L )
Course Description Provides a review of basic knowledge from previous courses and helps the student prepare for national certification examinations for radiographers. Topics include: image production and evaluation; radiographic procedures; anatomy, physiology, pathology, and terminology; equipment operation and quality control; radiation protection; and patient care and education.
Course Length
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
239 Revised 2012
Minutes Contact Hour Semester Credit
Lecture: 2250 45
Lab 2: 0 0
Lab 3: 0 0
Practicum/Internship: 0 0
Clinical: 0 0
Total: 2250 45 3
Semester Credit Hours: 3
Competencies
Order Description Lecture Lab2 Lab3 Practicum/ Internship Clinical
Total Minutes
Semester Credit Hrs
1 Image Production and Evaluation 375 0 0 0 0 375
2 Radiographic Procedures 375 0 0 0 0 375
3
Anatomy, Physiology, Pathology, and Terminology 375 0 0 0 0 375
4 Equipment Operation and Quality Control 375 0 0 0 0 375
5 Radiation Protection 375 0 0 0 0 375
6 Patient Care and Education 375 0 0 0 0 375
Totals for Course RADT 2260 - Radiologic Technology Review ( version 201003L ): 2250 0 0 0 0 2250 3
Learning Outcomes
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
240 Revised 2012
Image Production and Evaluation
Order Description Learning Domain Level of Learning
1 The student will review factors affecting recorded detail, density, distortion, and contrast. Cognitive Comprehension
2 The student will discuss the relationships among density, distortion, contrast, and recorded detail.
Cognitive Comprehension
3 The student will review factors that govern the selection of films, screens, and grids. Cognitive Comprehension
4 The student will discuss the relationship between films and screens. Cognitive Comprehension
5 The student will review the effect of factors influencing exposure control such as the nature of the radiographic procedure; films, screens, and grids selected; power setting used; and beam limitation and scatter.
Cognitive Comprehension
6 The student will perform exposure calculations for various radiographic procedures. Cognitive Synthesis
7 The student will describe the advantages and disadvantages associated with automatic exposure control.
Cognitive Comprehension
8 The student will discuss factors affecting the decision to use automatic exposure controls. Cognitive Comprehension
9 The student will select select exposure factors from a technique chart for a simulated radiographic procedure.
Cognitive Application
10 The student will review film storage considerations. Cognitive Comprehension
11 The student will review radiographic identification procedures. Cognitive Comprehension
12 The student will discuss the daily and periodic maintenance for automatic film processors. Cognitive Comprehension
13 The student will discuss the procedures for loading and unloading. Cognitive Comprehension
14 The student will discuss the exposure indicators for the 3 major computed radiography systems.
Cognitive Comprehension
15 The student will describe the effects of frequency, contrast, and noise on digital image quality.
Cognitive Comprehension
16 The student will discuss the function of digital image window level and width controls. Cognitive Comprehension
17 The student will describe picture archival and communication systems (PACS). Cognitive Comprehension
18 The student will discuss film archival. Cognitive Comprehension
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
241 Revised 2012
19 The student will discuss the criteria used to evaluate the diagnostic quality of radiographs. Cognitive Comprehension
20 The student will list the possible causes of poor radiograph quality. Cognitive Knowledge
Radiographic Procedures
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 The student will review positioning terminology. Cognitive Comprehension
2 The student will describe types and functions of immobilization and positioning devices. Cognitive Comprehension
3 The student will state the appropriate breathing instructions for the patient when given a readiographic procedure.
Cognitive Knowledge
4 The student will discuss positioning and technique variations for various radiographic procedures.
Cognitive Comprehension
5 The student will discuss various radiographic procedures, describe the requisite procedures for patient preparation.
Cognitive Comprehension
6 The student will list the types of contrast media. Cognitive Knowledge
7 The student will match contrast media with radiographic procedures. Cognitive Knowledge
8 The student will list the indications,contraindications, and the adverse reactions associated with its use when given a specific contrast medium.
Cognitive Knowledge
9 The student will explain the steps for patient preparation and patient positioning when given a list of routine and special radiographic procedures.
Cognitive Comprehension
10 The student will select the equipment needed and the exposure settings that are consistent with A.R.R.T. specifications when given a list of routine and special radiographic procedures.
Cognitive Knowledge
Anatomy, Physiology, Pathology, and Terminology
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 The student will label each anatomical structure with its accepted medical term when given diagrams of the skeletal, digestive, circulatory, respiratory, reproductive, urinary, and nervous/ sensory systems.
Cognitive Knowledge
2 The student will define a list of terms relating to physiology and pathology. Cognitive Knowledge
3 The student will evaluate radiographic images of the skeletal, digestive, circulatory, Cognitive Evaluation
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
242 Revised 2012
respiratory, genitourinary, and nervous/sensory systems in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures and physiological functions visualized.
4 The student will evaluate radiographic images of the skeletal, digestive, circulatory, respiratory, genitourinary, and nervous/sensory systems in terms of pathologies revealed.
Cognitive Evaluation
Equipment Operation and Quality Control
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 The student will label diagrams of the component parts of various radiographic equipment and accessories.
Cognitive Knowledge
2 The student will describe equipment used for computed radiography and digital radiography.
Cognitive Comprehension
3 The student will discuss the differences in various types and models of portable radiographic equipment.
Cognitive Comprehension
4 The student will discuss the differences in portable and non-portable radiographic equipment.
Cognitive Comprehension
5 The student will describe the theory of operation of an X-ray tube. Cognitive Comprehension
6 The student will describe the construction and function of an X-ray tube. Cognitive Comprehension
7 The student will determine the maximum allowable exposure factor for various radiographic procedures using an X-ray tube rating chart.
Cognitive Application
8 The student will determine the rate of anode and tube housing cooling when given simulations of radiographic exposures and anode and tube housing cooling charts.
Cognitive Application
9 The student will review X-ray tube warm-up procedures for radiographic equipment from various manufacturers.
Cognitive Comprehension
10 The student will perform safety checks of radiographic equipment and accessories such as lead aprons and gloves and collimator accuracy.
Psychomotor Guided Response
11 The student will identify symptoms of malfunctions in radiographic equipment. Cognitive Knowledge
12 The student will discuss reporting procedures for malfunctions of radiographic equipment. Cognitive Comprehension
Radiation Protection
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
243 Revised 2012
1 The student will describe the use and function of beam limiting devices, beam filtration, and shielding devices.
Cognitive Comprehension
2 The student will describe the relationship between exposure factors and patient dosage. Cognitive Comprehension
3 The student will describe the nature and function of the ten-day rule. Cognitive Comprehension
4 The student will determine the film, screen, and exposure setting combinations that will minimize the radiation dosage that patients receive when given various radiographic procedures.
Cognitive Application
5 The student will discuss methods to avoid repeat radiographs. Cognitive Comprehension
6 The student will describe the purpose of primary and secondary radiation barriers and room construction and design in terms of personnel protection.
Cognitive Comprehension
7 The student will discuss the radiographic equipment and techniques used to reduce personnel exposure during radiographic, fluoroscopic, mobile, and surgical procedures.
Cognitive Comprehension
8 The student will discuss the types and purposes of personnel protective devices used during radiographic, fluoroscopic, mobile, and surgical procedures.
Cognitive Comprehension
9 The student will describe the types, uses, and purposes of patient restraint devices for reducing personnel radiation exposure.
Cognitive Comprehension
10 The student will describe personnel monitoring devices in terms of purposes, types, characteristics, advantages, and disadvantages.
Cognitive Comprehension
Patient Care and Education
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 The student will validate the patient's identity by asking the patient and/or by checking the wrist band.
Cognitive Synthesis
2 The student will validate the radiographic procedure requested by checking the procedure requisition form.
Cognitive Synthesis
3 The student will review the principles of body mechanics applicable to patient care. Cognitive Comprehension
4 The student will demonstrate procedures for patient transfer such as table to table, table to wheelchair, wheelchair to bed, bed to stretcher, the three-man lift, and drawsheet lift.
Psychomotor Guided Response
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
244 Revised 2012
5 The student will describe the procedures for turning patients who have severe trauma, unconsciousness, disorientation, or amputated limbs.
Cognitive Comprehension
6 The student will list the patient preparation steps when given various radiographic procedures.
Cognitive Knowledge
7 The student will state the appropriate instructions to be given to the patient for various radiographic procedures.
Cognitive Knowledge
8 The student will list the appropriate contrast agent for various radiographic procedures when given procedures using contrast agents.
Cognitive Knowledge
9 The student will discuss patient preparation in terms of procedures, indications, contraindications, and symptoms of and treatment for adverse reactions to contrast agents when given various radiographic procedures.
Cognitive Comprehension
10 The student will describe describe the disinfection and sterilization procedures in terms of types and methods used when given various radiographic procedures and patient information.
Cognitive Comprehension
11 The student will demonstrate the procedures for scrubbing, donning gowns and gloves, removing gowns and gloves, and handling sterile instruments.
Psychomotor Guided Response
12 The student will discuss procedures for handling and disposing of infectious wastes. Cognitive Comprehension
13 The student will describe the function, purpose, and procedures for each when given a list of isolation techniques, .
Cognitive Comprehension
14 The student will discuss the psychological considerations for the management of infectious patients.
Cognitive Comprehension
15 The student will describe the vital signs used to assess patient condition. Cognitive Comprehension
16 The student will identify normal values for measurements of temperature, pulse, blood pressure, and respiration.
Cognitive Knowledge
17 The student will demonstrate the clinical measurement and recording of temperature, pulse, blood pressure, and respiration.
Psychomotor Guided Response
18 The student will describe the symptoms of cardiac arrest, anaphylactic shock, convulsion, seizure, hemorrhage, apnea, emesis, aspiration, fractures, and diabetic coma/insulin reaction.
Cognitive Comprehension
19 The student will describe the acute care procedures for cardiac arrest, anaphylactic shock, convulsion, seizure, hemorrhage, apnea, emesis, aspiration, fractures, and diabetic coma/insulin reaction.
Cognitive Comprehension
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
245 Revised 2012
20 The student will describe the use of medical equipment and supplies in treating medical emergencies.
Cognitive Comprehension
References
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
246 Revised 2012
Order Reference
Type Description
1 Book with Author(s) Listed
Anthony, C. P., & Thibodeau, G. A. (1987). Textbook of Anatomy and Physiology . (12th). St. Louis: Mosby.
2 Book with Author(s) Listed
Ballinger, P. W. (1990). Merrill's atlas of radiographic positions and radiographic . (7th). St. Louis: Mosby.
3 Book with Author(s) Listed
Bontrager, K. (1987). Textbook of radiographic positioning and related anatomy . (2nd). St. Louis: Mosby.
4 Book with Author(s) Listed
Bushong, S. C. (1988). Radiologic Science for Technologists . (4th). St. Louis: Mosby.
5 Book with Author(s) Listed
Carroll, Q. B. (1985). Fuch's principles of radiographic exposure, processing, and quality control . (3rd). Springfield: C.C. Thomas.
6 Book with Author(s) Listed
Chabner, D. (1985). The language of Medicine . (3rd). Philadelphia: Saunders.
7 Book with Author(s) Listed
Curry, T. S., et al. (1990). Christensen's physics of diagnostic radiology . (4th). Philadelphia: Lea & Febiger.
8 Book with Author(s) Listed
Ehrlich, R. A., & Givens, E. M. (1989). Patient care in Radiography . (3rd). St. Louis: Mosby.
9 Other Mosby's Medical and Nursing Dictionary (2nd ed.). St. Louis: Mosby
10 Book with Author(s) Listed
Gurley, L. T., et al. (1986). Introduction to Radiologic technology . (2nd). St. Louis: Mosby.
11 Book with Author(s) Listed
Gylys, B. A., & Wedding, M. E. (1988). Medical terminology: A systems approach . (2nd). Philadelphia: F.A. Davis.
12 Book with Author(s) Listed
Hall, E. J. (1984). Radiation and Life . (2nd). Elmsford: Pergamon.
13 Book with Author(s) Listed
Hamilton, H., & McVan, B. (1987). Professional Guide to Diseases . (2nd). Springhouse: Intermed Communications.
14 Book with Author(s) Listed
Hiss, S. S. (1987). Understanding Radiography . (3rd). Springhouse: Thomas.
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
247 Revised 2012
15 Book with Author(s) Listed
Kreel, L. (1980). Clark's Positioning in Radiography . (10th). St. Louis: Mosby.
16 Book with Author(s) Listed
Meschan, I. (1978). Radiographic positioning and Related Anatomy . (2nd). Philadelphia: Saunders.
17 Book with Author(s) Listed
Miller, B. F., & Keane, C. B. (1987). Encyclopedia & Dictionary of Medicine, Nursing, & Allied Health . (4th). Philadelphia: Saunders.
18 Book with Author(s) Listed
Noz, M. E., & Maguire, G. Q. (1985). Radiation Protection in the Radiologic and Health Sciences . (2nd). Philadelphia: Lea & Febiger.
19 Book with Author(s) Listed
Selman, J. (1985). The Fundamentals of X-ray and Radium Physics . (7th). Springfield: C.C. Thomas.
20 Edited Book Saia, D.A. (Eds.). (2009). Radiography Prep. New York: McGraw-Hill .
21 Book with Author(s) Listed
Smith, G. L., & Davis, P. E. (1988). Medical Terminology: A Programmed Text . (5th). New York: John Wiley & Sons.
22 Book with Author(s) Listed
Snopek, A. M. (1984). Fundamentals of Special Radiographic Procedures . (2nd). Philadelphia: Saunders.
23 Book with Author(s) Listed
Squires, B. P. (1986). Basic terms of Anatomy and Physiology . (2nd). Philadelphia: Saunders.
24 Edited Book Thomas, C. L. (Ed.). (Eds.). (1006). Taber's Cyclopedic Medical Dictionary (20th ed.). Philadelphia: F.A. Davis.
25 Book with Author(s) Listed
Thompson, T. T. (1979). Cahoon's formulating x-ray techniques . (9th). Durham: Duke University Press.
26 Book with Author(s) Listed
Torres, L. S., & Morrill, C. (1983). Basic Medical Techniques and Patient Care for Radiologic Technologists. . (2nd). Philadelphia: Lippincott.
27 Book with Author(s) Listed
Travis, E. L. (1989). Primer of Medical Radiobiology . (2nd). St. Louis: Mosby Year Book.
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
248 Revised 2012
BEHAVIORAL OBJECTIVES:
Upon completion of this course, the student will:
1. Understand the format and procedure of the ARRT examination.
2. Have an overall understanding of:
a) Radiation protection and radiobiology b) Equipment operation and maintenance c) Image production and evaluation d) Radiographic procedure and related anatomy e) Patient care
3. Identify their weakest section of the registry
4. Organize a one hour presentation of the weakest section to
Online Component
RAD 126 - Outline of Instruction
Date Topic Quiz
Apr 7 Overview of the A.R.R.T. Exam
7 Biological Aspects of Radiation 1
Minimizing Patient Exposure 2
14 Personnel Protection 3
14 Radiation Exposure and Monitoring 4
14 Practice Exam #3
21 Principles of Radiation Physic 5
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
249 Revised 2012
21 Radiographic Equipment & QC 6
21 Practice Exam #4
28 Selection of Technical Factors 7
28 Image Processing & Quality Assurance 8
May 5 Criteria for Image Evaluation 9
5 Problem Solving
5 Practice Exam #1
12 Thorax and Abdomen 10
12 Spine and Pelvis 11
25 Skull 12
25 Extremities 13
June 2 Patient Care and Infection Control 14
9 Patient Monitoring and Contrast Media 15
9 Practice Exam #2 10 Appleton & Lange Series
Each of the above topic must be completed by the assigned date. The quizzes must also be completed by the
assigned date with a score of 76. Once you have achieved a score of 76, I must receive a copy of the score sheet
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
250 Revised 2012
pertaining to each of the above quizzes by e-mail. The Practice exams will be taken in class only on the above
dates. Do not attempt the practice exams until the scheduled dates.
Be reminded that I have your codes and can check your activity in the program. If you are in violation of the
above policy, a 15 point deduction will be made for each infraction. The points will be taken from the practice
exam grade. POLICIES AND PROCEDURES:
Radiology Program Handbook, MTC Student Handbook
Class Attendance
Students are required to attend all course sessions.
Tardiness
Tardiness will not be tolerated. When a fellow student or instructor is schedule to make a presentation you must be on time.
Make-up Examination
Missed exams or quizzes must be rescheduled the day the student return to class. A grade of zero will be given until all work is completed.
Retake Examination
No examination or quizzes may be retaken, with the exception of
the comprehensive exit exam.
Corectec Modules
The passing score for all Corectec modules is 85.
Only two attempts are counted toward a grade.
Methods of Instructional Delivery
Traditional and distance learning delivery methods may be utilized in this course.
ONLINE COURSES (ONLINE STUDENTS ONLY)
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
251 Revised 2012
Online students will access the course site through ANGEL (http://moultrietech.angellearning.com). The student will be enrolled in the online course on the first day of regularly scheduled classes. Online students must access the course site regularly to check for announcements, additional coursework assignments, and other important information.
All online courses require at least one proctored event/exam during the semester. If a student does not complete the proctored event/exam for the course, he/she will receive a final grade of “F.” Extenuating circumstances will be evaluated. If approved by the Online Director, the student will be assigned an “I.” An “I” not satisfactorily removed by the 10th day of the following semester will be changed to an “F.”
Student/Faculty Interaction (ONLINE STUDENTS)
Class interaction may occur via one or more of the following: email, telephone, discussion board forums, and comments on assignments.
The student will participate in this course by following the guidelines of this syllabus and any additional information provided by the instructor or Moultrie Technical College (MTC) Online.
The student is required to communicate with his/her instructor at least three times per week via email or other communication means, by participating in the discussion forums, submitting assignments, and taking exams, all in a timely fashion. Five consecutive days without communicating with the instructor will result in a withdrawal (“W” or “WF”) from the course.
The instructor will respond to students’ email within 24 hours Monday-Thursday, and within 48 hours Friday-Sunday.
The instructor’s primary public communication will be via the ANGEL announcement page. The instructor’s primary private communication will be via ANGEL.
Attendance
Students are expected to be punctual and attend all classes for which they are registered. Each student should recognize at the beginning of his or her postsecondary career that a mature acceptance of his or her responsibilities is a requisite for reasonable accomplishment in postsecondary work: this applies particularly in the area of class attendance. Instructors will keep an accurate record of class attendance. Students anticipating an absence or tardiness should contact the instructor in advance or provide notification as soon as possible. It is the responsibility of the student to account for missed instructional time and to arrange for make-up work at the convenience of the instructor.
Failure to maintain contact with the instructor - either by attending classes, submitting assignments, and/or contacting the instructor (either in person, or by telephone, or email) may result in a failing grade(s).
Some programs and courses at MTC may have more demanding attendance requirements due to the nature of the course or program. These requirements are stated in an approved program handbook, course syllabus, or contract executed with the student.
Class attendance is calculated from the first officially scheduled class meeting to the last scheduled meeting.
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
252 Revised 2012
A student who has combined absences and tardies greater than 10% of the scheduled class time for which the student is registered may be subject to any or all of the following consequences at any time during the semester:
Suspension from a class or program;
Dismissal from a class or program;
Ineligibility to enroll the following semester. See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding attendance.
Withdrawal
If a student decides to withdraw from the class, he/she must complete the necessary paperwork before an official withdrawal can occur. It is imperative that the student contact the instructor upon deciding to withdraw. Any student withdrawing before midterm will receive a grade of “W.” If a course is dropped for any reason after midterm, the student will receive a grade of “WF” (Withdraw Failing). “WF” has zero quality points and will be calculated in the grade point average (GPA). “WP” (Withdraw Passing) is considered only as a result to extenuating circumstances and if academic performance is passing.
Academic Integrity
Cheating and plagiarism are unacceptable.
Cheating includes any attempt to defraud, deceive, or mislead an instructor in arriving at an honest grade assessment.
Plagiarism is a form of cheating that involves presenting the ideas of another as your original ideas.
Any student, acting individually or in concert with others, who violates any part of the student conduct code, shall be subject to disciplinary procedures including dismissal from a class session by the instructor and/or suspension or expulsion by the authorized administrator. See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding the student code of conduct.
Quality of Student Work
Use of proper grammar, correct spelling, and writing principles are expected in all work. Full credit will not be granted for work that contains grammar or spelling errors.
Evaluation
The following grading scale will be utilized in the determination of the student’s course grade.
Evaluation of student performance will be divided into four sections; simulated exams, class participation, student presentations, and a comprehensive exit exam.
Grading
Three mock registry exams = 30%
Corectec Modules = 15%
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
253 Revised 2012
Student lecture presentation = 15%
Comprehensive exit exam = 30%
Appleton & Lange = 10%
Total 100%
Upon completion of this course, the student must have a grade average of 70% or above. The student must also score at least 75% on the comprehensive final. Students who fail on the first attempt will be given the opportunity to take a revised comprehensive exam two weeks later, at which time they must make a passing grade of 75%. Students who fail to meet these requirements will not be eligible to graduate or sit for the registry exam.
Knowledge of course material will be evaluated through written exams and required student lectures. A multiple-choice format will be used for all. There will be four major test and a comprehensive final exit exam. Students must pass the comprehensive exit exam in order to fulfill the requirements for graduation.
Percentage of Points Earned Corresponding Letter Grade
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
60 – 69 D
0 – 59 F
The student’s knowledge of the material presented in this course will be evaluated based on the satisfactory completion of all assigned work. The student will also be examined on their knowledge of the objectives outlined in each Lesson, as presented in the Projected Learning Schedule, which is an integral part of this Syllabus.
The student’s knowledge of the material presented in this course will be evaluated based on the satisfactory completion of all assigned work. The student will also be examined on his/her knowledge of the objectives outlined in each lesson, as presented in the Projected Learning Schedule.
Academic Assistance/Remediation
Students who are progressing at an unsatisfactory level and in jeopardy of failing the course must make an appointment with the course instructor to determine the need for remediation. Together, the instructor and student will review the information and determine appropriate steps for remediation. After completion of the remedial assignments, the student may be re-evaluated on the material.
References
The instructor will provide additional resource material as may be necessary. For online courses, this material will be emailed to students and posted on the online course site in the Discussion Board section.
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
254 Revised 2012
Work Ethics
A portion of the curriculum of all courses is devoted to the development of positive work ethics among students. The work ethics program is designed to encourage good work habits in the areas of quality of work, ability to follow instructions, productivity, dependability, honesty, reliability, attendance and punctuality, attitude, integrity, enthusiasm, interpersonal skills, and initiative.
Work Ethics Evaluation
On-site students will receive a formal report at mid-term and at the end of the semester. The mid-term report is a progress report, but the end-of-semester report constitutes the final grade. The semester work ethics grade will not affect the academic grade. Points are assigned to evaluate each of the ten work ethics traits as follows:
Exceeds Expectations 3 points
Meets Expectations 2 points
Needs Improvement 1 point
Unacceptable 0 points
Safety
Students should become familiar with the program’s emergency procedures in order to maintain a safe learning environment. Emergency procedures such as severe and hazardous weather are addressed in the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook. Evacuation routes for fire and other emergency situations are posted in each classroom and lab. Emergency procedures are discussed at the beginning of each semester. Evacuation charts are posted in each classroom and lab. Students are to review these charts as they enter each room. If a situation were to occur, requiring evacuation, students are to follow the route marked on the chart. If a bad weather warning is sounded, students are to follow the proper evaluation procedures and take all valuables with them.
MTC Alert – Emergency and Announcement Notification System
Moultrie Technical College offers a free emergency and important school announcement service to all students. MTC Alert is a mass notification system comprised of e-mail, voice, and text messaging that is designed to send emergency messages rapidly for the safety and benefit of the students. Messages will be sent by authorized MTC employee(s) via a system provided by High Ground Solutions/SchoolCast.
Upon a student’s admittance into Moultrie Technical College, his/her contact information will be automatically entered into the system. Participation is not optional. However, students will have the opportunity to update their information each semester through the MTC Student Affairs Office. Students should be aware that possible charges may be incurred from their wireless device carriers for text messages received from the MTC Alert System.
TECHNICAL EDUCATION GUARANTEE (WARRANTY STATEMENT)
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
255 Revised 2012
The Technical College System of Georgia has developed curricula standards with direct involvement of business and industry. These standards will serve as the industry-validated specifications for each occupational program.
These standards allow Georgia’s 25 technical colleges to offer their business partners this guarantee:
“If one of our graduates, who was educated under a standard program, or his/her employer agree that the employee is deficient in one or more competencies as defined in the standards, Moultrie Technical College will retrain that employee at no instructional cost to the employee or employer.”
This guarantee applies to all graduates of MTC who are employed in the field of their training. It is in effect for a period of two years after graduation.
The Technical College System of Georgia and its constituent Technical Colleges do not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national or ethnic origin, gender, religion, disability, age, political affiliation or belief, disabled veteran, veteran of the Vietnam Era, or citizenship status (except in those special circumstances permitted or mandated by law). This nondiscrimination policy encompasses the operation of all educational programs and activities including admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and other Technical College System and Technical College-administered programs, including any Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (WIA) Title I – financed programs. It also encompasses the employment of personnel and contracting for goods and services.
The Department of Technical Colleges shall promote the realization of equal opportunity through a positive continuing program of specific practices designed to ensure the full realization of equal opportunity.
Inquiries concerning application of the above policy may be directed to:
Title IX Equity, Section 504 and ADA Coordinator – Lisa Newton 229.217-4132 Veterans’ Benefits – VA Representative – Cindy Murray 229.386-3164
A student with a disability and who needs assistance, should contact Lisa Newton at 229-217-4132 or [email protected].
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
256 Revised 2012
COURSE SYLLABUS
Instructor: Buffie Spencer Office location: 617 Email address: [email protected] Office phone number: 229-891-7030 Office hours: 3:00 – 5:00 Course Number: 1320 Course Name: Clinical Radiography I Program of Study: Radiologic Technology Credit hours: 4hrs Prerequisite: RADT 1030 - Radiographic Procedures I Textbook: RESOURCES: Franks, Lang and Smith (2012) Merrill’s atlas of radiographic positions
and Radiologic procedures (Vol I, III) (12th ed) St. Louis: C.V. Mosby Company.
MISSION:
Moultrie Technical College is a multiple campus institution of higher learning whose mission as part of the Technical College System of Georgia is to provide a culture of learning through occupational education, academic education, distance education, business and industry training, and workforce development supporting the education and economic advancement of Colquitt, Tift, Turner, and Worth counties.
The college fulfills its mission by providing accessible, quality education leading to associate degrees, diplomas, technical certificates of credit, and programs to assist adults in literacy education.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Introduces students to the hospital clinical setting and provides an opportunity for students to participate in or observe radiographic procedures. Topics include: orientation to hospital areas and procedures; orientation to mobile/surgery; orientation to radiography and fluoroscopy; participation in and/or observation of procedures related to body cavities, the shoulder girdle, and upper extremities. Activities of students are under direct supervision.
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
257 Revised 2012
COMPETENCIES:
Order Description Lecture
Lab
2
Lab
3 Practicum
Intern Clinical Total
Minutes
Semester
Credit Hrs
1 Orientation to Hospital Areas and Procedures 0 0 1125 0 1125 1125
2 Orientation to Mobile/Surgery 0 0 1125 0 1125 1125
3 Orientation to Radiography and Fluoroscopy 0 0 1125 0 1125 1125
4 Participation in and/or Observation of Procedures Related to Body Cavities. 0 0 1125 0 1125 1125
5 Participation in and/or Observation of Procedures Related to the Shoulder Girdle. 0 0 1125 0 1125 1125
6
Participation in and/or Observation of Procedures Related to the Upper Extremity. 0 0 1125 0 1125 1125
7 Participation in and/or Observation of Procedures Related to the Boney Thorax. 0 0 1125 0 1125 1125
8
Participation in and/or Observation of Procedures Related to the Lower Extremity. 0 0 1125 0 1125 1125
Totals for Course RADT 1320 - Clinical Radiography I (version 201003L): 0 0 9000 0 9000 9000 4
LEARNING OUTCOMES:
Orientation to Hospital Areas and Procedures
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Locate departments, clinics, patient wards, operating rooms, administrative offices, and supply storage areas.
Cognitive Comprehension
2 Identify the purpose of each department, office, and clinic in Cognitive Knowledge
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
258 Revised 2012
terms of its function as a part of a total health care delivery system.
3 Describe the layout of the radiology, radiation therapy, nuclear medicine, and diagnostic medical sonography departments.
Cognitive Comprehension
4 Describe the services provided by the radiology, radiation therapy, nuclear medicine, and diagnostic medical sonography departments.
Cognitive Comprehension
5 Describe the radiographic services offered outside departmental areas.
Cognitive Comprehension
6 Identify the function of the radiology, radiation therapy, nuclear medicine, and diagnostic sonography departments in terms of membership in a total health care delivery system.
Cognitive Knowledge
7 Discuss the rationale for hospital program policies. Cognitive Comprehension
8 Describe the rules and regulations of the clinical evaluation center(s).
Cognitive Comprehension
9 Identify the major responsibilities and duties of a student radiographer.
Cognitive Knowledge
10 Describe and/or perform administrative tasks required of a student radiographer.
Cognitive Knowledge
Orientation to Mobile/Surgery
Orientation to Radiography and Fluoroscopy
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Observe and/or participate in determining exposure factors and setting exposure controls for fixed radiographic and fluoroscopic equipment.
Cognitive Application
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
259 Revised 2012
Participation in and/or Observation of Procedures Related to Body Cavities.
Participation in and/or Observation of Procedures Related to the Shoulder Girdle.
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Observe and/or participate in the positioning of patients undergoing routine radiographic procedures involving the shoulder girdle.
Psychomotor Perception
2 Observe and/or participate in routine radiographic procedures involving the shoulder girdle.
Psychomotor Perception
3 Observe and/or participate in the evaluation of shoulder girdle image in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality,
Cognitive Application
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Observe and/or participate in the positioning of patients undergoing routine radiographic procedures involving the thoracic cavity.
Psychomotor Perception
2 Observe and/or participate in routine radiographic procedures involving the thoracic cavity.
Psychomotor Perception
3 Observe and/or participate in the evaluation of thoracic cavity radiographs in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures visualized.
Cognitive Application
4 Observe and/or participate in the positioning of patients undergoing routine radiographic procedures involving the abdominal cavity.
Psychomotor Perception
5 Observe and/or participate in routine radiographic procedures involving the abdominal cavity.
Psychomotor Perception
6 Observe and/or participate in the evaluation of abdominal cavity radiographs in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures visualized.
Cognitive Application
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
260 Revised 2012
and anatomical structures visualized.
Participation in and/or Observation of Procedures Related to the Upper Extremity.
Order Description
Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Observe and/or participate in the positioning of patients undergoing routine radiographic procedures involving the upper extremities.
Psychomotor Perception
2 Observe and/or participate in routine radiographic procedures involving the upper extremities.
Psychomotor Perception
3 Observe and/or participate in the evaluation of upper extremity images in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures visualized
Cognitive Application
Participation in and/or Observation of Procedures Related to the Boney Thorax.
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Observe and/or participate in the positioning of patients undergoing routine radiographic procedures involving the bony thorax.
Psychomotor Perception
2 Observe and/or participate in routine radiographic procedures involving the bony thorax.
Psychomotor Perception
3 Observe and/or participate in the evaluation of bony thorax images in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures visualized.
Cognitive Application
Participation in and/or Observation of Procedures Related to the Lower Extremity.
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
261 Revised 2012
1 Observe and/or participate in the positioning of patients undergoing routine radiographic procedures involving the lower extremities.
Psychomotor Perception
2 Observe and/or participate in routine radiographic procedures involving the lower extremities.
Psychomotor Perception
3 Observe and/or participate in the evaluation of lower extremity images in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures visualized .
Cognitive Application
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
262 Revised 2012
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES:
Radiology Program Handbook, MTC Student Handbook
Student Responsibility At the clinical site
1. Start: 8:00 Am no exception until 4p Tuesday and Thursday
2. Absentees: notify clinical site and Mr. Jones at 8:00
3. Make-up time: time must be made up prior to start of next quarter.
This time must be scheduled by Mrs. Spencer.
You will receive an incomplete until time is made up.
4. Keep a clinical note book with the following items:
a. task evaluation competency sheet b. daily practicum sheet c. clinical rotation schedule d. bi-weekly clinical evaluation form e. clinical progress evaluation form f. competency record
Clinical site phone numbers
1. Tallahassee Memorial Hospital Tallahassee, Fl 850-431-5600
2. Colquitt Regional Medical Center Moultrie, GA 229-890-3500
3. Tift Regional Medical Center Tifton, GA 229-386-7504
4. Brooks County Hospital Quitman, GA 229-236-6305
5. Program Director Alfred Jones 229-217-4178
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
263 Revised 2012
Clinical Coordinator Buffie Spencer 229-890-3500
Clinical Instructor
Clinical Facility Telephone Number Day Instructor Night Instructor
CMRC 229-890-3500 Faye Clark,
Mandy Hobby Michelle Carter
Lori Beth Skinner
TRMC
229-353-7504 Ashley Shiver Claire Brownlee
Cindy Clark
Ashley Rucks
WEST CAMPUS 229-353-7446 Kristin Bryan
Night Rotation Unavailable
TM H 800-492-4892 EXT 5627
Aubrey Oneal
Night Rotation Unavailable
BCH 229-263-4171 Brenda Blair Night Rotation Unavailable
Methods of Instructional Delivery
Traditional and distance learning delivery methods may be utilized in this course.
ONLINE COURSES (ONLINE STUDENTS ONLY)
Online students will access the course site through ANGEL (http://moultrietech.angellearning.com). The student will be enrolled in the online course on the first day of regularly scheduled classes. Online students must access the course site regularly to check for announcements, additional coursework assignments, and other important information.
Student/Faculty Interaction (ONLINE STUDENTS)
Class interaction may occur via one or more of the following: email, telephone, discussion board forums, and comments on assignments.
The student will participate in this course by following the guidelines of this syllabus and any additional information provided by the instructor or Moultrie Technical College (MTC) Online.
The student is required to communicate with his/her Instructor at least three times per week via email or other communication means, by participating in the discussion forums, submitting assignments and taking
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
264 Revised 2012
exams, all in a timely fashion. Five consecutive days without communicating with the instructor will result in a withdrawal (“W” or “WF”) from the course.
The instructor will respond to students’ email within 24 hours Monday-Thursday, and within 48 hours Friday-Sunday.
The instructor’s primary public communication will be via the ANGEL announcement page. The instructor’s primary private communication will be via ANGEL.
Attendance
Students are expected to be punctual and attend all classes for which they are registered. Each student should recognize at the beginning of his or her postsecondary career that a mature acceptance of his or her responsibilities is a requisite for reasonable accomplishment in postsecondary work: this applies particularly in the area of class attendance. Instructors will keep an accurate record of class attendance. Students anticipating an absence or tardiness should contact the instructor in advance or provide notification as soon as possible. It is the responsibility of the student to account for missed instructional time and to arrange for make-up work at the convenience of the instructor.
Failure to maintain contact with the instructor - either by attending classes, submitting assignments, and/or contacting the instructor (either in person, or by telephone, or email) may result in a failing grade(s).
Some programs and courses at MTC may have more demanding attendance requirements due to the nature of the course or program. These requirements are stated in an approved program handbook, course syllabus, or contract executed with the student.
Class attendance is calculated from the first officially scheduled class meeting to the last scheduled meeting.
A student who has combined absences and tardies greater than 10% of the scheduled class time for which the student is registered may be subject to any or all of the following consequences at any time during the semester:
Suspension from a class or program;
Dismissal from a class or program;
Ineligibility to enroll the following semester.
See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding attendance.
Withdrawal
If a student decides to withdraw from the class, he/she must complete the necessary paperwork before an official withdrawal can occur. It is imperative that the student contact the instructor upon deciding to withdraw. Any student withdrawing before midterm will receive a grade of “W”. If a course is dropped for
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
265 Revised 2012
any reason after midterm, the student will receive a grade of “WF” (Withdraw Failing). “WF” has zero quality points and will be calculated in the grade point average (GPA). “WP” (Withdraw Passing) is considered only as a result to extenuating circumstances and if academic performance is passing.
Academic Integrity
Cheating and plagiarism are unacceptable.
Cheating includes any attempt to defraud, deceive, or mislead an instructor in arriving at an honest grade assessment.
Plagiarism is a form of cheating that involves presenting the ideas of another as your original ideas.
Any student, acting individually or in concert with others, who violates any part of the student conduct code, shall be subject to disciplinary procedures including dismissal from a class session by the instructor and/or suspension or expulsion by the authorized administrator. See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding the student code of conduct.
Quality of Student Work
Use of proper grammar, correct spelling, and writing principles are expected in all work. Full credit will not be granted for work that contains grammar or spelling errors.
Evaluation
REQUIRMENT FOR NOTE BOOK
There is a continued conflict concerning clinical note books. To help alleviate the problem, the new policy will be implemented below:
1. The 1st-3rd monthly clinical notebooks are due on the last Friday of each month with in the semester. The 4th (last) clinical note book of the semester is due on the last clinical day of the quarter. (Not make up day, but clinical day.)
2. There will be a 20 point reduction for late notebooks.
3. There will be a 5 point reduction for each missing documentation.
4. There will be a 5 point reduction for unsigned evaluation (the five points will be deducted from evaluation grade).
5. There will be a 5 point deduction for unsigned documentation.
6. All other points will be deducted from final grades
The following documentation must be included within the completed notebook.
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
266 Revised 2012
a. Daily practicum: filled with the patients exams observed and or participated with
b. Competency sheet: completed for the semester
c. Task Evaluation 1st semester only. The 2rd – 5th semester (5) Tri-weekly per semester
d. Bi-weekly evaluation sheet: Filled out by the evaluating clinical instructor (7)
e. Repeat log: filled out and initialed by a technologist who observed the repeat
f. Make up time or, tardy, absentee or leave time sheet
g. Schedule: rotation schedule
h. Individual Attendance Record for the end of the month.
i. 9. Monthly Articles
j. 10. Room Description (1st and 2nd semester quarter only)
The following grading scale will be utilized in the determination of the student’s course grade.
Grading System Evidence of achievement of clinical course objectives will be determined as follows:
7 Bi-Weekly Performance Evaluations with a score of not less than 70 points (less than 60 = no points toward final average)
50%)
Task Evaluation first (semester Only)
Tri-Weekly Performance Evaluations
5 per semester (2-5 semester)
40%
Satisfactory completion of the specified number of clinical competencies
10%
TOTAL 100%
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
267 Revised 2012
Grading Policy
Course averages will be reported as letter grades according to the scale below. Placement exam scores have no bearing on letter grade assignments.
A 90-100
B 80-89
C 70-79
D 60-69
F 0-59
The student’s knowledge of the material presented in this course will be evaluated based on the satisfactory completion of all assigned work. The student will also be examined on his/her knowledge of the objectives outlined in each lesson, as presented in the Projected Learning Schedule.
Academic Assistance/Remediation
Students who are progressing at an unsatisfactory level and in jeopardy of failing the course must make an appointment with the course instructor to determine the need for remediation. Together, the instructor and student will review the information and determine appropriate steps for remediation. After completion of the remedial assignments, the student may be re-evaluated on the material.
References
The instructor will provide additional resource material as may be necessary. For online courses, this material will be emailed to students and posted on the online course site in the Discussion Board section.
Work Ethics
A portion of the curriculum of all courses is devoted to the development of positive work ethics among students. The work ethics program is designed to encourage good work habits in the areas of quality of work, ability to follow instructions, productivity, dependability, honesty, reliability, attendance and punctuality, attitude, integrity, enthusiasm, interpersonal skills, and initiative.
Work Ethics Evaluation
On-site students will receive a formal report at mid-term and at the end of the semester. The mid-term report is a progress report, but the end-of-semester report constitutes the final grade. The semester work ethics grade will not affect the academic grade. Points are assigned to evaluate each of the ten work ethics traits as follows:
Exceeds Expectations 3 points
Meets Expectations 2 points
Needs Improvement 1 points
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
268 Revised 2012
Unacceptable 0 points
Safety
Students should become familiar with the program’s emergency procedures in order to maintain a safe learning environment. Emergency procedures such as severe and hazardous weather are addressed in the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook. Evacuation routes for fire and other emergency situations are posted in each classroom and lab. Emergency procedures are discussed at the beginning of each semester. Evacuation charts are posted in each classroom and lab. Review these charts as you enter each room. If a situation were to occur, requiring evacuation, follow the route marked on the chart. If a bad weather warning is sounded, follow the proper evaluation procedures and take all valuables with you.
MTC Alert – Emergency and Announcement Notification System
Moultrie Technical College offers a free emergency and important school announcement service to all students. MTC Alert is a mass notification system comprised of e-mail, voice, and text messaging that is designed to send emergency messages rapidly for the safety and benefit of our students. Messages will be sent by authorized MTC employee(s) via a system provided by High Ground Solutions/SchoolCast.
Upon a student’s admittance into Moultrie Technical College, his/her contact information will be automatically entered into the system. Participation is not optional. However, students will have the opportunity to update their information each semester through the MTC Student Affairs Office. Students should be aware that possible charges may be incurred from their wireless device carriers for text messages received from the MTC Alert System.
TECHNICAL EDUCATION GUARANTEE (WARRANTY STATEMENT)
The Technical College System of Georgia has developed curricula standards with direct involvement of business and industry. These standards will serve as the industry-validated specifications for each occupational program.
These standards allow Georgia’s 25 technical colleges to offer their business partners this guarantee:
“If one of our graduates, who was educated under a standard program, or his/her employer agree that the employee is deficient in one or more competencies as defined in the standards, Moultrie Technical College will retrain that employee at no instructional cost to the employee or employer.”
This guarantee applies to all graduates of MTC who are employed in the field of their training. It is in effect for a period of two years after graduation.
The Technical College System of Georgia and its constituent Technical Colleges do not discriminate on the
basis of race, color, creed, national or ethnic origin, gender, religion, disability, age, political affiliation or
belief, disabled veteran, veteran of the Vietnam Era, or citizenship status (except in those special circumstances
permitted or mandated by law). This nondiscrimination policy encompasses the operation of all educational
programs and activities including admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and other
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
269 Revised 2012
Technical College System and Technical College-administered programs, including any Workforce Investment
Act of 1998 (WIA) Title I – financed programs. It also encompasses the employment of personnel and
contracting for goods and services.
The Department of Technical Colleges shall promote the realization of equal opportunity through a positive
continuing program of specific practices designed to ensure the full realization of equal opportunity.
Inquiries concerning application of the above policy may be directed to: Title IX Equity, Section 504 and ADA Coordinator – Lisa Newton 229.217-4132 Veterans’ Benefits – VA Representative – Cindy Murray 229.386-3164
If you have a disability and need assistance, contact Lisa Newton at 229-217-4132 or [email protected].
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
270 Revised 2012
COURSE SYLLABUS Instructor: Buffie Spencer Office location: 617 Email address: [email protected] Office Phone: 229-891-7030 Office hours: 3:00 – 5:00 Course Number: 1330 Course Name: Clinical Radiography II Program of Study: Radiologic Technology Credit hours: 7hrs Prerequisite: RADT 1010 - Introduction to Radiology (201003L) RADT 1030 - Radiographic Procedures I ( 201003L) RADT 1320 - Clinical Radiography I ( 201003L ) Textbook: RESOURCES: Franks, Lang and Smith (2012) Merrill’s atlas of radiographic positions and Radiologic procedures (Vol I, II, III) (12th ed) St. Louis: C.V. Mosby Company. MISSION:
Moultrie Technical College is a multiple campus institution of higher learning whose mission as part of the Technical College System of Georgia is to provide a culture of learning through occupational education, academic education, distance education, business and industry training, and workforce development supporting the education and economic advancement of Colquitt, Tift, Turner, and Worth counties.
The college fulfills its mission by providing accessible, quality education leading to associate degrees, diplomas, technical certificates of credit, and programs to assist adults in literacy education.
Program Mission:
The mission of the Moultrie Technical College Radiology Program is to provide a comprehensive education, which will prepare graduates with the entry- level skills necessary to seek employment as a radiographer and receive an Associate’s Degree at the end of the program.
Goal: Students of the program will demonstrate clinical competence.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will demonstrate appropriate positioning skills
Students will evaluate images for diagnostic quality.
Students will utilize appropriate radiation protection procedures
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
271 Revised 2012
Goal: Students will communicate effectively.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will use effective oral communication skills.
Students will use effective written communication skills.
Goal: Students will employ critical thinking skills
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will manipulate technical factors for non-routine competencies
Students will evaluate the developed radiograph for appropriate image quality
Goal: Students will demonstrate professional growth and development.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will be evaluated for professional growth and development.
COURSE DESCRIPTION: Continues introductory student learning experiences in the hospital setting. Topics include: equipment utilization; exposure techniques; attend to and/or observation of routine projections of the lower extremities, pelvic girdle, and spine; attend to and/or observation of procedures related to the gastrointestinal (GI), genitourinary (GU), and biliary systems; and attend to and/or observation of procedure related to minor radiologic procedures. Execution of radiographic procedures will be conducted under direct and indirect supervision.
Competencies
Order Description Lectur
e
Lab
2
Lab
3 Practicum/ Internship Clinical
Total
Minutes
Semester
Credit Hrs
1 Equipment Utilization 0 0 2624 0 2624 2624
2 Exposure Techniques 0 0 2624 0 2624 2624
3 Attend to and/or Observation of procedures related to the Pelvic Girdle. 0 0 2624 0 2624 2624
4 Attend to and/or Observation of Procedures Related to the Spine. 0 0 2626 0 2626 2626
5
Attend to and/or Observation of Procedures Related to the GI, GU, & Biliary systems. 0 0 2626 0 2626 2626
6
Attend to and/or Observation of Procedures Related to Minor Radiologic Procedures. 0 0 2626 0 2626 2626
Totals for Course RADT 1330 - Clinical Radiography II ( version
0 0 15750 0 15750 15750 7
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
272 Revised 2012
201003L ):
LEARNING OUTCOMES:
Equipment Utilization
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 The student will observe safety checks of radiographic equipment and accessories. Psychomotor Perception
2 Recognize malfunctions in the radiographic unit (including table, tube and accessories). Cognitive Analysis
3 Note difficulties experienced which might assist in locating the cause of the malfunction. Cognitive Knowledge
4 Report malfunctions in the radiographic unit (including table, tube, and accessories). Cognitive Application
5 Inspect and clean screens and cassettes regularly to identify and remove causes of artifacts. Psychomotor Guided Response
6 Recognize malfunctions in the automatic processor. Cognitive Analysis
7 Note difficulties experienced which might assist in locating the cause of the malfunction. Cognitive Knowledge
8 Monitor the performance of the automatic processor. Cognitive Application
9 Clean, wash, disinfect, and/or sterilize the facilities and equipment (e.g., cassettes, tabletops) and dispose of contaminated items in preparation for the next examination.
Psychomotor Mechanism
10 Warm up the x-ray tube to achieve proper operating conditions by following the manufacturer’s prescribed sequence of steps.
Psychomotor Mechanism
Exposure Techniques
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Store film/cassette in a manner which will reduce the possibility of accidentally exposing or re-exposing the film.
Cognitive Application
2 Imprint proper identification information onto the film using either the radiographic, photographic, or light imprinter method.
Cognitive Application
3 Process exposed film by unloading the cassette and feeding it into the automatic processor. Cognitive Application
4 Reload cassettes by selecting film of proper size and type. Cognitive Application
5 Record required information on the request form following performance of examination (may include technologist identification, patient data, billing codes number and size of films, technique or other information
Cognitive Knowledge
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
273 Revised 2012
as required by department protocol.)
6 Combine radiographic requisition and images for interpretation and filling. Cognitive Synthesis
7 Determine appropriate exposure factors using calipers, technique charts, and tube rating charts for guidance.
Cognitive Application
8 Modify exposure factors for circumstances such as voluntary and involuntary motion, plaster casts, pathological conditions, and/or the patient’s inability to cooperate.
Cognitive Synthesis
9 Restrict beam to limit exposure to the area of interest and to improve image quality. Cognitive Application
10 Set kVp, mA, and time or automated exposure system to achieve optimum image quality and safe operating conditions and to minimize radiation exposure.
Cognitive Application
11 Evaluate images using a view box to make certain that radiographs contain proper identification and are of diagnostic quality.
Cognitive Evaluation
12 Determine corrective measure if the image is not of diagnostic quality. Cognitive Application
Attend to and/or Observation of procedures related to the Pelvic Girdle.
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Attend and/or observe the positioning of patients undergoing routine radiographic procedures involving the pelvic girdle.
Psychomotor Set
2 Attend and/or observe routine radiographic procedures involving the pelvic girdle. Psychomotor Set
3 Attend and/or observe the evaluation of pelvic girdle radiographs in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures visualized.
Psychomotor Set
Attend to and/or Observation of Procedures Related to the Spine.
Order Description Learning Domain Level of Learning
1 Attend and/or observe positioning of patients undergoing routine radiographic procedures involving the spine.
Psychomotor Set
2 Attend and/or observe the evaluation of spinal images in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures visualized.
Psychomotor Set
3 Attend and/or observe routine radiographic procedures involving the spine. Psychomotor Set
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
274 Revised 2012
Attend to and/or Observation of Procedures Related to the GI, GU, & Biliary systems.
Order Description Learning Domain Level of Learning
1 Attend and/or observe patient preparation procedures for radiographic/fluoroscopic examinations of the gastrointestinal system.
Psychomotor Set
2 Attend and/or observe the positioning of patients undergoing radiographic/fluoroscopic procedures involving the gastrointestinal system.
Psychomotor Set
3 Attend and/or observe routine radiographic/fluoroscopic procedures involving the gastrointestinal system.
Psychomotor Set
4 Evaluate the quality of radiographs and photospots of the gastrointestinal system in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures revealed.
Cognitive Evaluation
5 Identify the special considerations for gastrointestinal procedures relating to the avoidance of repeated procedures
Cognitive Knowledge
6 Attend and/or observe the identification of and care for acute reactions to contrast media. Psychomotor Set
7 Attend and/or observe patient preparation procedures for radiographic/fluoroscopic examinations of the genitourinary system.
Psychomotor Set
8 Attend and/or observe the positioning of patients undergoing radiographic/fluoroscopic procedures involving the genitourinary system.
Psychomotor Set
9 Attend and/or observe routine radiographic/fluoroscopic procedures involving the genitourinary system.
Psychomotor Set
10 Evaluate the quality of radiographs and photospots of the genitourinary system in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures revealed.
Cognitive Evaluation
11 Identify the special considerations for genitourinary procedures relating to the avoidance of repeated procedures.
Cognitive Knowledge
12 Attend and/or observe the patient preparation procedures for radiographic/fluoroscopic examinations of the biliary system.
Psychomotor Set
13 Attend and/or observe the positioning of patients undergoing radiographic/fluoroscopic procedures involving the biliary system.
Psychomotor Set
14 Attend and/or observe routine radiographic/fluoroscopic procedures involving the biliary system. Psychomotor Set
15 Evaluate the quality of radiographs and photospots of the biliary system in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures revealed.
Cognitive Evaluation
16 Identify the special considerations for biliary system procedures relating to the avoidance of repeated procedures.
Cognitive Knowledge
17 Evaluate the number, types, and degree to which clinical competencies have been completed and mastered.
Cognitive Evaluation
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
275 Revised 2012
18 Develop a plan in conjunction with on-site clinical supervisors and technical college faculty to outline future completion and mastery of clinical competencies contained in this course.
Cognitive Application
19 Identify an area of concern or interest related to the content of this clinical experience, and research, review a publication, or otherwise explore this topic to personal satisfaction.
Cognitive Knowledge
Attend to and/or Observation of Procedures Related to Minor Radiologic Procedures.
Order Description Learning Domain Level of Learning
1 Attend and/or observe special minor radiographic procedures such as arthrograms, bronchograms, endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatograms (ERCPs), myelograms, sialograms, venograms, & mammograms
Psychomotor Set
2 Attend and/or observe the preparation for use, operation, and maintenance of equipment used to perform special minor radiographic procedures such as arthrograms, bronchograms, endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatogram (ERCPs), myelograms, sialograms, venograms, and mammograms.
Psychomotor Set
3 Attend and/or observe the use and maintenance of special radiographic equipment such as image intensifiers, magnification radiographic equipment, bi-plane equipment, recording equipment, rapid film changers, injectors, program selectors, and other miscellaneous radiographic equipment.
Psychomotor Set
4 Attend and/or observe the preparation of patients undergoing special minor radiographic procedures such as arthrograms, bronchograms, endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatogram (ERCPs), myelograms, sialograms, venograms, and mammograms.
Psychomotor Set
5 Attend and/or observe the post-procedural care of patients who have undergone special minor radiographic procedures.
Psychomotor Set
6 Attend and/or observe the evaluation of special minor procedure images in terms of anatomy visualized and pathologies revealed.
Psychomotor Set
7 Attend and/or participobserve the selection and administration of contrast media used for special radiographic procedures.
Psychomotor Set
8 Attend and/or observe the diagnosis of and treatment of adverse reaction to contrast media. Psychomotor Set
9 Attend and/or observe special radiographic procedures such as cerebral, visceral, peripheral, and digital subtraction angiograms.
Psychomotor Set
10 Observe catherization techniques. Psychomotor Perception
11 Observe the Seldinger technique. Psychomotor Perception
12 Attend and/or observe interventional techniques such as infusion therapy, extractions, embolizations, PTA/PTLAs, and percutaneous needle studies.
Psychomotor Set
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES:
Radiology Program Handbook, MTC Student Handbook
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
276 Revised 2012
Student Responsibility At the clinical site
3. Start: 8:00 Am no exception until 3:00p Monday, Wednesday and Friday
4. Absentees: notify clinical site Mrs. Spencer and Clinical Site Before 8:00a 3. Make-up time: Time must be made up prior to start of next semester.
This time must be scheduled by Mrs. Spencer.
You will receive an incomplete until time is made up.
4. Keep a clinical notebook with the following items:
a. task evaluation competency sheet b. daily practicum sheet c. clinical rotation schedule d. bi-weekly clinical evaluation form e. clinical progress evaluation form f. competency record
Clinical site phone numbers
6. Tallahassee Memorial Hospital Tallahassee, Fl 850-431-5600 7. Colquitt Regional Medical Center Moultrie, GA 229-890-3500 8. Tift Regional Medical Center Tifton, GA 229-386-7504 9. Brooks County Hospital Quitman, GA 229-236-6305 10. Program Director Alfred Jones 229-217-4178 11. Clinical Coordinator Buffie Spencer 229-890-3500
Clinical Instructor
Clinical Facility Telephone Number Day Instructor Night Instructor
CMRC 229-890-3500 Faye Clark,
Mandy Hobby Michelle Carter
Lori Beth Skinner
TRMC
229-353-7504 Ashley Shiver Claire Brownlee
Cindy Clark
Ashley Rucks
WEST CAMPUS 229-353-7446 Kristin Bryan
Night Rotation Unavailable
TM H 800-492-4892 EXT 5627
Aubrey Oneal
Night Rotation Unavailable
BCH 229-263-4171 Brenda Blair Night Rotation Unavailable
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
277 Revised 2012
Methods of Instructional Delivery
Traditional and distance learning delivery methods may be utilized in this course.
ONLINE COURSES (ONLINE STUDENTS ONLY)
Online students will access the course site through ANGEL (http://moultrietech.angellearning.com). The student will be enrolled in the online course on the first day of regularly scheduled classes. Online students must access the course site regularly to check for announcements, additional coursework assignments, and other important information.
All online courses require at least one proctored event/exam during the semester. If a student does not complete the proctored event/exam for the course, he/she will receive a final grade of “F.” Extenuating circumstances will be evaluated. If approved by the Online Director, the student will be assigned an “I.” An “I” not satisfactorily removed by the 10th day of the following semester will be changed to an “F.”
Student/Faculty Interaction (ONLINE STUDENTS)
Class interaction may occur via one or more of the following: email, telephone, discussion board forums, and comments on assignments.
The student will participate in this course by following the guidelines of this syllabus and any additional information provided by the instructor or Moultrie Technical College (MTC) Online.
The student is required to communicate with his/her instructor at least three times per week via email or other communication means, by participating in the discussion forums, submitting assignments, and taking exams, all in a timely fashion. Five consecutive days without communicating with the instructor will result in a withdrawal (“W” or “WF”) from the course.
The instructor will respond to students’ email within 24 hours Monday-Thursday, and within 48 hours Friday-Sunday.
The instructor’s primary public communication will be via the ANGEL announcement page. The instructor’s primary private communication will be via ANGEL.
Attendance
Students are expected to be punctual and attend all classes for which they are registered. Each student should recognize at the beginning of his or her postsecondary career that a mature acceptance of his or her responsibilities is a requisite for
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
278 Revised 2012
reasonable accomplishment in postsecondary work: this applies particularly in the area of class attendance. Instructors will keep an accurate record of class attendance. Students anticipating an absence or tardiness should contact the instructor in advance or provide notification as soon as possible. It is the responsibility of the student to account for missed instructional time and to arrange for make-up work at the convenience of the instructor.
Failure to maintain contact with the instructor - either by attending classes, submitting assignments, and/or contacting the instructor (either in person, or by telephone, or email) may result in a failing grade(s).
Some programs and courses at MTC may have more demanding attendance requirements due to the nature of the course or program. These requirements are stated in an approved program handbook, course syllabus, or contract executed with the student.
Class attendance is calculated from the first officially scheduled class meeting to the last scheduled meeting.
A student who has combined absences and tardies greater than 10% of the scheduled class time for which the student is registered may be subject to any or all of the following consequences at any time during the semester:
Suspension from a class or program; Dismissal from a class or program; Ineligibility to enroll the following semester.
See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding attendance.
Withdrawal
If a student decides to withdraw from the class, he/she must complete the necessary paperwork before an official withdrawal can occur. It is imperative that the student contact the instructor upon deciding to withdraw. Any student withdrawing before midterm will receive a grade of “W.” If a course is dropped for any reason after midterm, the student will receive a grade of “WF” (Withdraw Failing). “WF” has zero quality points and will be calculated in the grade point average (GPA). “WP” (Withdraw Passing) is considered only as a result to extenuating circumstances and if academic performance is passing.
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
279 Revised 2012
Academic Integrity
Cheating and plagiarism are unacceptable. Cheating includes any attempt to defraud, deceive, or mislead an instructor in arriving at an honest grade assessment. Plagiarism is a form of cheating that involves presenting the ideas of another as your original ideas.
Any student, acting individually or in concert with others, who violates any part of the student conduct code, shall be subject to disciplinary procedures including dismissal from a class session by the instructor and/or suspension or expulsion by the authorized administrator. See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding the student code of conduct.
Quality of Student Work
Use of proper grammar, correct spelling, and writing principles are expected in all work. Full credit will not be granted for work that contains grammar or spelling errors.
Evaluation
REQUIRMENT FOR NOTE BOOK
There is a continued conflict concerning clinical note books. To help alleviate the problem, the new policy will be implemented below:
7. The 1st-3rd monthly clinical notebooks are due on the last Friday of each month with in the semester. The 4th (last) clinical note book of the semester is due on the last clinical day of the quarter. (Not make up day, but clinical day.)
8. There will be a 20 point reduction for late notebooks.
9. There will be a 5 point reduction for each missing documentation.
10. There will be a 5 point reduction for unsigned evaluation (the five points will be deducted from evaluation grade).
11. There will be a 5 point deduction for unsigned documentation.
12. All other points will be deducted from final grades
The following documentation must be included within the completed notebook.
k. Daily practicum: filled with the patients exams observed and or participated with
l. Competency sheet: completed for the semester
m. Task Evaluation 1st semester only. The 2rd – 5th semester (5) Tri-weekly per semester
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
280 Revised 2012
n. Bi-weekly evaluation sheet: Filled out by the evaluating clinical instructor (7)
o. Repeat log: filled out and initialed by a technologist who observed the repeat
p. Make up time or, tardy, absentee or leave time sheet
q. Schedule: rotation schedule
r. Individual Attendance Record for the end of the month.
s. 9. Monthly Articles
t. 10. Room Description (1st and 2nd semester quarter only)
The following grading scale will be utilized in the determination of the student’s course grade.
Grading System
Evidence of achievement of clinical course objectives will be determined as follows:
7 Bi-Weekly Performance Evaluations with a score of not less than 70 points (less than 60 = no points toward final average)
50%)
Task Evaluation first (semester Only)
Tri-Weekly Performance Evaluations
5 per semester (2-5 semester)
40%
Satisfactory completion of the specified number of clinical competencies
10%
TOTAL 100%
The following grading scale will be utilized in the determination of the student’s course grade.
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
281 Revised 2012
Percentage of Points Earned Corresponding Letter Grade
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
60 – 69 D
0 – 59 F
The student’s knowledge of the material presented in this course will be evaluated based on the satisfactory completion of all assigned work. The student will also be examined on his/her knowledge of the objectives outlined in each lesson, as presented in the Projected Learning Schedule.
Academic Assistance/Remediation
Students who are progressing at an unsatisfactory level and in jeopardy of failing the course must make an appointment with the course instructor to determine the need for remediation. Together, the instructor and student will review the information and determine appropriate steps for remediation. After completion of the remedial assignments, the student may be re-evaluated on the material.
References
The instructor will provide additional resource material as may be necessary. For online courses, this material will be emailed to students and posted on the online course site in the Discussion Board section.
Work Ethics
A portion of the curriculum of all courses is devoted to the development of positive work ethics among students. The work ethics program is designed to encourage good work habits in the areas of quality of work, ability to follow instructions, productivity, dependability, honesty, reliability, attendance and punctuality, attitude, integrity, enthusiasm, interpersonal skills, and initiative.
Work Ethics Evaluation
On-site students will receive a formal report at mid-term and at the end of the semester. The mid-term report is a progress report, but the end-of-semester report constitutes the final grade. The semester work ethics grade will not affect the academic grade. Points are assigned to evaluate each of the ten work ethics traits as follows:
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
282 Revised 2012
Exceeds Expectations 3 points
Meets Expectations 2 points
Needs Improvement 1 point
Unacceptable 0 points
Safety
Students should become familiar with the program’s emergency procedures in order to maintain a safe learning environment. Emergency procedures such as severe and hazardous weather are addressed in the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook. Evacuation routes for fire and other emergency situations are posted in each classroom and lab. Emergency procedures are discussed at the beginning of each semester. Evacuation charts are posted in each classroom and lab. Students are to review these charts as they enter each room. If a situation were to occur, requiring evacuation, students are to follow the route marked on the chart. If a bad weather warning is sounded, students are to follow the proper evaluation procedures and take all valuables with them.
MTC Alert – Emergency and Announcement Notification System
Moultrie Technical College offers a free emergency and important school announcement service to all students. MTC Alert is a mass notification system comprised of e-mail, voice, and text messaging that is designed to send emergency messages rapidly for the safety and benefit of the students. Messages will be sent by authorized MTC employee(s) via a system provided by High Ground Solutions/SchoolCast.
Upon a student’s admittance into Moultrie Technical College, his/her contact information will be automatically entered into the system. Participation is not optional. However, students will have the opportunity to update their information each semester through the MTC Student Affairs Office. Students should be aware that possible charges may be incurred from their wireless device carriers for text messages received from the MTC Alert System.
TECHNICAL EDUCATION GUARANTEE (WARRANTY STATEMENT)
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
283 Revised 2012
The Technical College System of Georgia has developed curricula standards with direct involvement of business and industry. These standards will serve as the industry-validated specifications for each occupational program.
These standards allow Georgia’s 25 technical colleges to offer their business partners this guarantee:
“If one of our graduates, who was educated under a standard program, or his/her employer agree that the employee is deficient in one or more competencies as defined in the standards, Moultrie Technical College will retrain that employee at no instructional cost to the employee or employer.”
This guarantee applies to all graduates of MTC who are employed in the field of their training. It is in effect for a period of two years after graduation.
The Technical College System of Georgia and its constituent Technical Colleges do not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national or ethnic origin, gender, religion, disability, age, political affiliation or belief, disabled veteran, veteran of the Vietnam Era, or citizenship status (except in those special circumstances permitted or mandated by law). This nondiscrimination policy encompasses the operation of all educational programs and activities including admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and other Technical College System and Technical College-administered programs, including any Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (WIA) Title I – financed programs. It also encompasses the employment of personnel and contracting for goods and services.
The Department of Technical Colleges shall promote the realization of equal opportunity through a positive continuing program of specific practices designed to ensure the full realization of equal opportunity.
Inquiries concerning application of the above policy may be directed to:
Title IX Equity, Section 504 and ADA Coordinator – Lisa Newton 229.217-4132 Veterans’ Benefits – VA Representative – Cindy Murray 229.386-3164
A student with a disability and who needs assistance, should contact Lisa Newton at 229-217-4132 or [email protected].
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
284 Revised 2012
Instructor: Buffie Spencer Office location: 617 Email address: [email protected] Office Phone: 229-891-7030 Office hours: 3:00 – 5:00 Course Number: RADT 2340 - Clinical Radiography III Program of Study: Radiologic Technology Credit hours: 6hrs Prerequisite: RADT 1330 - Clinical Radiography II (201003L) Textbook: RESOURCES: Franks, Lang and Smith (2012) Merrill’s atlas of radiographic positions and Radiologic procedures (Vol I, II, III) (12th ed) St. Louis: C.V. Mosby Company. MISSION:
Moultrie Technical College is a multiple campus institution of higher learning whose mission as part of the Technical College System of Georgia is to provide a culture of learning through occupational education, academic education, distance education, business and industry training, and workforce development supporting the education and economic advancement of Colquitt, Tift, Turner, and Worth counties.
The college fulfills its mission by providing accessible, quality education leading to associate degrees, diplomas, technical certificates of credit, and programs to assist adults in literacy education.
Program Mission:
The mission of the Moultrie Technical College Radiology Program is to provide a comprehensive education, which will prepare graduates with the entry- level skills necessary to seek employment as a radiographer and receive an Associate’s Degree at the end of the program.
Goal: Students of the program will demonstrate clinical competence.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will demonstrate appropriate positioning skills
Students will evaluate images for diagnostic quality.
Students will utilize appropriate radiation protection procedures
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
285 Revised 2012
Goal: Students will communicate effectively.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will use effective oral communication skills.
Students will use effective written communication skills.
Goal: Students will employ critical thinking skills
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will manipulate technical factors for non-routine competencies
Students will evaluate the developed radiograph for appropriate image quality
Goal: Students will demonstrate professional growth and development.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will be evaluated for professional growth and development.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Order Description Learning Domain Level of Learning
1 Perform safety checks of radiographic equipment and accessories (e.g., lead aprons and gloves, Psychomotor
Guided Response
2 Recognize malfunctions in the radiographic unit (including table, tube, and accessories). Cognitive Analysis
3 Note difficulties experienced which might assist in locating the cause of the malfunction.removal and cleaning of "cross-over" bars).
Cognitive Knowledge
4 Report malfunctions in the radiographic unit (including table, tube, and accessories). Cognitive Application
Cognitive Application
5 Inspect and clean screens and cassettes regularly to identify and remove causes of artifacts. Psychomotor
Mechanism
6 Perform "start up" and/or "shutdown" procedures on the automatic processor (e.g., adjust water, removal and cleaning of “cross-over” bars).
Psychomotor
Guided Response
7 Recognize malfunctions in the automatic processor. Cognitive Analysis 8 Note difficulties experienced which might assist in locating the cause of the malfunction. Cognitive Knowledge
Cognitive Analysis
8 Note difficulties experienced which might assist in locating the cause of the malfunction. Cognitive Knowledge
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
286 Revised 2012
Provides students with continued hospital setting work experience. Students continue to develop proficiency in executing procedures introduced in Radiographic Procedures. Topics include: patient care; behavioral and social competencies; performance and/or observation of minor special procedures, special equipment use, and participation in and/or observation of cranial and facial radiography. Execution of radiographic procedures will be conducted under direct and indirect supervision.
COMPETENCIES:
Order Description Lecture
Lab
2
Lab
3 Practicum/ Internship Clinical
Total
Minutes
Semester
Credit Hrs
1 Patient Care 0 0 3375 0 3375 3375
2 Behavioral and Social Competencies 0 0 3375 0 3375 3375
3 Attend to and/or Observation of procedures related to the Pelvic Girdle. 0 0
3375
0
3375 3375
4 Attend to and/or Observation of Procedures Related to the Spine. 0 0
3375 0
3375 3375
Totals for Course RADT 2340 - Clinical Radiography III ( version 201003L ): 0 0 13500 0
13500 13500
6
.9 Report malfunctions in the automatic processor. Cognitive Application
10 Monitor the performance of the automatic processor using sensitometry. Cognitive Application
11 Clean, wash, disinfect, and/or sterilize facilities and equipment (e.g., cassettes, tabletops) and dispose of contaminated items in preparation for the next examination.
Psychomotor
Mechanism
12
Warm-up the x-ray tube to achieve proper operating conditions by following the manufacturer's prescribed sequence of steps.
Psychomotor
Mechanism
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
287 Revised 2012
LEARNING OUTCOMES:
Patient Care
Behavioral and Social Competencies
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Store film/cassette in a manner which will reduce the possibility of accidentally exposing or exposing film. Psychomotor Mechanism
2 Imprint proper identification information onto film using either the radiographic, photographic, or light imprinter method
Psychomotor Mechanism
3 Process exposed film by unloading the cassette and feeding it into the auto processor Psychomotor Mechanism
4 Reload cassettes by selecting film of proper size and type Psychomotor Complex Response
5 Record required information on the request form following performance of examination (may include technologist identification, patient data, billing codes, number and size of films, technique, or other information as required by department protocol).
Cognitive
Knowledge
6 Combine radiographic requisition and radiographs for interpretation and filing. Cognitive Synthesis
7 7 Determine appropriate exposure factors using calipers, technique charts, and tube rating charts for guidance.
Cognitive Application
8 Modify exposure factors for circumstances such as voluntary and involuntary motion, plaster casts, pathological conditions, and/or patient's inability to cooperate.
Psychomotor
Origination
. 9 9 Restrict beam to limit exposure to area of interest and to improve image quality. Cognitive Application Cognitive Application
10 10 Determine appropriate exposure factors using calipers, technique charts, and tube rating charts for guidance.
Cognitive Application
11 Adapt exposure factors for circumstances such as voluntary and involuntary motion, plaster casts, pathological conditions, and/or patient's inability to cooperate.
Psychomotor Origination
12 Restrict beam to limit exposure to area of interest and to improve image quality. Psychomotor Complex Response
13
Set kVp, mA, and time or automated exposure system to achieve optimum image quality, safe operating conditions, and to minimize radiation exposure.
Cognitive Application
14 Evaluate radiographs using a view box to make certain that radiographs contain proper identification and are of diagnostic quality.
Cognitive Evaluation
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
288 Revised 2012
15 Determine corrective measures if radiograph is not of diagnostic quality. Cognitive Application
Perform and/or Observation of Minor Special Procedures, Special Equipment Use
Order Description Learning Domain Level of Learning
1 Perform and/or observe patient preparation procedures for radiographic/fluoroscopic examinations of the gastrointestinal system.
Psychomotor Guided Response
2 Perform and/or observe the positioning of patients undergoing radiographic/fluoroscopic procedures involving the gastrointestinal system.
Psychomotor
Guided Response
3 Perform and/or observe routine radiographic/fluoroscopic procedures of the gastrointestinal system. Psychomotor Guided Response
4 Evaluate the quality of radiographs and photospots of the gastrointestinal system in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures revealed.
Cognitive
Evaluation
5 Identify the special considerations for gastrointestinal procedures relating to the avoidance of repeated procedures.
Cognitive Knowledge
6 Observe and/or participate in the identification of and care for acute reactions to contrast media. Psychomotor
Guided Response
7 Participate in and/or observe patient preparation procedures for radiographic /fluoroscopic examinations of the genitourinary system.
Psychomotor
Guided Response
8 Observe and/or participate in the positioning of patients undergoing radiographic/fluoroscopic procedures involving the genitourinary system.
Psychomotor Perception
. 9 Perform and/or observe routine radiographic/fluoroscopic procedures involving the genitourinarysystem. Psychomotor Guided
Response
10 Evaluate the quality of radiographs and photospots of the genitourinary system in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures revealed.
Cognitive
Evaluation
11 Identify the special considerations for genitourinary procedures relating to the avoidance of repeated procedures.
Cognitive Knowledge
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
289 Revised 2012
12 Observe and/or participate in the identification of and care for acute reactions to contrast media. Psychomotor
Guided Response
13
Perform and/or observe patient preparation procedures for radiographic/fluoroscopic examinations of the biliary system.
Psychomotor Guided Response
14 14 Perform and/or observe the positioning of patients undergoing radiographic/fluoroscopic procedures involving the biliary system.
Psychomotor Guided Response
15 15 Perform and/or observe routine radiographic/fluoroscopic procedures involving the biliary system. Psychomotor
Guided Response
16 Evaluate the quality of radiographs and photo spots of the biliary system in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures revealed.
Cognitive
Evaluation
17 Identify the special considerations for biliary system procedures relating to the avoidance of repeated procedures.
Cognitive
Knowledge
18 Observe and/or participate in the identification of and care for acute reactions to contrast media. Psychomotor
Guided Response
Perform and/or Observation of Cranial and Facial Radiography
Equipment Use
Order Description Learning Domain Level of Learning
1 Perform and/or observe the positioning of patients undergoing routine radiographic procedures involving the cranium.
Psychomotor Guided Response
2 Perform and/or observe routine radiographic procedures involving cranial procedures. Psychomotor Guided Response
3 Perform and/or observe the evaluation of cranial radiographs in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures visualized.
Psychomotor Guided Response
4 Perform and/or observe the positioning of patients undergoing routine radiographic procedures involving facial structures.
Psychomotor
Guided Response
5 Perform and/or observe routine radiographic procedures involving facial structures. Psychomotor
Guided Response
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
290 Revised 2012
6 Perform and/or observe the evaluation of facial radiographs in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures visualized
Psychomotor
Guided Response
7 Evaluate the number, types, and degree to which clinical competencies have been completed and mastered.
Cognitive Evaluation
8 Develop a plan in conjunction with on-site clinical supervisors and technical institute faculty to outline future completion and mastery of clinical competencies contained in this course.
Cognitive
Application
. 9 Identify an area of concern or interest related to the content of this clinical experience, and
research, review a publication, or otherwise explore this topic to personal satisfaction.
Cognitive Knowledge
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES:
Radiology Program Handbook, MTC Student Handbook
Student Responsibility At the clinical site
5. Start: 8:00 Am no exception until 5:00p Monday, Wednesday and Friday
6. Absentees: notify clinical site Mrs. Spencer and Clinical Site Before 8:00a 3. Make-up time: Time must be made up prior to start of next semester.
This time must be scheduled by Mrs. Spencer.
You will receive an incomplete until time is made up.
4. Keep a clinical notebook with the following items:
a. task evaluation competency sheet b. daily practicum sheet c. clinical rotation schedule d. bi-weekly clinical evaluation form e. clinical progress evaluation form f. competency record
Clinical site phone numbers
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
291 Revised 2012
12. Tallahassee Memorial Hospital Tallahassee, Fl 850-431-5600 13. Colquitt Regional Medical Center Moultrie, GA 229-890-3500 14. Tift Regional Medical Center Tifton, GA 229-386-7504 15. Brooks County Hospital Quitman, GA 229-236-6305 16. Program Director Alfred Jones 229-217-4178 17. Clinical Coordinator Buffie Spencer 229-890-3500
Clinical Instructor
Clinical Facility Telephone Number Day Instructor Night Instructor
CMRC 229-890-3500 Faye Clark,
Mandy Hobby Michelle Carter
Lori Beth Skinner
TRMC
229-353-7504 Ashley Shiver Claire Brownlee
Cindy Clark
Ashley Rucks
WEST CAMPUS 229-353-7446 Kristin Bryan
Night Rotation Unavailable
TM H 800-492-4892 EXT 5627
Aubrey Oneal
Night Rotation Unavailable
BCH 229-263-4171 Brenda Blair Night Rotation Unavailable Methods of Instructional Delivery
Traditional and distance learning delivery methods may be utilized in this course.
ONLINE COURSES (ONLINE STUDENTS ONLY)
Online students will access the course site through ANGEL (http://moultrietech.angellearning.com). The student will be enrolled in the online course on the first day of regularly scheduled classes. Online students must access the course site regularly to check for announcements, additional coursework assignments, and other important information.
All online courses require at least one proctored event/exam during the semester. If a student does not complete the proctored event/exam for the course, he/she will receive a final grade of “F.” Extenuating circumstances will be evaluated. If approved by the Online Director, the student will be assigned an “I.” An “I” not satisfactorily removed by the 10th day of the following semester will be changed to an “F.”
Student/Faculty Interaction (ONLINE STUDENTS)
Class interaction may occur via one or more of the following: email, telephone, discussion board forums, and comments on assignments.
The student will participate in this course by following the guidelines of this syllabus and any additional information provided by the instructor or Moultrie Technical College (MTC) Online.
The student is required to communicate with his/her instructor at least three times per week via email or other communication means, by participating in the discussion forums, submitting assignments, and taking exams, all in a timely fashion. Five consecutive days without communicating with the instructor will result in a withdrawal (“W” or “WF”) from the course.
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
292 Revised 2012
The instructor will respond to students’ email within 24 hours Monday-Thursday, and within 48 hours Friday-Sunday.
The instructor’s primary public communication will be via the ANGEL announcement page. The instructor’s primary private communication will be via ANGEL.
Attendance
Students are expected to be punctual and attend all classes for which they are registered. Each student should recognize at the beginning of his or her postsecondary career that a mature acceptance of his or her responsibilities is a requisite for reasonable accomplishment in postsecondary work: this applies particularly in the area of class attendance. Instructors will keep an accurate record of class attendance. Students anticipating an absence or tardiness should contact the instructor in advance or provide notification as soon as possible. It is the responsibility of the student to account for missed instructional time and to arrange for make-up work at the convenience of the instructor.
Failure to maintain contact with the instructor - either by attending classes, submitting assignments, and/or contacting the instructor (either in person, or by telephone, or email) may result in a failing grade(s).
Some programs and courses at MTC may have more demanding attendance requirements due to the nature of the course or program. These requirements are stated in an approved program handbook, course syllabus, or contract executed with the student.
Class attendance is calculated from the first officially scheduled class meeting to the last scheduled meeting.
A student who has combined absences and tardies greater than 10% of the scheduled class time for which the student is registered may be subject to any or all of the following consequences at any time during the semester:
Suspension from a class or program;
Dismissal from a class or program;
Ineligibility to enroll the following semester.
See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding attendance.
Withdrawal
If a student decides to withdraw from the class, he/she must complete the necessary paperwork before an official withdrawal can occur. It is imperative that the student contact the instructor upon deciding to withdraw. Any student withdrawing before midterm will receive a grade of “W.” If a course is dropped for any reason after midterm, the student will receive a grade of “WF” (Withdraw Failing). “WF” has zero quality points and will be calculated in the grade point average (GPA). “WP” (Withdraw Passing) is considered only as a result to extenuating circumstances and if academic performance is passing.
Academic Integrity
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
293 Revised 2012
Cheating and plagiarism are unacceptable.
Cheating includes any attempt to defraud, deceive, or mislead an instructor in arriving at an honest grade assessment.
Plagiarism is a form of cheating that involves presenting the ideas of another as your original ideas.
Any student, acting individually or in concert with others, who violates any part of the student conduct code, shall be subject to disciplinary procedures including dismissal from a class session by the instructor and/or suspension or expulsion by the authorized administrator. See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding the student code of conduct.
Quality of Student Work
Use of proper grammar, correct spelling, and writing principles are expected in all work. Full credit will not be granted for work that contains grammar or spelling errors.
REQUIRMENT FOR NOTE BOOK
There is a continued conflict concerning clinical note books. To help alleviate the problem, the new policy will be implemented below:
13. The 1st-3rd monthly clinical notebooks are due on the last Friday of each month with in the semester. The 4th (last) clinical note book of the semester is due on the last clinical day of the semester. (Not make up day, but clinical day.)
14. There will be a 20 point reduction for late notebooks.
15. There will be a 5 point reduction for each missing documentation.
16. There will be a 5 point reduction for unsigned evaluation (the five points will be deducted from evaluation grade).
17. There will be a 5 point deduction for unsigned documentation.
18. All other points will be deducted from final grades
The following documentation must be included within the completed notebook.
u. Daily practicum: filled with the patients exams observed and or participated with
v. Competency sheet: completed for the semester
w. Task Evaluation 1st semester only.
x. Bi-Weekly Performance Evaluations
y. Tri-Weekly Performance Evaluations
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
294 Revised 2012
z. Repeat log: filled out and initialed by a technologist who observed the repeat
aa. Make up time or, tardy, absentee or leave time sheet
bb. Schedule: rotation schedule
cc. Individual Attendance Record for the end of the month.
dd. 9. Monthly Articles
ee. 10. Room Description (1st and 2nd semester quarter only)
The following grading scale will be utilized in the determination of the student’s course grade.
Grading System Evidence of achievement of clinical course objectives will be determined as follows:Bi-Weekly Performance Evaluations with a score of not less than 70 points (less than 60 = no points toward final average)
1st, 2nd, 4th, 5th Semester 7 Bi-Weekly
3rd Semester 4 Bi-Weekly
50%)
Task Evaluation (1st semester Only)
Tri-Weekly Performance Evaluations
2nd, 4th, 5th Semester 5 Tri-Weekly
3rd Semester 3 Tri-Weekly
40%
Satisfactory completion of the specified number of clinical competencies
10%
TOTAL 100%
The following grading scale will be utilized in the determination of the student’s course grade.
Percentage of Points Earned Corresponding Letter Grade
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
295 Revised 2012
70 – 79 C
60 – 69 D
0 – 59 F
The student’s knowledge of the material presented in this course will be evaluated based on the satisfactory completion of all assigned work. The student will also be examined on his/her knowledge of the objectives outlined in each lesson, as presented in the Projected Learning Schedule.
Academic Assistance/Remediation
Students who are progressing at an unsatisfactory level and in jeopardy of failing the course must make an appointment with the course instructor to determine the need for remediation. Together, the instructor and student will review the information and determine appropriate steps for remediation. After completion of the remedial assignments, the student may be re-evaluated on the material.
References
The instructor will provide additional resource material as may be necessary. For online courses, this material will be emailed to students and posted on the online course site in the Discussion Board section.
Work Ethics
A portion of the curriculum of all courses is devoted to the development of positive work ethics among students. The work ethics program is designed to encourage good work habits in the areas of quality of work, ability to follow instructions, productivity, dependability, honesty, reliability, attendance and punctuality, attitude, integrity, enthusiasm, interpersonal skills, and initiative.
Work Ethics Evaluation
On-site students will receive a formal report at mid-term and at the end of the semester. The mid-term report is a progress report, but the end-of-semester report constitutes the final grade. The semester work ethics grade will not affect the academic grade. Points are assigned to evaluate each of the ten work ethics traits as follows:
Exceeds Expectations 3 points
Meets Expectations 2 points
Needs Improvement 1 point
Unacceptable 0 points
Safety
Students should become familiar with the program’s emergency procedures in order to maintain a safe learning environment. Emergency procedures such as severe and hazardous weather are addressed in the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook. Evacuation routes for fire and other emergency situations are posted in each classroom and lab. Emergency procedures are discussed at the beginning of
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
296 Revised 2012
each semester. Evacuation charts are posted in each classroom and lab. Students are to review these charts as they enter each room. If a situation were to occur, requiring evacuation, students are to follow the route marked on the chart. If a bad weather warning is sounded, students are to follow the proper evaluation procedures and take all valuables with them.
MTC Alert – Emergency and Announcement Notification System
Moultrie Technical College offers a free emergency and important school announcement service to all students. MTC Alert is a mass notification system comprised of e-mail, voice, and text messaging that is designed to send emergency messages rapidly for the safety and benefit of the students. Messages will be sent by authorized MTC employee(s) via a system provided by High Ground Solutions/SchoolCast.
Upon a student’s admittance into Moultrie Technical College, his/her contact information will be automatically entered into the system. Participation is not optional. However, students will have the opportunity to update their information each semester through the MTC Student Affairs Office. Students should be aware that possible charges may be incurred from their wireless device carriers for text messages received from the MTC Alert System.
TECHNICAL EDUCATION GUARANTEE (WARRANTY STATEMENT)
The Technical College System of Georgia has developed curricula standards with direct involvement of business and industry. These standards will serve as the industry-validated specifications for each occupational program.
These standards allow Georgia’s 25 technical colleges to offer their business partners this guarantee:
“If one of our graduates, who was educated under a standard program, or his/her employer agree that the employee is deficient in one or more competencies as defined in the standards, Moultrie Technical College will retrain that employee at no instructional cost to the employee or employer.”
This guarantee applies to all graduates of MTC who are employed in the field of their training. It is in effect for a period of two years after graduation.
The Technical College System of Georgia and its constituent Technical Colleges do not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national or ethnic origin, gender, religion, disability, age, political affiliation or belief, disabled veteran, veteran of the Vietnam Era, or citizenship status (except in those special circumstances permitted or mandated by law). This nondiscrimination policy encompasses the operation of all educational programs and activities including admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and other Technical College System and Technical College-administered programs, including any Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (WIA) Title I – financed programs. It also encompasses the employment of personnel and contracting for goods and services.
The Department of Technical Colleges shall promote the realization of equal opportunity through a positive continuing program of specific practices designed to ensure the full realization of equal opportunity.
Inquiries concerning application of the above policy may be directed to:
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
297 Revised 2012
Title IX Equity, Section 504 and ADA Coordinator – Lisa Newton 229.217-4132 Veterans’ Benefits – VA Representative – Cindy Murray 229.386-3164
A student with a disability and who needs assistance, should contact Lisa Newton at 229-217-4132 or [email protected].
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
298 Revised 2012
COURSE SYLLABUS Instructor: Buffie Spencer Office location: 617 Email address: [email protected] Office phone number: 229-891-7030 Office hours: 3pm-5pm Course Number: RADT 2350 Course Name: Clinical Radiography IV Program of Study: Radiologic Technology Credit hours: 7
Pre-requisites: All Required
RADT 1010 - Introduction to Radiology ( 201003L )
RADT 2090 - Radiographic Procedures III ( 201003L )
RADT 2340 - Clinical Radiography III ( 201003L )
Textbook: Franks, Lang and Smith (2012) Merrill’s atlas of radiographic positions and Radiologic
procedures (Vol I, III) (12th ed) St. Louis: C.V. Mosby Company.
MISSION:
Moultrie Technical College is a multiple campus institution of higher learning whose mission as part of the Technical College System of Georgia is to provide a culture of learning through occupational education, academic education, distance education, business and industry training, and workforce development supporting the education and economic advancement of Colquitt, Tift, Turner, and Worth counties.
The college fulfills its mission by providing accessible, quality education leading to associate degrees, diplomas, technical certificates of credit, and programs to assist adults in literacy education.
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Provides students with continued hospital setting work experience. Students continue to develop proficiency in executing procedures introduced in Radiographic Procedures. Topics include: sterile techniques; participation in and/or observation of minor special procedures, special equipment use, and genitourinary system procedures; and participation
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
299 Revised 2012
in and/or observation of cranial and facial radiography; and competency completion evaluation. Execution of radiographic procedures will be conducted under direct and indirect supervision..
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
300 Revised 2012
COMPETENCIES:
Order Description Lecture
Lab 2
Lab 3
Practicum Internship Clinical
Total Minutes
Semester Credit Hrs
1 Sterile Technique 0 0 2625 0 0 2625
2
Application and/or Observation of Minor Special Procedures, Special Equipment Use, and Genitour 0 0 5250 0 0 5250
3
Application and/or Observation of Cranial, Sinus, and Facial Radiography 0 0 5250 0 0 5250
4 Competency Completion Evaluation 0 0 2625 0 0 2625
Totals for Course RADT 2350 - Clinical Radiography IV ( version 201003L ): 0 0
15750 0 0 15750 7
LEARNING OUTCOMES: Sterile Technique
Order Description Learning Domain Level of Learning
1 Apply and/or observe methods of sterilizing radiographic equipment and examination rooms
Psychomotor Mechanism
2 Apply techniques and/or observe the sterilization processes preparatory to catheterization
Psychomotor Mechanism
3 Apply techniques for and/or observe the use of "open" and "closed" gowning and glving methods
Psychomotor Mechanism
4 Apply an/or observe the use of techniques to open sterile packages where the person opening the package is either sterile or unsterile
Psychomotor Mechanism
5 Apply techniques for and/or observe "scrubbing in" a patient Psychomotor Mechanism 6 Apply techniques for and/or observe creating a sterile field,
gowning and gloving oneself, and assisting a radiologist and/or physician
Psychomotor Mechanism
Application and/or Observation of Minor Special Procedures, Special Equipment Use, and Genitour
Order Description Learning Domain Level of Learning
1 Apply techniques and/or observe special minor radiographic procedures such as arthrograms, bronchograms, endoscopic
Psychomotor Mechanism
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
301 Revised 2012
retrograde cholangiopancreatograms (ERCPs), myelograms, sialograms, venograms, and mammograms
2 Apply techniques for and/or observe the preparation for use, operation, and maintenance of equipment used to perform special minor radiographic procedures such as arthrograms, bronchograms, endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatogram (ERCPs) myelograms, sialograms, venograms, and mammograms
Psychomotor Mechanism
3 Apply techniques for and/or observe the use and maintenance of special radiographic equipment such as image intensifiers, magnification radiographic equipment, bi-plane equipment, recording equipment, rapid film changers, injectors, program selectors, and other miscellaneous radiographic equipment
Psychomotor Mechanism
4 Apply techniques for and/or observe the preparation of patients undergoing special minor radiographic procedures such as arthrograms, bronchograms, endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatograms (ERCPs), myelograms, sialograms, venograms, and mammograms
Psychomotor Mechanism
5 Apply techniques for and/or observe the post-procedural care of patients who have undergone special minor radiographic procedures
Psychomotor Mechanism
6 Apply and/or observe the evaluation of special minor procedure images in terms of anatomy visualized and pathologies revealed
Psychomotor Mechanism
7 Apply techniques for and/or observe the selection and administration of contrast media used for special radiographic procedures
Psychomotor Mechanism
8 Apply techniques for and/or observe the diagnosis of and treatment of adverse reactions to contrast media
Psychomotor Mechanism
9 Apply and/or observe special radiographic procedures such as cerebral, visceral, peripheral, and digital subtraction angiograms
Psychomotor Mechanism
10 Observe catheterization techniques Psychomotor Perception 11 Observe the Seldinger technique Psychomotor Perception 12 Apply and/or observe interventional techniques such as infusion
therapy, extractions, embolizations, PTA/PTLAs, and percutaneous needle studies
Psychomotor Mechanism
13 Apply and/or observe patient preparation procedures for radiographic/fluoroscopic examinations of the genitourinary system
Psychomotor Mechanism
14 Apply techniques and/or observe the positioning of patients undergoing radiographic/fluoroscopic procedures involving the genitourinary system
Psychomotor Mechanism
15 Apply techniques for and/or observe routine radiographic/fluoroscopic procedures involving the genitourinary
Psychomotor Mechanism
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
302 Revised 2012
system 16 Evaluate the quality of images of the genitourinary system in
terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomic structures revealed
Cognitive Evaluation
17 Identify the special considerations for genitourinary procedures relating to the avoidance of repeated procedures
Cognitive Knowledge
18 Apply techniques for and/or observe the identification of and care for acute reactions to contrast media
Psychomotor Mechanism
Application and/or Observation of Cranial, Sinus, and Facial Radiography
Order Description Learning Domain Level of Learning
1 Apply techniques and /or observe the positioning of patients undergoing routine radiographic procedures involving the cranium.
Psychomotor Mechanism
2 Apply techniques and/or observe routine radiographic procedures involving the cranium.
Psychomotor Mechanism
3 Apply and/or observe the evaluation of cranial radiographic images in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures visualized.
Psychomotor Mechanism
4 Apply techniques and/or observe the positioning of the patients undergoing routine radiographic procedures involving the paranasal sinuses.
Psychomotor Mechanism
5 Apply and/or observe routine radiographic procedures involving the paranasal sinuses.
Psychomotor Mechanism
6 Apply techniques and/or observe the evaluation of paranasal sinus radiographic images in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures visualized.
Psychomotor Mechanism
7 Apply techniques and/or observe the positioning of patients undergoing routine radiographic procedures involving the facial anatomy.
Psychomotor Mechanism
8 Apply and/or observe routine radiographic procedures involving the facial anatomy.
Psychomotor Mechanism
9 Apply techniques and/or observe the evaluation of facial radiographic images in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures visualized.
Psychomotor Mechanism
Competency Completion Evaluation
Order Description Learning Domain Level of Learning
1 Evaluate the number, types, and degree to which clinical competencies have been completed and mastered.
Cognitive Evaluation
2 Develop a plan in conjunction with on-site clinical supervisors Cognitive Synthesis
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
303 Revised 2012
and technical institute faculty to outline future completion and mastery of clinical competencies contained in this course.
3 Identify an area of concern or nterst related to the content of this clinical experience, and research, review a publication, or otherwise explore this topic to personal satifaction.
Cognitive Knowledge
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES:
Radiology Program Handbook, MTC Student Handbook
Student Responsibility At the clinical site
Start: 8:00 Am no exception until 4p Tuesday and Thursday
7. Absentees: notify clinical site and Mr. Jones at 8:00 3. Make-up time: time must be made up prior to start of next quarter.
This time must be scheduled by Mrs. Spencer.
You will receive an incomplete until time is made up.
4. Keep a clinical note book with the following items:
a. task evaluation competency sheet b. daily practicum sheet c. clinical rotation schedule d. bi-weekly clinical evaluation form e. clinical progress evaluation form f. competency record
Clinical site phone numbers
1. Tallahassee Memorial Hospital Tallahassee, Fl 850-431-5600
2. Colquitt Regional Medical Center Moultrie, GA 229-890-3500
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
304 Revised 2012
3. Tift Regional Medical Center Tifton, GA 229-386-7504
4. Brooks County Hospital Quitman, GA 229-236-6305
5. Program Director Alfred Jones 229-217-4178
6. Clinical Coordinator Buffie Spencer 229-890-3500
Clinical Instructor
Clinical Facility Telephone Number Day Instructor Night Instructor
CMRC 229-890-3500 Faye Clark,
Mandy Hobby Michelle Carter
Lori Beth Skinner
TRMC
229-353-7504 Ashley Shiver Claire Brownlee
Cindy Clark
Ashley Rucks
WEST CAMPUS 229-353-7446 Kristin Bryan
Night Rotation Unavailable
TM H 800-492-4892 EXT 5627
Aubrey Oneal
Night Rotation Unavailable
BCH 229-263-4171 Brenda Blair Night Rotation Unavailable
Methods of Instructional Delivery
Traditional and distance learning delivery methods may be utilized in this course.
ONLINE COURSES (ONLINE STUDENTS ONLY)
Online students will access the course site through ANGEL (http://moultrietech.angellearning.com). The student will be enrolled in the online course on the first day of regularly scheduled classes. Online students must access the course site regularly to check for announcements, additional coursework assignments, and other important information.
Student/Faculty Interaction (ONLINE STUDENTS)
Class interaction may occur via one or more of the following: email, telephone, discussion board forums, and comments on assignments.
The student will participate in this course by following the guidelines of this syllabus and any additional information provided by the instructor or Moultrie Technical College (MTC) Online.
The student is required to communicate with his/her Instructor at least three times per week via email or other communication means, by participating in the discussion forums, submitting assignments and taking
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
305 Revised 2012
exams, all in a timely fashion. Five consecutive days without communicating with the instructor will result in a withdrawal (“W” or “WF”) from the course.
The instructor will respond to students’ email within 24 hours Monday-Thursday, and within 48 hours Friday-Sunday.
The instructor’s primary public communication will be via the ANGEL announcement page. The instructor’s primary private communication will be via ANGEL.
Attendance
Students are expected to be punctual and attend all classes for which they are registered. Each student should recognize at the beginning of his or her postsecondary career that a mature acceptance of his or her responsibilities is a requisite for reasonable accomplishment in postsecondary work: this applies particularly in the area of class attendance. Instructors will keep an accurate record of class attendance. Students anticipating an absence or tardiness should contact the instructor in advance or provide notification as soon as possible. It is the responsibility of the student to account for missed instructional time and to arrange for make-up work at the convenience of the instructor.
Failure to maintain contact with the instructor - either by attending classes, submitting assignments, and/or contacting the instructor (either in person, or by telephone, or email) may result in a failing grade(s).
Some programs and courses at MTC may have more demanding attendance requirements due to the nature of the course or program. These requirements are stated in an approved program handbook, course syllabus, or contract executed with the student.
Class attendance is calculated from the first officially scheduled class meeting to the last scheduled meeting.
A student who has combined absences and tardies greater than 10% of the scheduled class time for which the student is registered may be subject to any or all of the following consequences at any time during the semester:
Suspension from a class or program;
Dismissal from a class or program;
Ineligibility to enroll the following semester.
See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding attendance.
Withdrawal
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
306 Revised 2012
If a student decides to withdraw from the class, he/she must complete the necessary paperwork before an official withdrawal can occur. It is imperative that the student contact the instructor upon deciding to withdraw. Any student withdrawing before midterm will receive a grade of “W”. If a course is dropped for any reason after midterm, the student will receive a grade of “WF” (Withdraw Failing). “WF” has zero quality points and will be calculated in the grade point average (GPA). “WP” (Withdraw Passing) is considered only as a result to extenuating circumstances and if academic performance is passing.
Academic Integrity
Cheating and plagiarism are unacceptable.
Cheating includes any attempt to defraud, deceive, or mislead an instructor in arriving at an honest grade assessment.
Plagiarism is a form of cheating that involves presenting the ideas of another as your original ideas.
Any student, acting individually or in concert with others, who violates any part of the student conduct code, shall be subject to disciplinary procedures including dismissal from a class session by the instructor and/or suspension or expulsion by the authorized administrator. See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding the student code of conduct.
Quality of Student Work
Use of proper grammar, correct spelling, and writing principles are expected in all work. Full credit will not be granted for work that contains grammar or spelling errors.
Evaluation
REQUIRMENT FOR NOTE BOOK
There is a continued conflict concerning clinical note books. To help alleviate the problem, the new policy will be implemented below:
19. The 1st-3rd monthly clinical notebooks are due on the last Friday of each month with in the semester. The 4th (last) clinical note book of the semester is due on the last clinical day of the quarter. (Not make up day, but clinical day.)
20. There will be a 20 point reduction for late notebooks.
21. There will be a 5 point reduction for each missing documentation.
22. There will be a 5 point reduction for unsigned evaluation (the five points will be deducted from evaluation grade).
23. There will be a 5 point deduction for unsigned documentation.
24. All other points will be deducted from final grades
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
307 Revised 2012
The following documentation must be included within the completed notebook.
ff. Daily practicum: filled with the patients exams observed and or participated with
gg. Competency sheet: completed for the semester
hh. Task Evaluation 1st semester only. The 2rd – 5th semester (5) Tri-weekly per semester
ii. Bi-weekly evaluation sheet: Filled out by the evaluating clinical instructor (7)
jj. Repeat log: filled out and initialed by a technologist who observed the repeat
kk. Make up time or, tardy, absentee or leave time sheet
ll. Schedule: rotation schedule
mm. Individual Attendance Record for the end of the month.
nn. 9. Monthly Articles
oo. 10. Room Description (1st and 2nd semester quarter only)
The following grading scale will be utilized in the determination of the student’s course grade.
Grading System Evidence of achievement of clinical course objectives will be determined as follows:
5 Bi-Weekly Performance Evaluations with a score of not less than 70 points (less than 60 = no points toward final average)
50%)
Task Evaluation first (semester Only)
Tri-Weekly Performance Evaluations
7 per semester (2-5 semester)
40%
Satisfactory completion of the specified number of clinical competencies
10%
TOTAL 100%
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
308 Revised 2012
Grading Policy
Course averages will be reported as letter grades according to the scale below. Placement exam scores have no bearing on letter grade assignments.
A 90-100
B 80-89
C 70-79
D 60-69
F 0-59
The student’s knowledge of the material presented in this course will be evaluated based on the satisfactory completion of all assigned work. The student will also be examined on his/her knowledge of the objectives outlined in each lesson, as presented in the Projected Learning Schedule.
Academic Assistance/Remediation
Students who are progressing at an unsatisfactory level and in jeopardy of failing the course must make an appointment with the course instructor to determine the need for remediation. Together, the instructor and student will review the information and determine appropriate steps for remediation. After completion of the remedial assignments, the student may be re-evaluated on the material.
References
The instructor will provide additional resource material as may be necessary. For online courses, this material will be emailed to students and posted on the online course site in the Discussion Board section.
Work Ethics
A portion of the curriculum of all courses is devoted to the development of positive work ethics among students. The work ethics program is designed to encourage good work habits in the areas of quality of work, ability to follow instructions, productivity, dependability, honesty, reliability, attendance and punctuality, attitude, integrity, enthusiasm, interpersonal skills, and initiative.
Work Ethics Evaluation
On-site students will receive a formal report at mid-term and at the end of the semester. The mid-term report is a progress report, but the end-of-semester report constitutes the final grade. The semester work ethics grade will not affect the academic grade. Points are assigned to evaluate each of the ten work ethics traits as follows:
Exceeds Expectations 3 points
Meets Expectations 2 points
Needs Improvement 1 points
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
309 Revised 2012
Unacceptable 0 points
Safety
Students should become familiar with the program’s emergency procedures in order to maintain a safe learning environment. Emergency procedures such as severe and hazardous weather are addressed in the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook. Evacuation routes for fire and other emergency situations are posted in each classroom and lab. Emergency procedures are discussed at the beginning of each semester. Evacuation charts are posted in each classroom and lab. Review these charts as you enter each room. If a situation were to occur, requiring evacuation, follow the route marked on the chart. If a bad weather warning is sounded, follow the proper evaluation procedures and take all valuables with you.
MTC Alert – Emergency and Announcement Notification System
Moultrie Technical College offers a free emergency and important school announcement service to all students. MTC Alert is a mass notification system comprised of e-mail, voice, and text messaging that is designed to send emergency messages rapidly for the safety and benefit of our students. Messages will be sent by authorized MTC employee(s) via a system provided by High Ground Solutions/SchoolCast.
Upon a student’s admittance into Moultrie Technical College, his/her contact information will be automatically entered into the system. Participation is not optional. However, students will have the opportunity to update their information each semester through the MTC Student Affairs Office. Students should be aware that possible charges may be incurred from their wireless device carriers for text messages received from the MTC Alert System.
TECHNICAL EDUCATION GUARANTEE (WARRANTY STATEMENT)
The Technical College System of Georgia has developed curricula standards with direct involvement of business and industry. These standards will serve as the industry-validated specifications for each occupational program.
These standards allow Georgia’s 25 technical colleges to offer their business partners this guarantee:
“If one of our graduates, who was educated under a standard program, or his/her employer agree that the employee is deficient in one or more competencies as defined in the standards, Moultrie Technical College will retrain that employee at no instructional cost to the employee or employer.”
This guarantee applies to all graduates of MTC who are employed in the field of their training. It is in effect for a period of two years after graduation.
The Technical College System of Georgia and its constituent Technical Colleges do not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national or ethnic origin, gender, religion, disability, age, political affiliation or belief, disabled veteran, veteran of the Vietnam Era, or citizenship status (except in those special circumstances permitted or mandated by law). This nondiscrimination policy encompasses the operation of all educational programs and activities including admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and other Technical College System and Technical College-administered programs, including any Workforce
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
310 Revised 2012
Investment Act of 1998 (WIA) Title I – financed programs. It also encompasses the employment of personnel and contracting for goods and services.
The Department of Technical Colleges shall promote the realization of equal opportunity through a positive continuing program of specific practices designed to ensure the full realization of equal opportunity.
Inquiries concerning application of the above policy may be directed to:
Title IX Equity, Section 504 and ADA Coordinator – Lisa Newton 229.217-4132 Veterans’ Benefits – VA Representative – Cindy Murray 229.386-3164
If you have a disability and need assistance, contact Lisa Newton at 229-217-4132 or [email protected].
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
311 Revised 2012
COURSE SYLLABUS Instructor: Buffie Spencer Office location: 617 Email address: [email protected] Office phone number: 229-891-7030 Office hours: 3:00 – 5:00 Course Number: 2360 Course Name: Clinical Radiography V Program of Study: Radiologic Technology Credit hours: 9hrs Prerequisite: RADT 2350 - Clinical Radiography IV (201003L) Textbook: RESOURCES: Franks, Lang and Smith (2012) Merrill’s atlas of radiographic positions and Radiologic procedures (Vol I, III) (12th ed) St. Louis: C.V. Mosby Company. MISSION:
Moultrie Technical College is a multiple campus institution of higher learning whose mission as part of the Technical College System of Georgia is to provide a culture of learning through occupational education, academic education, distance education, business and industry training, and workforce development supporting the education and economic advancement of Colquitt, Tift, Turner, and Worth counties.
The college fulfills its mission by providing accessible, quality education leading to associate degrees, diplomas, technical certificates of credit, and programs to assist adults in literacy education.
MISSION:
Moultrie Technical College is a multiple campus institution of higher learning whose mission as part of the Technical College System of Georgia is to provide a culture of learning through occupational education, academic education, distance education, business and industry training, and workforce development supporting the education and economic advancement of Colquitt, Tift, Turner, and Worth counties.
The college fulfills its mission by providing accessible, quality education leading to associate degrees, diplomas, technical certificates of credit, and programs to assist adults in literacy education.
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
312 Revised 2012
Program Mission:
The mission of the Moultrie Technical College Radiology Program is to provide a comprehensive education, which will prepare graduates with the entry- level skills necessary to seek employment as a radiographer and receive an Associate’s Degree at the end of the program.
Goal: Students of the program will demonstrate clinical competence.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will demonstrate appropriate positioning skills
Students will evaluate images for diagnostic quality.
Students will utilize appropriate radiation protection procedures
Goal: Students will communicate effectively.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will use effective oral communication skills.
Students will use effective written communication skills.
Goal: Students will employ critical thinking skills
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will manipulate technical factors for non-routine competencies
Students will evaluate the developed radiograph for appropriate image quality
Goal: Students will demonstrate professional growth and development.
Student Learning Outcomes: Students will be evaluated for professional growth and development.
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
313 Revised 2012
COURSE DESCRIPTION:
Competencies
Order Description Lecture Lab 2
Lab 3
Practicum/ Internship
Clinical
Total Minutes
Semester Credit Hrs
1 Patient Care 0 0 2025 0 2025 2025
2 Behavioral and Social Competency 0 0 2025 0 2025 2025
3 Advanced Radiographic Anatomy 0 0 2025 0 2025 2025
4 Equipment Utilization 0 0 2025 0 2025 2025 5 Exposure Techniques 0 0 2025 0 2025 2025 6 Sterile Techniques 0 0 2025 0 2025 2025
7
Integration of Procedures and/or Observation of Angiographic, Interventional, Minor Special Procedure 0 0 2025 0 2025 2025
8
Integration of Procedures and/or Observation of Special Equipment Use 0 0 2025 0 2025 2025
9
Integration of Procedures and/or Observation of Routine and Special Radiographic Procedures 0 0 2025 0 2025 2025
10 Final Completion of All Required Clinical Competencies 0 0 2025 0 2025 2025
Totals for Course RADT 2360 - Clinical Radiography V ( version 201003L ): 0 0
20250 0 20250 20250 9
Learning Outcomes Patient Care
Order Description Learning Domain Level of Learning
1 Observe and/or integrate procedures to manage interactions with the patient and family in a manner that provides the desired psychosocial support.
Psychomotor Complex Response
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
314 Revised 2012
2 Observe and/or integrate procedures to evaluate the patient's status and condition before, during and following the radiologic procedure to demonstrate competence in assessment skills.
Psychomotor Complex Response
3 Demonstrate skills in assessment and evaluation of psychological and physical changes in the patient's condition and carry out appropriate actions.
Psychomotor Guided Response
4 Observe and/or integrate procedure to assess the patient and record patient histories.
Psychomotor Complex Response
5 Assess the patient and record patient histories. Cognitive Application 6 Observe and/or participate in documenting care in the patient's
record. Cognitive Knowledge
7 Perform principles of transferring, positioning, immobilizing and restraining of patient.
Psychomotor Guided Response
8 Observe and/or integrate procedures in assessing patient using the ABC's of CPR and demonstrate basic life support procedures.
Psychomotor Complex Response
9 Observe and/or participate in differentiating between emergency and non-emergency procedures and respond appropriately.
Psychomotor Perception
10 Observe and/or participate in differentiating between normal ECG rhythms and abnormal ECG tracings.
Psychomotor Perception
11 Examine procedure orders for accuracy and follow-up to make corrective changes when applicable.
Cognitive Analysis
12 Adapt procedures to meet age-specific, disease-specific and cultural needs of patients.
Psychomotor Origination
13 Observe and/or participate in integration of the radiographer’s scope of practice and practice standards into clinical practice settings.
Psychomotor Complex Response
14 Observe and/or participate in adhering to national, institutional and/or department standards, policies and procedures regarding care of patients, provision of radiologic procedures and the reduction of medical errors.
Affective Characterization
Behavioral and Social Competency
Order Description Learning Domain Level of Learning
1 Consider gender, cultural, age and socioeconomic factors that influence patient compliance with procedures, diagnosis, treatment and follow-up patients.
Affective Valuing
2 Adapt procedures to meet age-specific, disease-specific and cultural needs of patients.
Psychomotor Origination
3 Demonstrate and support safe, ethical and legal practices Cognitive Application 4 Demonstrate and integrate the use of appropriate and effective
written, oral and nonverbal communication with patients, the Cognitive Synthesis
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
315 Revised 2012
public and members of the health care team (peers, physicians, nurses, administration, etc.) in the clinical setting.
5 Observe and/or participate in choosing patient and family education strategies appropriate to the comprehension level of patient/family.
Cognitive Knowledge
6 Act consistently to maintain patient confidentiality standards. Affective Characterization Advanced Radiographic Anatomy
Order Description Learning Domain Level of Learning
1 Identify the anatomical structures revealed in radiographs of minor radiographic procedures such as angiograms, CT of head, thorax, abdomen and pelvis, arthrograms, endoscopic retrograde cholagngio- pancreatograms (ERCPs), myelograms, sialograms, and venograms.
Cognitive Knowledge
2 Identify the anatomical structures revealed in radiographs of interventional procedures.
Cognitive Knowledge
Equipment Utilization Order Description Learning Domain Level of Learning 1 Perform safety checks of radiographic equipment
and accessories (e.g., lead aprons and gloves, collimator accuracy).
Psychomotor Guided Response
2 Recognize malfunctions in the radiographic unit (including table, tube, and accessories).
Cognitive Analysis
3 Note difficulties experienced which might assist in locating the cause of the malfunction.
Cognitive Knowledge
4 Report malfunctions in the radiographic unit (including table, tube, and accessories).
Cognitive Comprehension
5 Inspect and clean screens and cassettes regularly to identify and remove causes of artifacts.
Psychomotor Mechanism
6 Perform "start up" and/or "shutdown" procedures on the automatic processor (e.g., adjust water, removal and cleaning of "cross-over" bars).
Psychomotor Guided Response
7 Recognize malfunctions in the automatic processor.
Cognitive Analysis
8 Note difficulties experienced which might assist in locating the cause of the malfunction.
Cognitive Knowledge
9 Report malfunctions in the automatic processor. Cognitive Comprehension 10 Monitor the performance of the automatic
processor using sensitometry. Cognitive Knowledge
11 Clean , wash, disinfect, and/or sterilize facilities Psychomotor Guided Response
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
316 Revised 2012
and equipment (e.g., cassettes, tabletops) and dispose of contaminated items in preparation for the next examination.
12 Warm-up the x-ray tube to achieve proper operating conditions by following the manufacturer's prescribed sequence of steps.
Psychomotor Complex Response
Exposure Techniques
Order Description Learning Domain Level of Learning
1 Store film/cassette in a manner which will reduce the possibility of accidentally exposing or re-exposing the film.
Cognitive Knowledge
2 Imprint proper identification information onto the film using either the radiographic, photographic, or light imprinter method.
Cognitive Knowledge
3 Process exposed film by unloading the cassette and feeding it into the automatic processor.
Cognitive Knowledge
4 Reload cassettes by selecting film of proper size and type.
Cognitive Knowledge
5 Record required information on the request form following performance of examination (may include technologist identification, patient data, billing codes, number and size of films, technique, or other information as required by department protocol).
Cognitive Knowledge
6 Combine radiographic requisition and radiographs for interpretation and filing.
Cognitive Synthesis
7 Evaluate radiographs using a view box to make certain that radiographs contain proper identification and are of diagnostic quality.
Cognitive Evaluation
8 Determine appropriate exposure factors using calipers, technique charts, and tube rating charts for guidance.
Cognitive Application
9 Modify exposure factors for circumstances such as voluntary and involuntary motion, plaster casts, pathological conditions, and/or patient's inability to cooperate.
Cognitive Synthesis
10 Restrict beam to limit exposure to area of interest and to improve image quality.
Cognitive Knowledge
11 Determine appropriate exposure factors using calipers, technique charts, and tube rating charts for guidance.
Cognitive Application
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
317 Revised 2012
12 Modify exposure factors for circumstances such as voluntary and involuntary motion, plaster casts, pathological conditions, and/or patient's inability to cooperate.
Cognitive Synthesis
13 Restrict beam to limit exposure to area of interest and to improve image quality.
Cognitive Knowledge
14 Set kVp, mA, and time or automated exposure system to achieve optimum image quality, safe operating conditions, and to minimize radiation exposure.
Cognitive Knowledge
15 Evaluate radiographs using a view box to make certain that radiographs contain proper identification and are of diagnostic quality.
Cognitive Evaluation
16 Determine corrective measures if the radiograph is not of diagnostic quality.
Cognitive Application
Sterile Techniques
Order Description Learning Domain Level of Learning
1 Observe and/or participate in methods of sterilizing radiographic equipment and examination rooms.
Cognitive Knowledge
2 Observe and/or participate in the sterilization processes preparatory to catheterization.
Cognitive Knowledge
3 Observe and/or participate in the use of "open" and "closed" gowning and gloving methods.
Cognitive Knowledge
4 Observe and/or participate in applying the standard and transmission-based precautions.
Cognitive Knowledge
5 Observe and/or participate in applying the appropriate medical asepsis and sterile technique.
Cognitive Knowledge
6 Identify the sterile techniques required for specific minor and interventional radiographic/ fluoroscopic procedures.
Cognitive Knowledge
7 Observe and/or participate in the use of techniques to open sterile packages where the person opening the package is either sterile or non-sterile.
Cognitive Knowledge
8 Observe and/or participate in "scrubbing in" a patient.
Cognitive Knowledge
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
318 Revised 2012
9 Observe and/or participate in creating a sterile field, gowning and gloving oneself, and assisting a radiologist and/or physician.
Cognitive Knowledge
Integration of Procedures and/or Observation of Angiographic, Interventional, Minor Special Procedure
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Observe and/or participate in special radiographic procedures such as cerebral, visceral, peripheral, and digital subtraction angiograms.
Cognitive Knowledge
2 Observe catheterization techniques. Cognitive Knowledge 3 Observe the Seldinger technique. Cognitive Knowledge 4 Observe and/or participate in interventional techniques such as infusion
therapy, extractions, embolizations, PTA/PTLAs, and percutaneous needle studies.
Cognitive Knowledge
5 Observe and/or participate in angiographic, interventional, minor special, and special genitourinary system procedures.
Cognitive Knowledge
6 Observe and/or participate in special minor radiographic procedures such as CT of head, thorax, abdomen and pelvis, arthrograms, endoscopic retrograde cholagngio- pancreatograms (ERCPs), myelograms, sialograms, and venograms.
Cognitive Knowledge
7 Observe and/or participate in the preparation for use, operation, and maintenance of equipment used to perform special minor radiographic procedures such as CT of head, thorax, abdomen and pelvis, arthrograms, endoscopic retrograde cholagngiopancreatograms (ERCPs), myelograms, sialograms, and venograms.
Cognitive Knowledge
8 Observe and/or participate in the use and maintenance of special radiographic equipment such as image intensifiers, magnification radiographic equipment, biplane equipment, recording equipment, rapid film changers, injectors, program selectors, and other miscellaneous radiographic equipment.
Cognitive Knowledge
9 Observe and/or participate in the preparation of patients undergoing special minor radiographic procedures such as CT of head, thorax, abdomen and pelvis, arthrograms, endoscopic retrograde cholagngiopancreatograms (ERCPs), myelograms, sialograms, and venograms.
Cognitive Knowledge
10 Observe and/or participate in the post-procedural care of patients who have undergone special minor radiographic procedures.
Cognitive Knowledge
11 Observe and/or participate in the evaluation of special minor procedure radiographs in terms of anatomy visualized and pathologies revealed.
Cognitive Knowledge
12 Observe and/or participate in the selection and administration of contrast media used for special radiographic procedures.
Cognitive Knowledge
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
319 Revised 2012
13 Observe and/or participate in the diagnosis of and treatment for adverse reactions to contrast media.
Cognitive Knowledge
14 Participate in and/or observe patient preparation procedures for radiographic/fluoroscopic examinations of the genitourinary system.
Cognitive Application
15 Observe and/or participate in the positioning of patients undergoing radiographic/fluoroscopic procedures involving the genitourinary system.
Cognitive Knowledge
16 Observe and/or participate in routine radiographic/fluoroscopic procedures involving the genitourinary system.
Cognitive Knowledge
17 Evaluate the quality of radiographs and photospots of the genitourinary system in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures revealed.
Cognitive Evaluation
18 Identify the special considerations for genitourinary procedures relating to the avoidance of repeated procedures.
Cognitive Knowledge
Integration of Procedures and/or Observation of Special Equipment Use
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Observe and/or participate in special minor radiographic procedures such as CT of head, thorax, abdomen and pelvis, arthrograms, endoscopic retrograde cholagngio- pancreatograms (ERCPs), myelograms, sialograms, and venograms.
Cognitive Knowledge
2 Observe and/or participate in the preparation for use, operation, and maintenance of equipment used to perform special minor radiographic procedures such as CT of head, thorax, abdomen and pelvis, arthrograms, endoscopic retrograde cholagngiopancreatograms (ERCPs), myelograms, sialograms, and venograms.
Cognitive Knowledge
3 Observe and/or participate in the use and maintenance of special radiographic equipment such as image intensifiers, magnification radiographic equipment, bi-plane equipment, recording equipment, rapid film changers, injectors, program selectors, and other miscellaneous radiographic equipment.
Cognitive Knowledge
4 Observe and/or participate in the preparation of patients undergoing special minor radiographic procedures such as CT of head, thorax, abdomen and pelvis, arthrograms, endoscopic retrograde cholagngiopancreatograms (ERCPs), myelograms, sialograms, and venograms.
Cognitive Knowledge
5 Observe and/or participate in the post-procedural care of patients who have undergone special minor radiographic procedures.
Cognitive Knowledge
6 Observe and/or participate in the evaluation of special minor procedure radiographs in terms of anatomy visualized and pathologies revealed.
Cognitive Knowledge
7 Observe and/or participate in the selection and administration of contrast media used for special radiographic procedures.
Cognitive Knowledge
8 Observe and/or participate in the diagnosis of and treatment for adverse Cognitive Knowledge
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
320 Revised 2012
reactions to contrast media. 9 Observe and/or participate in special radiographic procedures such as
cerebral, visceral, peripheral, and digital subtraction angiograms. Cognitive Knowledge
10 Observe catheterization techniques. Cognitive Knowledge 11 Observe the Seldinger technique. Cognitive Knowledge 12 Observe and/or participate in interventional techniques such as infusion
therapy, extractions, embolizations, PTA/PTLAs, and percutaneous needle studies.
Cognitive Knowledge
13 Participate in and/or observe patient preparation procedures for radiographic/fluoroscopic examinations of the genitourinary system.
Cognitive Application
14 Observe and/or participate in the positioning of patients undergoing radiographic/fluoroscopic procedures involving the genitourinary system.
Cognitive Knowledge
15 Observe and/or participate in routine radiographic/fluoroscopic procedures involving the genitourinary system.
Cognitive Knowledge
16 Evaluate the quality of radiographs and photospots of the genitourinary system in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures revealed.
Cognitive Evaluation
17 Identify the special considerations for genitourinary procedures relating to the avoidance of repeated procedures.
Cognitive Knowledge
18 Observe and/or participate in the identification of and care for acute reactions to contrast media.
Cognitive Knowledge
19 Evaluate the number, types, and degree to which clinical competencies have been completed and mastered.
Cognitive Evaluation
20 Develop a plan in conjunction with on-site clinical supervisors and technical institute faculty to outline future completion and mastery of clinical competencies contained in this course.
Cognitive Application
21 Identify an area of concern or interest related to the content of this clinical experience, and research, review a publication, or otherwise explore this topic to personal satisfaction.
Cognitive Knowledge
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Observe and/or participate in the positioning of patients undergoing routine radiographic procedures involving the thoracic cavity.
Cognitive Knowledge
2 Observe and/or participate in routine radiographic procedures involving the thoracic cavity.
Cognitive Knowledge
3 Observe and/or participate in the evaluation of thoracic cavity radiographs in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures visualized.
Cognitive Knowledge
4 Observe and/or participate in the positioning of patients undergoing routine radiographic procedures involving the abdominal cavity.
Cognitive Knowledge
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
321 Revised 2012
5 Observe and/or participate in routine radiographic procedures involving the abdominal cavity.
Cognitive Knowledge
6 Observe and/or participate in the evaluation of abdominal cavity radiographs in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures visualized.
Cognitive Knowledge
7 Observe and/or participate in the positioning of patients undergoing routine radiographic procedures involving the upper extremities.
Cognitive Knowledge
8 Observe and/or participate in routine radiographic procedures involving the upper extremities.
Cognitive Knowledge
9 Observe and/or participate in the evaluation of upper extremity radiographs in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures visualized.
Cognitive Knowledge
10 Observe and/or participate in the positioning of patients undergoing routine radiographic procedures involving the shoulder girdle.
Cognitive Knowledge
11 Observe and/or participate in routine radiographic procedures involving the shoulder girdle.
Cognitive Knowledge
12 Observe and/or participate in the evaluation of shoulder girdle radiographs in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures visualized.
Cognitive Knowledge
13 Observe and/or participate in the positioning of patients undergoing routine radiographic procedures involving the lower extremities.
Cognitive Knowledge
14 Observe and/or participate in routine radiographic procedures involving the lower extremities.
Cognitive Knowledge
15 Observe and/or participate in the evaluation of lower extremity radiographs in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures visualized.
Cognitive Knowledge
16 Observe and/or participate in the positioning of patients undergoing routine radiographic procedures involving the pelvic girdle.
Cognitive Knowledge
17 Observe and/or participate in routine radiographic procedures involving the pelvic girdle.
Cognitive Knowledge
18 Observe and/or participate in the evaluation of pelvic girdle radiographs in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures visualized.
Cognitive Knowledge
19 Observe and/or participate in the positioning of patients undergoing routine radiographic procedures involving the spine.
Cognitive Knowledge
20 Observe and/or participate in routine radiographic procedures involving the spine.
Cognitive Knowledge
21 Observe and/or participate in the evaluation of spinal radiographs in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures visualized.
Cognitive Knowledge
22 Observe and/or participate in the positioning of patients undergoing Cognitive Knowledge
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
322 Revised 2012
routine radiographic procedures involving the bony thorax. 23 Observe and/or participate in routine radiographic procedures involving
the bony thorax. Cognitive Knowledge
24 Observe and/or participate in the evaluation of bony thorax radiographs in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures visualized.
Cognitive Knowledge
25 Observe and/or participate in patient preparation procedures for radiographic/fluoroscopic examinations of the gastrointestinal system.`
Cognitive Knowledge
26 Observe and/or participate in the positioning of patients undergoing radiographic/fluoroscopic procedures involving the gastrointestinal system.
Cognitive Knowledge
27 Observe and/or participate in routine radiographic/fluoroscopic procedures involving the gastrointestinal system.
Cognitive Knowledge
28 Evaluate the quality of radiographs and photospots of the gastrointestinal system in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures revealed.
Cognitive Evaluation
29 Identify the special considerations for gastrointestinal procedures relating to the avoidance of repeated procedures.
Cognitive Knowledge
30 Observe and/or participate in the identification of and care for acute reactions to contrast media.
Cognitive Knowledge
31 Observe and/or participate in patient preparation procedures for radiographic/fluoroscopic examinations of the genitourinary system.
Cognitive Knowledge
32 Observe and/or participate in the positioning of patients undergoing radiographic/fluoroscopic procedures involving the genitourinary system.
Cognitive Knowledge
33 Observe and/or participate in routine radiographic/fluoroscopic procedures involving the genitourinary system.
Cognitive Knowledge
34 Evaluate the quality of radiographs and photospots of the genitourinary system in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures revealed.
Cognitive Evaluation
35 Identify the special considerations for genitourinary procedures relating to the avoidance of repeated procedures.
Cognitive Knowledge
36 Observe and/or participate in the identification of and care for acute reactions to contrast media.
Cognitive Knowledge
37 Observe and/or participate in patient preparation procedures for radiographic/fluoroscopic examinations of the biliary system.
Cognitive Knowledge
38 Observe and/or participate in the positioning of patients undergoing radiographic/fluoroscopic procedures involving the biliary system.
Cognitive Knowledge
39 Observe and/or participate in routine radiographic/fluoroscopic procedures involving the biliary system.
Cognitive Knowledge
40 Evaluate the quality of radiographs and photospots of the biliary system Cognitive Evaluation
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
323 Revised 2012
in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures revealed.
41 Identify the special considerations for biliary system procedures relating to the avoidance of repeated procedures.
Cognitive Knowledge
42 Observe and/or participate in the identification of and care for acute reactions to contrast media.
Cognitive Knowledge
43 Observe and/or participate in the positioning of patients undergoing routine radiographic procedures involving the cranium.
Cognitive Knowledge
44 Observe and/or participate in routine radiographic procedures involving cranial procedures.
Cognitive Knowledge
45 Observe and/or participate in the evaluation of cranial radiographs in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures visualized.
Cognitive Knowledge
46 Observe and/or participate in the positioning of patients undergoing routine radiographic procedures involving facial structures.
Cognitive Knowledge
47 Observe and/or participate in routine radiographic procedures involving facial structures.
Cognitive Knowledge
48 Observe and/or participate in the evaluation of facial radiographs in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, and anatomical structures visualized.
Cognitive Knowledge
49 Observe and/or participate in special minor radiographic procedures such as CT of head, thorax, abdomen and pelvis, arthrograms, endoscopic retrograde cholangio- pancreatograms (ERCPs), myelograms, sialograms, and venograms.
Cognitive Knowledge
50 Observe and/or participate in the preparation for use, operation, and maintenance of equipment used to perform special minor radiographic procedures such as CT of head, thorax, abdomen and pelvis, arthrograms, endoscopic retrograde cholangio-pancreatograms (ERCPs), myelograms, sialograms, and venograms.
Cognitive Knowledge
51 Observe and/or participate in the use and maintenance of special radiographic equipment such as image intensifiers, magnification radiographic equipment, bi-plane equipment, recording equipment, rapid film changers, injectors, program selectors, and other miscellaneous radiographic equipment.
Cognitive Knowledge
52 Observe and/or participate in the preparation of patients undergoing special minor radiographic procedures such as CT of head, thorax, abdomen and pelvis, arthrograms, endoscopic retrograde cholangio-pancreatograms (ERCPs), myelograms, sialograms, and venograms.
Cognitive Knowledge
53 Observe and/or participate in the post-procedural care of patients who have undergone special minor radiographic procedures.
Cognitive Knowledge
54 Observe and/or participate in the evaluation of special minor procedure Cognitive Knowledge
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
324 Revised 2012
IntegProceFinal
Order Description Learning Domain
Level of Learning
1 Evaluate the number, types, and degree to which clinical competencies have been completed and mastered.
Cognitive Evaluation
2 Develop a plan in conjunction with on-site clinical supervisors and technical institute faculty to outline future completion and mastery of clinical competencies contained in this course.
Cognitive Application
3 Identify the benefits associated with participation in continuing education for radiographers.
Cognitive Knowledge
4 Identify an area of concern or interest related to the content of this clinical experience, and research, review a publication, or otherwise explore this topic to personal satisfaction.
Cognitive Knowledge
5 Develop a tentative plan for participation in continuing education for student radiographers.
Cognitive Application
radiographs in terms of positioning accuracy, image quality, anatomy visualized, and pathologies revealed.
55 Observe and/or participate in the selection and administration of contrast media used for special radiographic procedures.
Cognitive Knowledge
56 Observe and/or participate in the diagnosis of and treatment for adverse reactions to contrast media.
Cognitive Knowledge
57 Observe and/or participate in special radiographic procedures such as cerebral, visceral, peripheral, and digital subtraction angiograms.
Cognitive Knowledge
58 Observe catherization techniques. Cognitive Knowledge59 Observe the Seldinger technique. Cognitive Knowledge60 Observe and/or participate in interventional techniques such as infusion
therapy, extractions, embolizations, PTA/PTLAs, and percutaneous needle studies.
Cognitive Knowledge
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
325 Revised 2012
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES:
Radiology Program Handbook, MTC Student Handbook
Student Responsibility At the clinical site
1. Start: 8:00 Am no exception until 4p Tuesday and Thursday
2. Absentees: notify clinical site and Mr. Jones at 8:00
3. Make-up time: time must be made up prior to start of next quarter. a. This time must be scheduled by Mrs. Spencer.
You will receive an incomplete until time is made up.
4. Keep a clinical note book with the following items:
g. task evaluation competency sheet h. daily practicum sheet i. clinical rotation schedule j. bi-weekly clinical evaluation form k. clinical progress evaluation form l. competency record
Clinical site phone numbers
1. Tallahassee Memorial Hospital Tallahassee, Fl 850-431-5600
2. Colquitt Regional Medical Center Moultrie, GA 229-890-3500
3. Tift Regional Medical Center Tifton, GA 229-386-7504
4. Brooks County Hospital Quitman, GA 229-236-6305
5. Program Director Alfred Jones 229-217-4178
6. Clinical Coordinator Buffie Spencer 229-890-3500
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
326 Revised 2012
Clinical Instructor
Clinical Facility Telephone Number Day Instructor Night Instructor
CMRC 229-890-3500 Faye Clark,
Mandy Hobby Michelle Carter
Lori Beth Skinner
TRMC
229-353-7504 Ashley Shiver Claire Brownlee
Cindy Clark
Ashley Rucks
WEST CAMPUS 229-353-7446 Kristin Bryan
Night Rotation Unavailable
TM H 800-492-4892 EXT 5627
Aubrey Oneal
Night Rotation Unavailable
BCH 229-263-4171 Brenda Blair Night Rotation Unavailable
Methods of Instructional Delivery
Traditional and distance learning delivery methods may be utilized in this course.
ONLINE COURSES (ONLINE STUDENTS ONLY)
Online students will access the course site through ANGEL (http://moultrietech.angellearning.com). The student will be enrolled in the online course on the first day of regularly scheduled classes. Online students must access the course site regularly to check for announcements, additional coursework assignments, and other important information.
All online courses require at least one proctored event/exam during the semester. If a student does not complete the proctored event/exam for the course, he/she will receive a final grade of “F.” Extenuating circumstances will be evaluated. If approved by the Online Director, the student will be assigned an “I.” An “I” not satisfactorily removed by the 10th day of the following semester will be changed to an “F.”
Student/Faculty Interaction (ONLINE STUDENTS)
Class interaction may occur via one or more of the following: email, telephone, discussion board forums, and comments on assignments.
The student will participate in this course by following the guidelines of this syllabus and any additional information provided by the instructor or Moultrie Technical College (MTC) Online.
The student is required to communicate with his/her instructor at least three times per week via email or other communication means, by participating in the discussion forums, submitting assignments, and taking exams, all in a timely fashion. Five consecutive days without communicating with the instructor will result in a withdrawal (“W” or “WF”) from the course.
The instructor will respond to students’ email within 24 hours Monday-Thursday, and within 48 hours Friday-Sunday.
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
327 Revised 2012
The instructor’s primary public communication will be via the ANGEL announcement page. The instructor’s primary private communication will be via ANGEL.
Attendance
Students are expected to be punctual and attend all classes for which they are registered. Each student should recognize at the beginning of his or her postsecondary career that a mature acceptance of his or her responsibilities is a requisite for reasonable accomplishment in postsecondary work: this applies particularly in the area of class attendance. Instructors will keep an accurate record of class attendance. Students anticipating an absence or tardiness should contact the instructor in advance or provide notification as soon as possible. It is the responsibility of the student to account for missed instructional time and to arrange for make-up work at the convenience of the instructor.
Failure to maintain contact with the instructor - either by attending classes, submitting assignments, and/or contacting the instructor (either in person, or by telephone, or email) may result in a failing grade(s).
Some programs and courses at MTC may have more demanding attendance requirements due to the nature of the course or program. These requirements are stated in an approved program handbook, course syllabus, or contract executed with the student.
Class attendance is calculated from the first officially scheduled class meeting to the last scheduled meeting.
A student who has combined absences and tardies greater than 10% of the scheduled class time for which the student is registered may be subject to any or all of the following consequences at any time during the semester:
Suspension from a class or program;
Dismissal from a class or program;
Ineligibility to enroll the following semester.
See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding attendance.
Withdrawal
If a student decides to withdraw from the class, he/she must complete the necessary paperwork before an official withdrawal can occur. It is imperative that the student contact the instructor upon deciding to withdraw. Any student withdrawing before midterm will receive a grade of “W.” If a course is dropped for any reason after midterm, the student will receive a grade of “WF” (Withdraw Failing). “WF” has zero quality points and will be calculated in the grade point average (GPA). “WP” (Withdraw Passing) is considered only as a result to extenuating circumstances and if academic performance is passing.
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
328 Revised 2012
Academic Integrity
Cheating and plagiarism are unacceptable.
Cheating includes any attempt to defraud, deceive, or mislead an instructor in arriving at an honest grade assessment.
Plagiarism is a form of cheating that involves presenting the ideas of another as your original ideas.
Any student, acting individually or in concert with others, who violates any part of the student conduct code, shall be subject to disciplinary procedures including dismissal from a class session by the instructor and/or suspension or expulsion by the authorized administrator. See the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook for more information regarding the student code of conduct.
Quality of Student Work
Use of proper grammar, correct spelling, and writing principles are expected in all work. Full credit will not be granted for work that contains grammar or spelling errors.
Evaluation
REQUIRMENT FOR NOTE BOOK
There is a continued conflict concerning clinical note books. To help alleviate the problem, the new policy will be implemented below:
25. The 1st-3rd monthly clinical notebooks are due on the last Friday of each month with in the semester. The 4th (last) clinical note book of the semester is due on the last clinical day of the quarter. (Not make up day, but clinical day.)
26. There will be a 20 point reduction for late notebooks.
27. There will be a 5 point reduction for each missing documentation.
28. There will be a 5 point reduction for unsigned evaluation (the five points will be deducted from evaluation grade).
29. There will be a 5 point deduction for unsigned documentation.
30. All other points will be deducted from final grades
The following documentation must be included within the completed notebook.
pp. Daily practicum: filled with the patients exams observed and or participated with
qq. Competency sheet: completed for the semester
rr. Task Evaluation 1st semester only. The 2rd – 5th semester (5) Tri-weekly per semester
ss. Bi-weekly evaluation sheet: Filled out by the evaluating clinical instructor (7)
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
329 Revised 2012
tt. Repeat log: filled out and initialed by a technologist who observed the repeat
uu. Make up time or, tardy, absentee or leave time sheet
vv. Schedule: rotation schedule
ww. Individual Attendance Record for the end of the month.
xx. 9. Monthly Articles
yy. 10. Room Description (1st and 2nd semester quarter only)
The following grading scale will be utilized in the determination of the student’s course grade.
Grading System
Evidence of achievement of clinical course objectives will be determined as follows:
7 Bi-Weekly Performance Evaluations with a score of not less than 70 points (less than 60 = no points toward final average)
50%)
Task Evaluation first (semester Only)
Tri-Weekly Performance Evaluations
5 per semester (2-5 semester)
40%
Satisfactory completion of the specified number of clinical competencies
10%
TOTAL 100%
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
330 Revised 2012
The following grading scale will be utilized in the determination of the student’s course grade.
Percentage of Points Earned Corresponding Letter Grade
90 – 100 A
80 – 89 B
70 – 79 C
60 – 69 D
0 – 59 F
The student’s knowledge of the material presented in this course will be evaluated based on the satisfactory completion of all assigned work. The student will also be examined on his/her knowledge of the objectives outlined in each lesson, as presented in the Projected Learning Schedule.
Academic Assistance/Remediation
Students who are progressing at an unsatisfactory level and in jeopardy of failing the course must make an appointment with the course instructor to determine the need for remediation. Together, the instructor and student will review the information and determine appropriate steps for remediation. After completion of the remedial assignments, the student may be re-evaluated on the material.
References
The instructor will provide additional resource material as may be necessary. For online courses, this material will be emailed to students and posted on the online course site in the Discussion Board section.
Work Ethics
A portion of the curriculum of all courses is devoted to the development of positive work ethics among students. The work ethics program is designed to encourage good work habits in the areas of quality of work, ability to follow instructions, productivity, dependability, honesty, reliability, attendance and punctuality, attitude, integrity, enthusiasm, interpersonal skills, and initiative.
Work Ethics Evaluation
On-site students will receive a formal report at mid-term and at the end of the semester. The mid-term report is a progress report, but the end-of-semester report constitutes the final grade. The semester work ethics grade will not affect the academic grade. Points are assigned to evaluate each of the ten work ethics traits as follows:
Exceeds Expectations 3 points
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
331 Revised 2012
Meets Expectations 2 points
Needs Improvement 1 point
Unacceptable 0 points
Safety
Students should become familiar with the program’s emergency procedures in order to maintain a safe learning environment. Emergency procedures such as severe and hazardous weather are addressed in the Moultrie Technical College Student Handbook. Evacuation routes for fire and other emergency situations are posted in each classroom and lab. Emergency procedures are discussed at the beginning of each semester. Evacuation charts are posted in each classroom and lab. Students are to review these charts as they enter each room. If a situation were to occur, requiring evacuation, students are to follow the route marked on the chart. If a bad weather warning is sounded, students are to follow the proper evaluation procedures and take all valuables with them.
MTC Alert – Emergency and Announcement Notification System
Moultrie Technical College offers a free emergency and important school announcement service to all students. MTC Alert is a mass notification system comprised of e-mail, voice, and text messaging that is designed to send emergency messages rapidly for the safety and benefit of the students. Messages will be sent by authorized MTC employee(s) via a system provided by High Ground Solutions/SchoolCast.
Upon a student’s admittance into Moultrie Technical College, his/her contact information will be automatically entered into the system. Participation is not optional. However, students will have the opportunity to update their information each semester through the MTC Student Affairs Office. Students should be aware that possible charges may be incurred from their wireless device carriers for text messages received from the MTC Alert System.
TECHNICAL EDUCATION GUARANTEE (WARRANTY STATEMENT)
The Technical College System of Georgia has developed curricula standards with direct involvement of business and industry. These standards will serve as the industry-validated specifications for each occupational program.
These standards allow Georgia’s 25 technical colleges to offer their business partners this guarantee:
“If one of our graduates, who was educated under a standard program, or his/her employer agree that the employee is deficient in one or more competencies as defined in the standards, Moultrie Technical College will retrain that employee at no instructional cost to the employee or employer.”
This guarantee applies to all graduates of MTC who are employed in the field of their training. It is in effect for a period of two years after graduation.
The Technical College System of Georgia and its constituent Technical Colleges do not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national or ethnic origin, gender, religion, disability, age, political affiliation or belief, disabled veteran, veteran of the Vietnam Era, or citizenship status (except in those special circumstances permitted or mandated by law). This
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
332 Revised 2012
nondiscrimination policy encompasses the operation of all educational programs and activities including admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and other Technical College System and Technical College-administered programs, including any Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (WIA) Title I – financed programs. It also encompasses the employment of personnel and contracting for goods and services.
The Department of Technical Colleges shall promote the realization of equal opportunity through a positive continuing program of specific practices designed to ensure the full realization of equal opportunity.
Inquiries concerning application of the above policy may be directed to:
Title IX Equity, Section 504 and ADA Coordinator – Lisa Newton 229.217-4132 Veterans’ Benefits – VA Representative – Cindy Murray 229.386-3164
A student with a disability and who needs assistance, should contact Lisa Newton at 229-217-4132 or [email protected].
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
333 Revised 2012
CLINICAL PLAN
Introduction to Clinical Setting
The clinical learning experience is the cornerstone of education in Radiologic Technology. The clinical setting is where a student truly develops the skills and abilities of a competent radiographer. The clinical facility also provides the "classroom" to nurture the sense of professional responsibility so essential in all those who enter careers in healthcare. The Radiologic Technology Program operates on a competency-based principle. All clinical experiences are geared to achieve a goal of entry-level practitioner. The evaluation criteria used throughout the clinical learning experience are designed to measure progress toward this goal.
The responsibilities involved in performing optimal diagnostic radiography and delivering quality patient care necessitate strict adherence to policies and procedures governing clinical performance and evaluation. Part II of this Handbook is intended to provide students with clear, concise information regarding Moultrie Technical College's program for clinical education, its standards, requirements and guidelines.
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
334 Revised 2012
PreClinical Requirements
Clinical Orientations
Radiology Students must complete the orientation packet for each clinical site. Students must meet the requirements of all clinical sites in order to attend clinical. Students who fail to meet the requirements of all clinical sites will not be allowed to complete their externship.
Pre Clinical Fees and Requirements Once the student has been accepted into the Radiology Technology Program he/she will be required to obtain: Submit Criminal Background check , Alcohol and Drug Screen Test to Debbie Craft, Director of Allied Health Service, prior to being admitted to any clinical site. Failure to do so will result in withdrawal of the student from the program. Submit a Physical Examination medical report to Clinical Coordinator. (estimated fees) $40 Drug Screen (10panel+1) - $25 Urine Alcohol (collected at same time as drug screen) - (I separated these in case there happens to be a class who doesn't require the alcohol portion) $14 CBC - $13 RPR - $60 Hepatitis B shot (3 in series) - per shot $40 Physical (includes urinalysis) - $10 PPD (not scheduled on Thursdays since the result would have to be read over the weekend) $47 Tdap (Tetanus with pertussis) - $20 Influenza - $17 Hepatitis B Titer - $24 Vericella only titer - $65 Vericella, Rubella, Rubeola Titer – A copy of Immunization Record. CPR Certification Have a film badge. (Film badge will be order by Clinical Coordinator, once student has been accepted into the program) Obtain Right and Left lead marker with student’s initials. $20.00 estimated cost Purchase selected uniform for this program. The prescribed uniform must be ordered from the Healthware Uniform Shop 2201 US Highway 41 N, Tifton, Georgia 31794. The contact information is (229) 382-5666 in at least 4 weeks prior to the first clinical rotation. It is recommended that all students purchase:
Three sets of uniforms for clinical, (3 White pants, 3 Caribbean Blue tops) 3 white socks and a white lab coat. Three Sets of uniforms for class, (2 Caribbean Blue pants, 2 Caribbean Blue tops)
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
335 Revised 2012
Uniform Prices Per item: Shirt $14.00 Cargo Pants $19.00 Lab Coat $17.00 Shoes $34.00 Clinical Rotations
At the present time, four hospitals have been contracted to serve as major clinical education sites for the Radiologic Technology Program. These are Brooks County Hospital, Quitman, GA Colquitt Regional Medical Center in Moultrie, Tallahassee Memorial Regional Medical Center in Tallahassee, FLA., Tift Regional Medical Center, Tifton, Ga. West Campus, Tifton, GA (All students must expect to spend some time at each of these facilities. Transportation to and from the clinical site is the responsibility of the student.
The clinical component of the program consists of approximately 1850 hours divided by 5 semesters. Students will be assigned to each clinical site for not less than a total of two semesters at some time during the two-year curriculum. The schedule of assignments is at the discretion of the program director.
Senior students are also required to participate in weekend and evening clinical rotations beginning the fall semester of the second year of clinical. The health professions are 24-hour, 7 day a week careers. Exposure to such "real life" settings promotes the growth of independence, improves decision-making capabilities and expands student skills in more emergent situations.
Clinical Instructor Clinical Facility Telephone Number Day Instructor Night Instructor
CMRC
229-890-3500 Faye Clark, Mandy Hobby
Michelle Carter Lori Beth Skinner
TRMC
229-353-7504 Ashley Shiver Claire Brownlee
Cindy Clark
Ashley Rucks
WEST CAMPUS 229-353-7446 Kristin Bryan
Night Rotation Unavailable
TM H 800-492-4892 EXT 5627 Aubrey O’Neal
Night Rotation Unavailable
BCH 229-263-4171 Brenda Blair Night Rotation Unavailable
Evaluation Requirements
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
336 Revised 2012
BiWeekly Evaluation Clinical performance is determined by evaluation. The student's use and care of equipment, application of
knowledge, progress, quality of work, ability in following directions, technique, positioning, industry and energy, attendance, attitudes and cooperation, appearance, reaction to criticism, self image, interest in clinical, education, tact and courtesy, and patient care influence the evaluation. The evaluation is measured on a scale of 6 - 3 point scale in each performance category. A minimum of 70 points must be earned on each evaluation. A point score of less than 70 indicates inadequate performance in that clinical rotation. If the student's overall average for all evaluations at mid-term is below 70 points, he or she will be placed on probation until the end of the semester. The instructor(s) will discuss areas of needed improvement with the student. If, at the end of the semester, the student's point score average remains below 70, the clinical performance will be deemed unsatisfactory. Successful completion of each clinical course is a prerequisite to admission to the next clinical course, therefore failure, will result in dismissal from the program. A minimum of four Bi–Weekly evaluations must be obtained at the end of each quarter. Failure to obtain the four Bi-Weekly will result in the reduction of clinical grade.
TriWeekly Evaluation Performance skills are evaluated at the conclusion of each three-week clinical room assignment,
according to the following criteria established for each task. Note that in order for performance of standard to be elevated at the next level; all the positive aspects of the previous level should also be attained. Bear in mind that the practice of radiography follows a progressive process of skill development and students in the earlier rotations should not be expected to have achieved advanced technical abilities. A minimum of four Tri – Weekly evaluation are must be turned in at the end of each semester. Failure to obtain the four Tri-Weekly will result in the reduction of clinical grade. See attached evaluations for each clinical area.
Students have the right to know exactly what criteria are used to assess performance, and they have the obligation to familiarize themselves with these criteria. Clinical Performance Skills are established and measured for each rotation according to the following criteria:
Clinical Performance Skills Performance skills are evaluated at the conclusion of each two-week clinical room assignment according
to the following criteria established for each task. Note that in order for performance to standard to be elevated to the next level; all the positive aspects of the previous level should also be attained. Bear in mind that the practice of radiography follows a progressive process of skill development and students in the earlier rotations should not be expected to have achieved advanced technical abilities.
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
337 Revised 2012
Clinical Competencies Requirements All students must complete the following required competencies. Completion of optional competencies at some
point during the two-year curriculum is highly desirable, but the program recognizes that not all clinical
education centers routinely perform all standard radiographic procedures (with the widespread use of
ultrasound, for example, the Colcher-Sussman Pelvimetry has become extremely rare). The semesters are listed
as a guide. It is recommended that students attempt to complete the appropriate competencies in the semester
listed. In any case, all students MUST complete, at a minimum, the specified number of competencies during a
given semester.
Competencies per semester requirements are:
8 1st Semester 10 4th Semester
10 2nd Semester 10 5th Semester
10 3rd Semester Total Total 33 Mandatory/ 15 Electives
48 completed competencies
1. General Patient Care
Requirement: Candidates must demonstrate competence in all six patient care activities listed
below. The activities should be performed on patients; however, simulation is acceptable (see
endnote) if state or institutional regulations prohibit candidates from performing the procedures on
patients.
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
338 Revised 2012
Please note that whenever possible, Clinical Competency Evaluations must be performed using those projections specified in Competency Based Clinical Evaluation System for Radiographers. Procedures above that are identified by an asterisk are not included in the lab manual and must be evaluated using those forms (see Appendix II) available at each clinical education center. In these cases, acceptable projections are those that are routinely requested at that particular site. Remember, ONLY approved staff members at each facility may conduct evaluations.
Competency Instruction Demonstration of proficiency is accomplished through a Clinical Competency Based Evaluation System*
consisting of instruction, observation, participation, performance and evaluation. The two-part program of
clinical instruction is outlined below. Harvey, A., & Geisler, L. (1981). Competency-based clinical evaluation
system for radiographers. Mankato, MN: Burnell
Part I
Didactic/Laboratory Instruction
1. Instruction: Didactic instruction in the classroom provides the student with initial exposure to the
correct positioning of an anatomic part.
2. Observation During laboratory instruction the student will observe the correct positioning of the
assigned part performed by the instructor.
3. Participation The student performs the procedure using facsimile and/or phantom body parts
4. Evaluation: The instructor critiques student performance
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
339 Revised 2012
5. Indirect Supervision After successful completion of a clinical competence, the student may perform the
competencies under indirect supervision. Indirect supervision is defined as: The technologist is
READILY AVAILABLE AND IN SHOUTING-DISTANCE, but not necessarily in the radiographic
room at the time of the examination.
Part II
Clinical Instruction
1. Observation: The student will observe a registered technologist performing the procedure two to three
times*
2. Participation The student performs the procedure with the assistance of a registered technologist two to
three times*.
3. Performance The student performs the procedure under the supervision of a registered technologist two
to three times* DIRECT SUPERVISION that the registered Technologist in present in the location that
the procedure is performed.
4. Evaluation: The student, satisfied of his or her level of proficiency in the performance of the procedure,
requests a final competency evaluation from the clinical instructor, program director or approved staff
member.
The succession of clinical competency proficiency demonstration and evaluation is outlined as follows:
Classroom Instruction
Laboratory Instruction
Assisted Clinical Performance FAIL
Direct Clinical Supervision
Clinical Competency Evaluation FAIL
Indirect Clinical Supervision
* NOTE: Due to the infrequency with which some procedures are requested, it is understood that it may not always be possible to precisely follow this outline; however, students may not attempt a procedure for which they have not established competency without direct staff supervision.
Clinical competencies for each radiographic position must be completed by a specific date. Completion of at least 48 competencies (33 mandatory and 15electives) is a graduation requirement.
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
340 Revised 2012
CLINICAL COMPETENCY EVALUATION The clinical education provided by affiliating institutions furnishes the student with the opportunity to
correlate classroom instruction with actual clinical situations. Creative teaching techniques such as team teaching, conferences, simulation, modeling, demonstrations, journals and peer teaching are incorporated into the clinical laboratory instruction sessions. Demonstration of competence includes requisition evaluation, patient assessment, room preparation, patient management, equipment operation, technique selection, positioning skills, radiation safety, image processing, and image evaluation. Students performing a competency must be proficient in each of the areas below.
At the end of the 5 semester program, the student will have demonstrated proficiency in:
Requisition Evaluation
Patient Assessment
Room Preparation
Patient Management
Equipment Operation
Technique Selection
Positioning Skills
Radiation Safety
Image Processing
Image Evaluation
Competency Grading
A score of 85% is required to PASS a Clinical Competency Evaluation. Once a clinical competency has been met, the student may perform that radiographic examination under the indirect supervision of a registered technologist. All repeat examinations must be performed on in the presence of a registered technologist. The maximum score on a competency is 100 pints (180 points). Students will receive .06 points off for incorrect performance as outlined in competency form.
Student scored 170 total points out of 180.
Example: 170
x.06
10.2
Possible Points: 100
-10.2
Final Score 89.8
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
341 Revised 2012
CHALLENGE COMPETENCIES
Once a student has successfully passed a competency evaluation for a given procedure, it is assumed that he or she can perform the procedure safely and accurately under most conditions. A Challenge Competency takes place when the clinical instructor or program director requests the student to perform the procedure again without advance notice. The Supplemental Clinical Competency Form is used and the student must achieve a core of not less than 85% in order to pass the Challenge Competency. Should the student fail to meet this standard, he or she will no longer be credited with passing that procedure and must perform it again under the regular Competency Evaluation guidelines.
Competencies Remediation Students must return to the laboratory for remediation after three attempts on any competency area. Students must document each attempt on the competency evaluation form. Each competency form has a score areas designated for three repeat attempts. Once student has performed a simulated competency in the laboratory Clinical Coordinator, the student may attempt the competency in the clinical setting.
Competency Evaluator
A Student Radiographer Competency evaluation must be prepared and observed by a Radiographer that meets the following characteristics:
1. Registered Technologist with two year work experience 2. Clinical Instructor
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
342 Revised 2012
Clinical Grading System
Evidence of achievement of clinical course objectives will be determined as follows:
Bi-Weekly Performance Evaluations with a score of not less than 70 points (less than 60 = no points toward final average)
1st, 2nd, 4th, 5th Semester 7 Bi-Weekly
3rd Semester 4 Bi-Weekly
50%)
Task Evaluation (1st semester Only)
Tri-Weekly Performance Evaluations
2nd, 4th, 5th Semester 5 Tri-Weekly
3rd Semester 3 Tri-Weekly
40%
Satisfactory completion of the specified number of clinical competencies
10%
TOTAL 100%
GRADING SYSTEM
Grades are available on Banweb at the end of each semester. The rating scale and grade point value as follows:
GRADE POINT VALUE
• A = 90 - 100 Excellent 4 • B = 80 - 89 Good 3 • C = 70 - 79 Average 2 • D = 60 - 69 Poor 1 • F = 0 - 59 Failing 0 • I = Incomplete • W = Withdraw Not computed in GPA • WP = Withdraw Passing Not computed in GPA • WF = Withdraw Failing Computed in GPA as an “F” • EX = Credit by Exam Not computed in GPA • TR = Transfer Credit Not computed in GPA
I: This indicates that a student has completed a substantial portion of the coursework; but for nonacademic reasons beyond the student’s control, has not completed the coursework required. An “I” not satisfactorily removed by the 10th day of the following semester will be changed to an “F.”
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
343 Revised 2012
IP: A grade of “IP” is assigned for work to be completed in the next semester where the student is in an individual instructional setting. The course must be completed during the next semester unless otherwise approved by the Executive Vice President for Academic Affairs. If the grade of “IP” is not removed by the end of the semester and the Executive Vice President for Academic Affairs does
not approve an extension, a grade of “F” will be assigned.
EX: This indicates that a student has exempted a course with MTC. Credit is given but no grade points are calculated.
TR: This indicates that a student has been given credit for coursework from another accredited postsecondary institution which is the same or equivalent to coursework required in this college. Coursework to be considered for transfer credit must have a grade of “C” or better. Credit will be granted but no grade points will be calculated.
W: This indicates that a student attended past the third day of the semester but has withdrawn within the first five weeks of a semester. No credit is given and no grade points will be calculated.
WP: A “WP” is assigned when the student has formally withdrawn after the first five weeks of a semester with a passing grade. “WP” is not used in GPA calculations, but is used in hours attempted for financial aid academic progress.
WF: A “WF” is assigned when the student has formally withdrawn after the first five weeks of a semester and had an average of “F” or is making unsatisfactory progress as defined by approved departmental policy at the time of withdrawal. “WF” is used in GPA calculations, earns no credit hours, and carries 0 grade points for each credit hour attempted.
AU: Audit/Warranty Claim is agreed upon between the student and the instructor prior to registration into that class. An “audit” carries no credit. Course requirements for audited classes are agreed upon by the student and instructor prior to registration.
Work Ethics Grades
Additionally, Work Ethics grades will be assigned on the MTC 3-point system.
3 points Exceeds Expectations
2 points Meets Expectations
1 point Needs Improvement
0 points Unacceptable
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
344 Revised 2012
MTC GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS A GED® or high school diploma is required for admission to MTC or to a program area unless specified by
state standards. Prior to graduation, all students in programs not requiring a GED® or high school diploma for
entry must receive a GED® or a high school diploma. Students on a regular admission status who have not yet
earned a GED® diploma must furnish evidence to their advisors that they are concurrently enrolled in GED®
preparation classes, have registered to take the GED® exam, or are waiting on GED® scores.
To be eligible for graduation, a student must:
1. Receive a passing or satisfactory grade for all courses listed in the
appropriate curriculum and/or transferred from another institution.
2. Earn a minimum cumulative 2.0 GPA in his/her program of study.
3. Meet any other program specific requirements, which have been approved
by the Executive Vice President for Academic Affairs.
4. Pay all financial obligations to MTC and remove any holds on records.
5. Complete an application for graduation by mid-term of the semester prior
to the semester of anticipated graduation. A $35 fee will be assessed to the
students’ account upon receipt of the graduation application.
6. If a student fails to meet all the graduation requirements after applying for a specific date, the student
must re-apply for graduation. A new application and fee will be required.
Students are eligible to walk in the graduation ceremony within one year of the completion of their program of
study.
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
345 Revised 2012
NOTE: MTC does not recognize the Special Education Diploma, a certificate of attendance, or home schooling
as meeting the requirements of the high school diploma. Please visit the Admissions section of the MTC
Student Handbook.
RADIOLOGY PROGRAM GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
Students may graduate by fulfilling the College and Programmatic requirements in any Moultrie Technical College catalog under which he /she has been enrolled prior to graduation. College or Program changes, however, may take place in order to comply with accreditation requirements, or certification requirements, etc. To become a candidate for a degree, the student must file a formal application with the College’s Registrar’s office at the beginning of the semester in which he/she expects to graduate.
Students must have also fulfilled the entire requirements specific to the Radiologic Technology Program. This includes having maintained a grade point average of at least 2.00, completed all general core courses, and all radiology courses with a grade of “C” or higher, completed all required hours in clinical, and be proven competent of the expectations set forth by the American Registry of Radiologic Technology.
A student is eligible for graduation from a radiologic technology program if they are able to:
• Perform basic mathematic functions; • Operate radiographic imaging equipment and accessory devices; • Position the patient and imaging system to perform radiographic examinations and procedures; • Modify standard procedures to accommodate patient’s condition and other variables; • Process images; • Determine exposure factors to obtain diagnostic quality images following the principles of ALARA; • Demonstrate knowledge and skills relating to quality assurance; • Exercise independent judgment and discretion in the technical performance of medical imaging
procedures. • Use oral and written communication skills; • Demonstrate knowledge of human structure, function and pathology; • Anticipate and provide basic patient care and comfort measures; • Apply principles of body mechanics; • Adapt exposure factors for various patient conditions, equipment, accessories and contrast media to
maintain appropriate radiographic quality; • Practice radiation protection for the patient, self and others; • Recognize emergency patient conditions and initiate applicable treatment including basic life-support
procedures; • Evaluate radiographic images for appropriate positioning and image quality; • Evaluate the performance of radiographic systems, know the safe limits of equipment operation, and
report malfunctions to the proper authorities;
THE ARRT CERTIFICATION EXAMINATION
MOULTRIE TECHNICAL COLLEGE RADIOLOGY PROGRAM
346 Revised 2012
The ARRT Certification Examination, “The Registry” is an independent exam not part of CBC. In order for a
student to qualify to take this examination, he/she must complete all the requirements for the AAS degree in
Radiologic Technology. Students are eligible to sit for the “Registry” exam after they graduate from the
program. Certification by the ARRT may be denied because of felony or misdemeanor convictions. Contact the
ARRT for further details. www.arrt.org